Merge tag 'kvm-3.7-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/virt/kvm/kvm

Pull kvm fixes from Avi Kivity:
 "KVM updates for 3.7-rc2"

* tag 'kvm-3.7-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/virt/kvm/kvm:
  KVM guest: exit idleness when handling KVM_PV_REASON_PAGE_NOT_PRESENT
  KVM: apic: fix LDR calculation in x2apic mode
  KVM: MMU: fix release noslot pfn
diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore
index 57af07c..92bd0e4 100644
--- a/.gitignore
+++ b/.gitignore
@@ -84,3 +84,11 @@
 *.orig
 *~
 \#*#
+
+#
+# Leavings from module signing
+#
+extra_certificates
+signing_key.priv
+signing_key.x509
+x509.genkey
diff --git a/Documentation/00-INDEX b/Documentation/00-INDEX
index 49c0513..ceb1ff7 100644
--- a/Documentation/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/00-INDEX
@@ -210,6 +210,8 @@
 	- semantics and behavior of local atomic operations.
 lockdep-design.txt
 	- documentation on the runtime locking correctness validator.
+lockup-watchdogs.txt
+	- info on soft and hard lockup detectors (aka nmi_watchdog).
 logo.gif
 	- full colour GIF image of Linux logo (penguin - Tux).
 logo.txt
@@ -240,8 +242,6 @@
 	- directory with information on the NetLabel subsystem.
 networking/
 	- directory with info on various aspects of networking with Linux.
-nmi_watchdog.txt
-	- info on NMI watchdog for SMP systems.
 nommu-mmap.txt
 	- documentation about no-mmu memory mapping support.
 numastat.txt
@@ -270,8 +270,6 @@
 	- info on locking under a preemptive kernel.
 printk-formats.txt
 	- how to get printk format specifiers right
-prio_tree.txt
-	- info on radix-priority-search-tree use for indexing vmas.
 ramoops.txt
 	- documentation of the ramoops oops/panic logging module.
 rbtree.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/proc-pid-oom_adj b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/proc-pid-oom_adj
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a3cb88..0000000
--- a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/proc-pid-oom_adj
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-What:	/proc/<pid>/oom_adj
-When:	August 2012
-Why:	/proc/<pid>/oom_adj allows userspace to influence the oom killer's
-	badness heuristic used to determine which task to kill when the kernel
-	is out of memory.
-
-	The badness heuristic has since been rewritten since the introduction of
-	this tunable such that its meaning is deprecated.  The value was
-	implemented as a bitshift on a score generated by the badness()
-	function that did not have any precise units of measure.  With the
-	rewrite, the score is given as a proportion of available memory to the
-	task allocating pages, so using a bitshift which grows the score
-	exponentially is, thus, impossible to tune with fine granularity.
-
-	A much more powerful interface, /proc/<pid>/oom_score_adj, was
-	introduced with the oom killer rewrite that allows users to increase or
-	decrease the badness score linearly.  This interface will replace
-	/proc/<pid>/oom_adj.
-
-	A warning will be emitted to the kernel log if an application uses this
-	deprecated interface.  After it is printed once, future warnings will be
-	suppressed until the kernel is rebooted.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
index c1eb41c..279da08 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
@@ -206,3 +206,17 @@
 		when a discarded area is read the discard_zeroes_data
 		parameter will be set to one. Otherwise it will be 0 and
 		the result of reading a discarded area is undefined.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/queue/write_same_max_bytes
+Date:		January 2012
+Contact:	Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		Some devices support a write same operation in which a
+		single data block can be written to a range of several
+		contiguous blocks on storage. This can be used to wipe
+		areas on disk or to initialize drives in a RAID
+		configuration. write_same_max_bytes indicates how many
+		bytes can be written in a single write same command. If
+		write_same_max_bytes is 0, write same is not supported
+		by the device.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe
index 469d09c..50e2a80 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe
@@ -9,19 +9,19 @@
 			  this value will change the dev_loss_tmo for all
 			  FCFs discovered by this controller.
 
-	lesb_link_fail:   Link Error Status Block (LESB) link failure count.
+	lesb/link_fail:   Link Error Status Block (LESB) link failure count.
 
-	lesb_vlink_fail:  Link Error Status Block (LESB) virtual link
+	lesb/vlink_fail:  Link Error Status Block (LESB) virtual link
 			  failure count.
 
-	lesb_miss_fka:    Link Error Status Block (LESB) missed FCoE
+	lesb/miss_fka:    Link Error Status Block (LESB) missed FCoE
 			  Initialization Protocol (FIP) Keep-Alives (FKA).
 
-	lesb_symb_err:    Link Error Status Block (LESB) symbolic error count.
+	lesb/symb_err:    Link Error Status Block (LESB) symbolic error count.
 
-	lesb_err_block:   Link Error Status Block (LESB) block error count.
+	lesb/err_block:   Link Error Status Block (LESB) block error count.
 
-	lesb_fcs_error:   Link Error Status Block (LESB) Fibre Channel
+	lesb/fcs_error:   Link Error Status Block (LESB) Fibre Channel
 			  Serivces error count.
 
 Notes: ctlr_X (global increment starting at 0)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd
index 3c17b62..1cf2adf 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd
@@ -25,6 +25,10 @@
 
 	The ceph unique client id that was assigned for this specific session.
 
+features
+
+	A hexadecimal encoding of the feature bits for this image.
+
 major
 
 	The block device major number.
@@ -33,6 +37,11 @@
 
 	The name of the rbd image.
 
+image_id
+
+	The unique id for the rbd image.  (For rbd image format 1
+	this is empty.)
+
 pool
 
 	The name of the storage pool where this rbd image resides.
@@ -57,12 +66,6 @@
 
 	The current snapshot for which the device is mapped.
 
-create_snap
-
-	Create a snapshot:
-
-	 $ echo <snap-name> > /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/snap_create
-
 snap_*
 
 	A directory per each snapshot
@@ -79,4 +82,7 @@
 
 	The size of the image when this snapshot was taken.
 
+snap_features
+
+	A hexadecimal encoding of the feature bits for this snapshot.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-firmware_node b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-firmware_node
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46badc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-firmware_node
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/.../firmware_node/
+Date:		September 2012
+Contact:	<>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../firmware_node directory contains attributes
+		allowing the user space to check and modify some firmware
+		related properties of given device.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/.../firmware_node/description
+Date:		September 2012
+Contact:	Lance Ortiz <lance.ortiz@hp.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../firmware/description attribute contains a string
+		that describes the device as provided by the _STR method in the ACPI
+		namespace.  This attribute is read-only.  If the device does not have
+		an _STR method associated with it in the ACPI namespace, this
+		attribute is not present.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4
index f22ac08..c631253 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4
@@ -96,3 +96,16 @@
 Description:
 		The maximum number of megabytes the writeback code will
 		try to write out before move on to another inode.
+
+What:		/sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/extent_max_zeroout_kb
+Date:		August 2012
+Contact:	"Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+		The maximum number of kilobytes which will be zeroed
+		out in preference to creating a new uninitialized
+		extent when manipulating an inode's extent tree.  Note
+		that using a larger value will increase the
+		variability of time necessary to complete a random
+		write operation (since a 4k random write might turn
+		into a much larger write due to the zeroout
+		operation).
diff --git a/Documentation/CodingStyle b/Documentation/CodingStyle
index cb9258b..495e5ba 100644
--- a/Documentation/CodingStyle
+++ b/Documentation/CodingStyle
@@ -454,6 +454,16 @@
 	 * with beginning and ending almost-blank lines.
 	 */
 
+For files in net/ and drivers/net/ the preferred style for long (multi-line)
+comments is a little different.
+
+	/* The preferred comment style for files in net/ and drivers/net
+	 * looks like this.
+	 *
+	 * It is nearly the same as the generally preferred comment style,
+	 * but there is no initial almost-blank line.
+	 */
+
 It's also important to comment data, whether they are basic types or derived
 types.  To this end, use just one data declaration per line (no commas for
 multiple data declarations).  This leaves you room for a small comment on each
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile b/Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile
index 3625209..f9fd615 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile
@@ -56,15 +56,15 @@
 	write \
 
 IOCTLS = \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/linux/videodev2.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/audio.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/ca.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/dmx.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/frontend.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([A-Z][^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/net.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/video.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/linux/media.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/linux/v4l2-subdev.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/audio.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/ca.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/dmx.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([A-Z][^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/net.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/video.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/media.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /\#define\s+([^\s]+)\s+_IO/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-subdev.h) \
 	VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FRAME_INTERVAL \
 	VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FRAME_INTERVAL \
 	VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_MBUS_CODE \
@@ -74,32 +74,32 @@
 	VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_SELECTION \
 
 TYPES = \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^typedef\s+[^\s]+\s+([^\s]+)\;/' $(srctree)/include/linux/videodev2.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^}\s+([a-z0-9_]+_t)/' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/frontend.h)
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^typedef\s+[^\s]+\s+([^\s]+)\;/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^}\s+([a-z0-9_]+_t)/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h)
 
 ENUMS = \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/linux/videodev2.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/audio.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/ca.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/dmx.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/frontend.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/net.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/video.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/linux/media.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/linux/v4l2-mediabus.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/linux/v4l2-subdev.h)
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/audio.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/ca.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/dmx.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/net.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/video.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/media.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-mediabus.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^enum\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-subdev.h)
 
 STRUCTS = \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/linux/videodev2.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([^\s\{]+)\s*/)' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/audio.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/ca.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/dmx.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (!/dtv\_cmds\_h/ && /^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/frontend.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([A-Z][^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/net.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/video.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/linux/media.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/linux/v4l2-subdev.h) \
-	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/linux/v4l2-mediabus.h)
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([^\s\{]+)\s*/)' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/audio.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/ca.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/dmx.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (!/dtv\_cmds\_h/ && /^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([A-Z][^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/net.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if (/^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/)' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/video.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/media.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-subdev.h) \
+	$(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^struct\s+([^\s]+)\s+/' $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/v4l2-mediabus.h)
 
 ERRORS = \
 	E2BIG \
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@
 	@(ln -sf $(MEDIA_SRC_DIR)/v4l/*xml $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/)
 	@(ln -sf $(MEDIA_SRC_DIR)/dvb/*xml $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/)
 
-$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/videodev2.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/linux/videodev2.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml
+$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/videodev2.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/videodev2.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml
 	@$($(quiet)gen_xml)
 	@(					\
 	echo "<programlisting>") > $@
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@
 	@(					\
 	echo "</programlisting>") >> $@
 
-$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/audio.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/audio.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml
+$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/audio.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/audio.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml
 	@$($(quiet)gen_xml)
 	@(					\
 	echo "<programlisting>") > $@
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
 	@(					\
 	echo "</programlisting>") >> $@
 
-$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/ca.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/ca.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml
+$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/ca.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/ca.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml
 	@$($(quiet)gen_xml)
 	@(					\
 	echo "<programlisting>") > $@
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@
 	@(					\
 	echo "</programlisting>") >> $@
 
-$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/dmx.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/dmx.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml
+$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/dmx.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/dmx.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml
 	@$($(quiet)gen_xml)
 	@(					\
 	echo "<programlisting>") > $@
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@
 	@(					\
 	echo "</programlisting>") >> $@
 
-$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/frontend.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/frontend.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml
+$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/frontend.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/frontend.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml
 	@$($(quiet)gen_xml)
 	@(					\
 	echo "<programlisting>") > $@
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@
 	@(					\
 	echo "</programlisting>") >> $@
 
-$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/net.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/net.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml
+$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/net.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/net.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml
 	@$($(quiet)gen_xml)
 	@(					\
 	echo "<programlisting>") > $@
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@
 	@(					\
 	echo "</programlisting>") >> $@
 
-$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/video.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/linux/dvb/video.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml
+$(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/video.h.xml: $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux/dvb/video.h $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/v4l2.xml
 	@$($(quiet)gen_xml)
 	@(					\
 	echo "<programlisting>") > $@
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@
 	@(								\
 	for ident in $(IOCTLS) ; do					\
 	  entity=`echo $$ident | tr _ -` ;				\
-	  id=`grep "<refname>$$ident" $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/vidioc-*.xml | sed -r s,"^.*/(.*).xml.*","\1",` ; \
+	  id=`grep "<refname>$$ident" $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/vidioc-*.xml $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/media-ioc-*.xml | sed -r s,"^.*/(.*).xml.*","\1",` ; \
 	  echo "<!ENTITY $$entity \"<link"				\
 	    "linkend='$$id'><constant>$$ident</constant></link>\">"	\
 	  >>$@ ;							\
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/audio.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/audio.xml
index d643862..a7ea56c 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/audio.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/audio.xml
@@ -1,12 +1,16 @@
 <title>DVB Audio Device</title>
 <para>The DVB audio device controls the MPEG2 audio decoder of the DVB hardware. It
 can be accessed through <emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapter0/audio0</emphasis>. Data types and and
-ioctl definitions can be accessed by including <emphasis role="tt">linux/dvb/video.h</emphasis> in your
+ioctl definitions can be accessed by including <emphasis role="tt">linux/dvb/audio.h</emphasis> in your
 application.
 </para>
 <para>Please note that some DVB cards don&#8217;t have their own MPEG decoder, which results in
 the omission of the audio and video device.
 </para>
+<para>
+These ioctls were also used by V4L2 to control MPEG decoders implemented in V4L2. The use
+of these ioctls for that purpose has been made obsolete and proper V4L2 ioctls or controls
+have been created to replace that functionality.</para>
 
 <section id="audio_data_types">
 <title>Audio Data Types</title>
@@ -558,6 +562,8 @@
 role="subsection"><title>AUDIO_SET_MUTE</title>
 <para>DESCRIPTION
 </para>
+<para>This ioctl is for DVB devices only. To control a V4L2 decoder use the V4L2
+&VIDIOC-DECODER-CMD; with the <constant>V4L2_DEC_CMD_START_MUTE_AUDIO</constant> flag instead.</para>
 <informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
  align="char">
 <para>This ioctl call asks the audio device to mute the stream that is currently being
@@ -730,6 +736,8 @@
 role="subsection"><title>AUDIO_CHANNEL_SELECT</title>
 <para>DESCRIPTION
 </para>
+<para>This ioctl is for DVB devices only. To control a V4L2 decoder use the V4L2
+<constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_PLAYBACK</constant> control instead.</para>
 <informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
  align="char">
 <para>This ioctl call asks the Audio Device to select the requested channel if possible.</para>
@@ -772,6 +780,109 @@
  </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
 &return-value-dvb;
 
+</section><section id="AUDIO_BILINGUAL_CHANNEL_SELECT"
+role="subsection"><title>AUDIO_BILINGUAL_CHANNEL_SELECT</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<para>This ioctl is obsolete. Do not use in new drivers. It has been replaced by
+the V4L2 <constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_MULTILINGUAL_PLAYBACK</constant> control
+for MPEG decoders controlled through V4L2.</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call asks the Audio Device to select the requested channel for bilingual streams if possible.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request =
+ AUDIO_BILINGUAL_CHANNEL_SELECT, audio_channel_select_t);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals AUDIO_BILINGUAL_CHANNEL_SELECT for this
+ command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>audio_channel_select_t
+ch</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Select the output format of the audio (mono left/right,
+ stereo).</para>
+</entry>
+ </row>
+</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+
+</section><section id="AUDIO_GET_PTS"
+role="subsection"><title>AUDIO_GET_PTS</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<para>This ioctl is obsolete. Do not use in new drivers. If you need this functionality,
+then please contact the linux-media mailing list (&v4l-ml;).</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call asks the Audio Device to return the current PTS timestamp.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request =
+ AUDIO_GET_PTS, __u64 *pts);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals AUDIO_GET_PTS for this
+ command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>__u64 *pts
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Returns the 33-bit timestamp as defined in ITU T-REC-H.222.0 / ISO/IEC 13818-1.
+</para>
+<para>
+The PTS should belong to the currently played
+frame if possible, but may also be a value close to it
+like the PTS of the last decoded frame or the last PTS
+extracted by the PES parser.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+
 </section><section id="AUDIO_GET_STATUS"
 role="subsection"><title>AUDIO_GET_STATUS</title>
 <para>DESCRIPTION
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/ca.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/ca.xml
index 5c4adb4..85eaf4f 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/ca.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/ca.xml
@@ -226,4 +226,357 @@
 </entry>
  </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
  </section>
+
+<section id="CA_RESET"
+role="subsection"><title>CA_RESET</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = CA_RESET);
+</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals CA_RESET for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+</section>
+
+<section id="CA_GET_CAP"
+role="subsection"><title>CA_GET_CAP</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = CA_GET_CAP,
+ ca_caps_t *);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals CA_GET_CAP for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ca_caps_t *
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Undocumented.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+</section>
+
+<section id="CA_GET_SLOT_INFO"
+role="subsection"><title>CA_GET_SLOT_INFO</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = CA_GET_SLOT_INFO,
+ ca_slot_info_t *);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals CA_GET_SLOT_INFO for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ca_slot_info_t *
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Undocumented.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+</section>
+
+<section id="CA_GET_DESCR_INFO"
+role="subsection"><title>CA_GET_DESCR_INFO</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = CA_GET_DESCR_INFO,
+ ca_descr_info_t *);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals CA_GET_DESCR_INFO for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ca_descr_info_t *
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Undocumented.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+</section>
+
+<section id="CA_GET_MSG"
+role="subsection"><title>CA_GET_MSG</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = CA_GET_MSG,
+ ca_msg_t *);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals CA_GET_MSG for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ca_msg_t *
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Undocumented.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+</section>
+
+<section id="CA_SEND_MSG"
+role="subsection"><title>CA_SEND_MSG</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = CA_SEND_MSG,
+ ca_msg_t *);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals CA_SEND_MSG for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ca_msg_t *
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Undocumented.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+</section>
+
+<section id="CA_SET_DESCR"
+role="subsection"><title>CA_SET_DESCR</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = CA_SET_DESCR,
+ ca_descr_t *);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals CA_SET_DESCR for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ca_descr_t *
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Undocumented.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+</section>
+
+<section id="CA_SET_PID"
+role="subsection"><title>CA_SET_PID</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = CA_SET_PID,
+ ca_pid_t *);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals CA_SET_PID for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>ca_pid_t *
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Undocumented.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+</section>
+
 </section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/demux.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/demux.xml
index 37c1790..86de89c 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/demux.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/demux.xml
@@ -899,4 +899,232 @@
 <para>Invalid stc number.</para>
 </entry>
  </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
- </section></section>
+ </section>
+
+<section id="DMX_GET_PES_PIDS"
+role="subsection"><title>DMX_GET_PES_PIDS</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = DMX_GET_PES_PIDS,
+ __u16[5]);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals DMX_GET_PES_PIDS for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>__u16[5]
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Undocumented.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+</section>
+
+<section id="DMX_GET_CAPS"
+role="subsection"><title>DMX_GET_CAPS</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = DMX_GET_CAPS,
+ dmx_caps_t *);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals DMX_GET_CAPS for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_caps_t *
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Undocumented.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+</section>
+
+<section id="DMX_SET_SOURCE"
+role="subsection"><title>DMX_SET_SOURCE</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = DMX_SET_SOURCE,
+ dmx_source_t *);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals DMX_SET_SOURCE for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>dmx_source_t *
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Undocumented.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+</section>
+
+<section id="DMX_ADD_PID"
+role="subsection"><title>DMX_ADD_PID</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = DMX_ADD_PID,
+ __u16 *);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals DMX_ADD_PID for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>__u16 *
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Undocumented.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+</section>
+
+<section id="DMX_REMOVE_PID"
+role="subsection"><title>DMX_REMOVE_PID</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = DMX_REMOVE_PID,
+ __u16 *);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals DMX_REMOVE_PID for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>__u16 *
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Undocumented.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+</section>
+
+
+</section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbapi.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbapi.xml
index 2ab6ddc..757488b 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbapi.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbapi.xml
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 	<holder>Convergence GmbH</holder>
 </copyright>
 <copyright>
-	<year>2009-2011</year>
+	<year>2009-2012</year>
 	<holder>Mauro Carvalho Chehab</holder>
 </copyright>
 
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
 
 
 <title>LINUX DVB API</title>
-<subtitle>Version 5.2</subtitle>
+<subtitle>Version 5.8</subtitle>
 <!-- ADD THE CHAPTERS HERE -->
   <chapter id="dvb_introdution">
     &sub-intro;
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml
index e633c09..957e3ac 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml
@@ -194,6 +194,7 @@
 	APSK_16,
 	APSK_32,
 	DQPSK,
+	QAM_4_NR,
  } fe_modulation_t;
 </programlisting>
 	</section>
@@ -265,6 +266,7 @@
 	FEC_AUTO,
 	FEC_3_5,
 	FEC_9_10,
+	FEC_2_5,
 } fe_code_rate_t;
 	</programlisting>
 	<para>which correspond to error correction rates of 1/2, 2/3, etc.,
@@ -351,7 +353,7 @@
 	SYS_ISDBC,
 	SYS_ATSC,
 	SYS_ATSCMH,
-	SYS_DMBTH,
+	SYS_DTMB,
 	SYS_CMMB,
 	SYS_DAB,
 	SYS_DVBT2,
@@ -567,28 +569,33 @@
 			<title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_RS_FRAME_MODE</constant></title>
 			<para>RS frame mode.</para>
 			<para>Possible values are:</para>
+		  <para id="atscmh-rs-frame-mode">
 <programlisting>
 typedef enum atscmh_rs_frame_mode {
 	ATSCMH_RSFRAME_PRI_ONLY  = 0,
 	ATSCMH_RSFRAME_PRI_SEC   = 1,
 } atscmh_rs_frame_mode_t;
 </programlisting>
+		  </para>
 		</section>
 		<section id="DTV-ATSCMH-RS-FRAME-ENSEMBLE">
 			<title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_RS_FRAME_ENSEMBLE</constant></title>
 			<para>RS frame ensemble.</para>
 			<para>Possible values are:</para>
+		  <para id="atscmh-rs-frame-ensemble">
 <programlisting>
 typedef enum atscmh_rs_frame_ensemble {
 	ATSCMH_RSFRAME_ENS_PRI   = 0,
 	ATSCMH_RSFRAME_ENS_SEC   = 1,
 } atscmh_rs_frame_ensemble_t;
 </programlisting>
+		  </para>
 		</section>
 		<section id="DTV-ATSCMH-RS-CODE-MODE-PRI">
 			<title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_RS_CODE_MODE_PRI</constant></title>
 			<para>RS code mode (primary).</para>
 			<para>Possible values are:</para>
+		  <para id="atscmh-rs-code-mode">
 <programlisting>
 typedef enum atscmh_rs_code_mode {
 	ATSCMH_RSCODE_211_187    = 0,
@@ -596,6 +603,7 @@
 	ATSCMH_RSCODE_235_187    = 2,
 } atscmh_rs_code_mode_t;
 </programlisting>
+		  </para>
 		</section>
 		<section id="DTV-ATSCMH-RS-CODE-MODE-SEC">
 			<title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_RS_CODE_MODE_SEC</constant></title>
@@ -613,23 +621,27 @@
 			<title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_BLOCK_MODE</constant></title>
 			<para>Series Concatenated Convolutional Code Block Mode.</para>
 			<para>Possible values are:</para>
+		  <para id="atscmh-sccc-block-mode">
 <programlisting>
 typedef enum atscmh_sccc_block_mode {
 	ATSCMH_SCCC_BLK_SEP      = 0,
 	ATSCMH_SCCC_BLK_COMB     = 1,
 } atscmh_sccc_block_mode_t;
 </programlisting>
+		  </para>
 		</section>
 		<section id="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE-MODE-A">
 			<title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_A</constant></title>
 			<para>Series Concatenated Convolutional Code Rate.</para>
 			<para>Possible values are:</para>
+		  <para id="atscmh-sccc-code-mode">
 <programlisting>
 typedef enum atscmh_sccc_code_mode {
 	ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_HLF     = 0,
 	ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_QTR     = 1,
 } atscmh_sccc_code_mode_t;
 </programlisting>
+		  </para>
 		</section>
 		<section id="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE-MODE-B">
 			<title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_B</constant></title>
@@ -725,6 +737,9 @@
 	GUARD_INTERVAL_1_128,
 	GUARD_INTERVAL_19_128,
 	GUARD_INTERVAL_19_256,
+	GUARD_INTERVAL_PN420,
+	GUARD_INTERVAL_PN595,
+	GUARD_INTERVAL_PN945,
 } fe_guard_interval_t;
 </programlisting>
 
@@ -733,6 +748,7 @@
 			try to find the correct guard interval (if capable) and will use TMCC to fill
 			in the missing parameters.</para>
 		<para>2) Intervals 1/128, 19/128 and 19/256 are used only for DVB-T2 at present</para>
+		<para>3) DTMB specifies PN420, PN595 and PN945.</para>
 	</section>
 	<section id="DTV-TRANSMISSION-MODE">
 		<title><constant>DTV_TRANSMISSION_MODE</constant></title>
@@ -749,6 +765,8 @@
 	TRANSMISSION_MODE_1K,
 	TRANSMISSION_MODE_16K,
 	TRANSMISSION_MODE_32K,
+	TRANSMISSION_MODE_C1,
+	TRANSMISSION_MODE_C3780,
 } fe_transmit_mode_t;
 </programlisting>
 		<para>Notes:</para>
@@ -760,6 +778,7 @@
 			use TMCC to fill in the missing parameters.</para>
 		<para>3) DVB-T specifies 2K and 8K as valid sizes.</para>
 		<para>4) DVB-T2 specifies 1K, 2K, 4K, 8K, 16K and 32K.</para>
+		<para>5) DTMB specifies C1 and C3780.</para>
 	</section>
 	<section id="DTV-HIERARCHY">
 	<title><constant>DTV_HIERARCHY</constant></title>
@@ -774,17 +793,28 @@
  } fe_hierarchy_t;
 	</programlisting>
 	</section>
-	<section id="DTV-ISDBS-TS-ID">
-	<title><constant>DTV_ISDBS_TS_ID</constant></title>
-	<para>Currently unused.</para>
+	<section id="DTV-STREAM-ID">
+	<title><constant>DTV_STREAM_ID</constant></title>
+	<para>DVB-S2, DVB-T2 and ISDB-S support the transmission of several
+	      streams on a single transport stream.
+	      This property enables the DVB driver to handle substream filtering,
+	      when supported by the hardware.
+	      By default, substream filtering is disabled.
+	</para><para>
+	      For DVB-S2 and DVB-T2, the valid substream id range is from 0 to 255.
+	</para><para>
+	      For ISDB, the valid substream id range is from 1 to 65535.
+	</para><para>
+	      To disable it, you should use the special macro NO_STREAM_ID_FILTER.
+	</para><para>
+	      Note: any value outside the id range also disables filtering.
+	</para>
 	</section>
-	<section id="DTV-DVBT2-PLP-ID">
-		<title><constant>DTV_DVBT2_PLP_ID</constant></title>
-		<para>DVB-T2 supports Physical Layer Pipes (PLP) to allow transmission of
-			many data types via a single multiplex. The API will soon support this
-			at which point this section will be expanded.</para>
+	<section id="DTV-DVBT2-PLP-ID-LEGACY">
+		<title><constant>DTV_DVBT2_PLP_ID_LEGACY</constant></title>
+		<para>Obsolete, replaced with DTV_STREAM_ID.</para>
 	</section>
-	<section id="DTV_ENUM_DELSYS">
+	<section id="DTV-ENUM-DELSYS">
 		<title><constant>DTV_ENUM_DELSYS</constant></title>
 		<para>A Multi standard frontend needs to advertise the delivery systems provided.
 			Applications need to enumerate the provided delivery systems, before using
@@ -796,6 +826,29 @@
 			FE_GET_INFO. In the case of a legacy frontend, the result is just the same
 			as with FE_GET_INFO, but in a more structured format </para>
 	</section>
+	<section id="DTV-INTERLEAVING">
+	<title><constant>DTV_INTERLEAVING</constant></title>
+	<para id="fe-interleaving">Interleaving mode</para>
+	<programlisting>
+enum fe_interleaving {
+	INTERLEAVING_NONE,
+	INTERLEAVING_AUTO,
+	INTERLEAVING_240,
+	INTERLEAVING_720,
+};
+	</programlisting>
+	</section>
+	<section id="DTV-LNA">
+	<title><constant>DTV_LNA</constant></title>
+	<para>Low-noise amplifier.</para>
+	<para>Hardware might offer controllable LNA which can be set manually
+		using that parameter. Usually LNA could be found only from
+		terrestrial devices if at all.</para>
+	<para>Possible values: 0, 1, LNA_AUTO</para>
+	<para>0, LNA off</para>
+	<para>1, LNA on</para>
+	<para>use the special macro LNA_AUTO to set LNA auto</para>
+	</section>
 </section>
 	<section id="frontend-property-terrestrial-systems">
 	<title>Properties used on terrestrial delivery systems</title>
@@ -816,6 +869,7 @@
 				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-GUARD-INTERVAL"><constant>DTV_GUARD_INTERVAL</constant></link></para></listitem>
 				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-TRANSMISSION-MODE"><constant>DTV_TRANSMISSION_MODE</constant></link></para></listitem>
 				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-HIERARCHY"><constant>DTV_HIERARCHY</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-LNA"><constant>DTV_LNA</constant></link></para></listitem>
 			</itemizedlist>
 		</section>
 		<section id="dvbt2-params">
@@ -838,7 +892,8 @@
 			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-GUARD-INTERVAL"><constant>DTV_GUARD_INTERVAL</constant></link></para></listitem>
 			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-TRANSMISSION-MODE"><constant>DTV_TRANSMISSION_MODE</constant></link></para></listitem>
 			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-HIERARCHY"><constant>DTV_HIERARCHY</constant></link></para></listitem>
-			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-DVBT2-PLP-ID"><constant>DTV_DVBT2_PLP_ID</constant></link></para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-STREAM-ID"><constant>DTV_STREAM_ID</constant></link></para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-LNA"><constant>DTV_LNA</constant></link></para></listitem>
 		</itemizedlist>
 		</section>
 		<section id="isdbt">
@@ -925,13 +980,32 @@
 				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-PRC"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_PRC</constant></link></para></listitem>
 				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-RS-FRAME-MODE"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_RS_FRAME_MODE</constant></link></para></listitem>
 				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-RS-FRAME-ENSEMBLE"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_RS_FRAME_ENSEMBLE</constant></link></para></listitem>
-				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-CODE-MODE-PRI"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_CODE_MODE_PRI</constant></link></para></listitem>
-				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-CODE-MODE-SEC"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_CODE_MODE_SEC</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-RS-CODE-MODE-PRI"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_RS_CODE_MODE_PRI</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-RS-CODE-MODE-SEC"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_RS_CODE_MODE_SEC</constant></link></para></listitem>
 				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-BLOCK-MODE"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_BLOCK_MODE</constant></link></para></listitem>
-				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE_MODE-A"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_A</constant></link></para></listitem>
-				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE_MODE-B"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_B</constant></link></para></listitem>
-				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE_MODE-C"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_C</constant></link></para></listitem>
-				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE_MODE-D"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_D</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE-MODE-A"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_A</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE-MODE-B"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_B</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE-MODE-C"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_C</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE-MODE-D"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_D</constant></link></para></listitem>
+			</itemizedlist>
+		</section>
+		<section id="dtmb-params">
+			<title>DTMB delivery system</title>
+			<para>The following parameters are valid for DTMB:</para>
+			<itemizedlist mark='opencircle'>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-API-VERSION"><constant>DTV_API_VERSION</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-DELIVERY-SYSTEM"><constant>DTV_DELIVERY_SYSTEM</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-TUNE"><constant>DTV_TUNE</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-CLEAR"><constant>DTV_CLEAR</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-FREQUENCY"><constant>DTV_FREQUENCY</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-MODULATION"><constant>DTV_MODULATION</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-BANDWIDTH-HZ"><constant>DTV_BANDWIDTH_HZ</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-INVERSION"><constant>DTV_INVERSION</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-INNER-FEC"><constant>DTV_INNER_FEC</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-GUARD-INTERVAL"><constant>DTV_GUARD_INTERVAL</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-TRANSMISSION-MODE"><constant>DTV_TRANSMISSION_MODE</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-INTERLEAVING"><constant>DTV_INTERLEAVING</constant></link></para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-LNA"><constant>DTV_LNA</constant></link></para></listitem>
 			</itemizedlist>
 		</section>
 	</section>
@@ -952,6 +1026,7 @@
 			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-INVERSION"><constant>DTV_INVERSION</constant></link></para></listitem>
 			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-SYMBOL-RATE"><constant>DTV_SYMBOL_RATE</constant></link></para></listitem>
 			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-INNER-FEC"><constant>DTV_INNER_FEC</constant></link></para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-LNA"><constant>DTV_LNA</constant></link></para></listitem>
 		</itemizedlist>
 	</section>
 	<section id="dvbc-annex-b-params">
@@ -966,6 +1041,7 @@
 			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-FREQUENCY"><constant>DTV_FREQUENCY</constant></link></para></listitem>
 			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-MODULATION"><constant>DTV_MODULATION</constant></link></para></listitem>
 			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-INVERSION"><constant>DTV_INVERSION</constant></link></para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-LNA"><constant>DTV_LNA</constant></link></para></listitem>
 		</itemizedlist>
 	</section>
 	</section>
@@ -999,6 +1075,7 @@
 			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-MODULATION"><constant>DTV_MODULATION</constant></link></para></listitem>
 			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-PILOT"><constant>DTV_PILOT</constant></link></para></listitem>
 			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ROLLOFF"><constant>DTV_ROLLOFF</constant></link></para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-STREAM-ID"><constant>DTV_STREAM_ID</constant></link></para></listitem>
 		</itemizedlist>
 	</section>
 	<section id="turbo-params">
@@ -1021,7 +1098,7 @@
 			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-SYMBOL-RATE"><constant>DTV_SYMBOL_RATE</constant></link></para></listitem>
 			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-INNER-FEC"><constant>DTV_INNER_FEC</constant></link></para></listitem>
 			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-VOLTAGE"><constant>DTV_VOLTAGE</constant></link></para></listitem>
-			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ISDBS-TS-ID"><constant>DTV_ISDBS_TS_ID</constant></link></para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-STREAM-ID"><constant>DTV_STREAM_ID</constant></link></para></listitem>
 		</itemizedlist>
 	</section>
 	</section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend.xml
index aeaed59..426c252 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/frontend.xml
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 <para>The usage of this field is deprecated, as it doesn't report all supported standards, and
 will provide an incomplete information for frontends that support multiple delivery systems.
-Please use <link linkend="DTV_ENUM_DELSYS">DTV_ENUM_DELSYS</link> instead.</para>
+Please use <link linkend="DTV-ENUM-DELSYS">DTV_ENUM_DELSYS</link> instead.</para>
 </section>
 
 <section id="fe-caps-t">
@@ -101,6 +101,7 @@
 	FE_CAN_8VSB                   = 0x200000,
 	FE_CAN_16VSB                  = 0x400000,
 	FE_HAS_EXTENDED_CAPS          = 0x800000,
+	FE_CAN_MULTISTREAM            = 0x4000000,
 	FE_CAN_TURBO_FEC              = 0x8000000,
 	FE_CAN_2G_MODULATION          = 0x10000000,
 	FE_NEEDS_BENDING              = 0x20000000,
@@ -207,19 +208,45 @@
 <para>Several functions of the frontend device use the fe_status data type defined
 by</para>
 <programlisting>
- typedef enum fe_status {
-	 FE_HAS_SIGNAL     = 0x01,   /&#x22C6;  found something above the noise level &#x22C6;/
-	 FE_HAS_CARRIER    = 0x02,   /&#x22C6;  found a DVB signal  &#x22C6;/
-	 FE_HAS_VITERBI    = 0x04,   /&#x22C6;  FEC is stable  &#x22C6;/
-	 FE_HAS_SYNC       = 0x08,   /&#x22C6;  found sync bytes  &#x22C6;/
-	 FE_HAS_LOCK       = 0x10,   /&#x22C6;  everything's working... &#x22C6;/
-	 FE_TIMEDOUT       = 0x20,   /&#x22C6;  no lock within the last ~2 seconds &#x22C6;/
-	 FE_REINIT         = 0x40    /&#x22C6;  frontend was reinitialized,  &#x22C6;/
- } fe_status_t;                      /&#x22C6;  application is recommned to reset &#x22C6;/
+typedef enum fe_status {
+	FE_HAS_SIGNAL		= 0x01,
+	FE_HAS_CARRIER		= 0x02,
+	FE_HAS_VITERBI		= 0x04,
+	FE_HAS_SYNC		= 0x08,
+	FE_HAS_LOCK		= 0x10,
+	FE_TIMEDOUT		= 0x20,
+	FE_REINIT		= 0x40,
+} fe_status_t;
 </programlisting>
-<para>to indicate the current state and/or state changes of the frontend hardware.
+<para>to indicate the current state and/or state changes of the frontend hardware:
 </para>
 
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody>
+<row>
+<entry align="char">FE_HAS_SIGNAL</entry>
+<entry align="char">The frontend has found something above the noise level</entry>
+</row><row>
+<entry align="char">FE_HAS_CARRIER</entry>
+<entry align="char">The frontend has found a DVB signal</entry>
+</row><row>
+<entry align="char">FE_HAS_VITERBI</entry>
+<entry align="char">The frontend FEC code is stable</entry>
+</row><row>
+<entry align="char">FE_HAS_SYNC</entry>
+<entry align="char">Syncronization bytes was found</entry>
+</row><row>
+<entry align="char">FE_HAS_LOCK</entry>
+<entry align="char">The DVB were locked and everything is working</entry>
+</row><row>
+<entry align="char">FE_TIMEDOUT</entry>
+<entry align="char">no lock within the last about 2 seconds</entry>
+</row><row>
+<entry align="char">FE_REINIT</entry>
+<entry align="char">The frontend was reinitialized, application is
+recommended to reset DiSEqC, tone and parameters</entry>
+</row>
+</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+
 </section>
 
 <section id="dvb-frontend-parameters">
@@ -238,7 +265,7 @@
 <constant>FE_GET_PROPERTY/FE_SET_PROPERTY</constant></link> instead, in
 order to be able to support the newer System Delivery like  DVB-S2, DVB-T2,
 DVB-C2, ISDB, etc.</para>
-<para>All kinds of parameters are combined as an union in the FrontendParameters structure:</para>
+<para>All kinds of parameters are combined as an union in the FrontendParameters structure:
 <programlisting>
 struct dvb_frontend_parameters {
 	uint32_t frequency;     /&#x22C6; (absolute) frequency in Hz for QAM/OFDM &#x22C6;/
@@ -251,12 +278,13 @@
 		struct dvb_vsb_parameters  vsb;
 	} u;
 };
-</programlisting>
+</programlisting></para>
 <para>In the case of QPSK frontends the <constant>frequency</constant> field specifies the intermediate
 frequency, i.e. the offset which is effectively added to the local oscillator frequency (LOF) of
 the LNB. The intermediate frequency has to be specified in units of kHz. For QAM and
 OFDM frontends the <constant>frequency</constant> specifies the absolute frequency and is given in Hz.
 </para>
+
 <section id="dvb-qpsk-parameters">
 <title>QPSK parameters</title>
 <para>For satellite QPSK frontends you have to use the <constant>dvb_qpsk_parameters</constant> structure:</para>
@@ -321,8 +349,8 @@
 <section id="fe-code-rate-t">
 <title>frontend code rate</title>
 <para>The possible values for the <constant>fec_inner</constant> field used on
-<link refend="dvb-qpsk-parameters"><constant>struct dvb_qpsk_parameters</constant></link> and
-<link refend="dvb-qam-parameters"><constant>struct dvb_qam_parameters</constant></link> are:
+<link linkend="dvb-qpsk-parameters"><constant>struct dvb_qpsk_parameters</constant></link> and
+<link linkend="dvb-qam-parameters"><constant>struct dvb_qam_parameters</constant></link> are:
 </para>
 <programlisting>
 typedef enum fe_code_rate {
@@ -347,9 +375,9 @@
 <section id="fe-modulation-t">
 <title>frontend modulation type for QAM, OFDM and VSB</title>
 <para>For cable and terrestrial frontends, e. g. for
-<link refend="dvb-qam-parameters"><constant>struct dvb_qpsk_parameters</constant></link>,
-<link refend="dvb-ofdm-parameters"><constant>struct dvb_qam_parameters</constant></link> and
-<link refend="dvb-vsb-parameters"><constant>struct dvb_qam_parameters</constant></link>,
+<link linkend="dvb-qam-parameters"><constant>struct dvb_qpsk_parameters</constant></link>,
+<link linkend="dvb-ofdm-parameters"><constant>struct dvb_qam_parameters</constant></link> and
+<link linkend="dvb-vsb-parameters"><constant>struct dvb_qam_parameters</constant></link>,
 it needs to specify the quadrature modulation mode which can be one of the following:
 </para>
 <programlisting>
@@ -370,8 +398,8 @@
  } fe_modulation_t;
 </programlisting>
 </section>
-<para>Finally, there are several more parameters for OFDM:
-</para>
+<section>
+<title>More OFDM parameters</title>
 <section id="fe-transmit-mode-t">
 <title>Number of carriers per channel</title>
 <programlisting>
@@ -427,6 +455,7 @@
  } fe_hierarchy_t;
 </programlisting>
 </section>
+</section>
 
 </section>
 
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/intro.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/intro.xml
index 170064a..2048b53 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/intro.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/intro.xml
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@
 additional include file <emphasis
 role="tt">linux/dvb/version.h</emphasis> exists, which defines the
 constant <emphasis role="tt">DVB_API_VERSION</emphasis>. This document
-describes <emphasis role="tt">DVB_API_VERSION 5.4</emphasis>.
+describes <emphasis role="tt">DVB_API_VERSION 5.8</emphasis>.
 </para>
 
 </section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/kdapi.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/kdapi.xml
index 6c67481..6c11ec5 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/kdapi.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/kdapi.xml
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 <para>The kernel demux API defines a driver-internal interface for registering low-level,
 hardware specific driver to a hardware independent demux layer. It is only of interest for
 DVB device driver writers. The header file for this API is named <emphasis role="tt">demux.h</emphasis> and located in
-<emphasis role="tt">drivers/media/dvb/dvb-core</emphasis>.
+<emphasis role="tt">drivers/media/dvb-core</emphasis>.
 </para>
 <para>Maintainer note: This section must be reviewed. It is probably out of date.
 </para>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/net.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/net.xml
index 67d37e5..a193e86 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/net.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/net.xml
@@ -26,4 +26,131 @@
 <title>DVB net Function Calls</title>
 <para>To be written&#x2026;
 </para>
+
+<section id="NET_ADD_IF"
+role="subsection"><title>NET_ADD_IF</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = NET_ADD_IF,
+ struct dvb_net_if *if);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals NET_ADD_IF for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>struct dvb_net_if *if
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Undocumented.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+</section>
+
+<section id="NET_REMOVE_IF"
+role="subsection"><title>NET_REMOVE_IF</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = NET_REMOVE_IF);
+</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals NET_REMOVE_IF for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+</section>
+
+<section id="NET_GET_IF"
+role="subsection"><title>NET_GET_IF</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl is undocumented. Documentation is welcome.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(fd, int request = NET_GET_IF,
+ struct dvb_net_if *if);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals NET_GET_IF for this command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>struct dvb_net_if *if
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Undocumented.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+</section>
 </section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/video.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/video.xml
index 25fb823..3ea1ca7 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/video.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/video.xml
@@ -15,6 +15,10 @@
 <para>The ioctls that deal with SPUs (sub picture units) and navigation packets are only
 supported on some MPEG decoders made for DVD playback.
 </para>
+<para>
+These ioctls were also used by V4L2 to control MPEG decoders implemented in V4L2. The use
+of these ioctls for that purpose has been made obsolete and proper V4L2 ioctls or controls
+have been created to replace that functionality.</para>
 <section id="video_types">
 <title>Video Data Types</title>
 
@@ -55,7 +59,7 @@
 </section>
 
 <section id="video-stream-source-t">
-<title>video stream source</title>
+<title>video_stream_source_t</title>
 <para>The video stream source is set through the VIDEO_SELECT_SOURCE call and can take
 the following values, depending on whether we are replaying from an internal (demuxer) or
 external (user write) source.
@@ -76,7 +80,7 @@
 </section>
 
 <section id="video-play-state-t">
-<title>video play state</title>
+<title>video_play_state_t</title>
 <para>The following values can be returned by the VIDEO_GET_STATUS call representing the
 state of video playback.
 </para>
@@ -90,9 +94,9 @@
 </section>
 
 <section id="video-command">
+<title>struct video_command</title>
 <para>The structure must be zeroed before use by the application
 This ensures it can be extended safely in the future.</para>
-<title>struct video-command</title>
 <programlisting>
 struct video_command {
 	__u32 cmd;
@@ -121,7 +125,7 @@
 </section>
 
 <section id="video-size-t">
-<title>struct video_size-t</title>
+<title>video_size_t</title>
 <programlisting>
 typedef struct {
 	int w;
@@ -217,7 +221,7 @@
 </section>
 
 <section id="video-system">
-<title>video system</title>
+<title>video_system_t</title>
 <para>A call to VIDEO_SET_SYSTEM sets the desired video system for TV output. The
 following system types can be set:
 </para>
@@ -263,7 +267,7 @@
 
 </section>
 <section id="video-spu">
-<title>video SPU</title>
+<title>struct video_spu</title>
 <para>Calling VIDEO_SET_SPU deactivates or activates SPU decoding, according to the
 following format:
 </para>
@@ -277,12 +281,12 @@
 
 </section>
 <section id="video-spu-palette">
-<title>video SPU palette</title>
+<title>struct video_spu_palette</title>
 <para>The following structure is used to set the SPU palette by calling VIDEO_SPU_PALETTE:
 </para>
 <programlisting>
  typedef
- struct video_spu_palette{
+ struct video_spu_palette {
 	 int length;
 	 uint8_t &#x22C6;palette;
  } video_spu_palette_t;
@@ -290,13 +294,13 @@
 
 </section>
 <section id="video-navi-pack">
-<title>video NAVI pack</title>
+<title>struct video_navi_pack</title>
 <para>In order to get the navigational data the following structure has to be passed to the ioctl
 VIDEO_GET_NAVI:
 </para>
 <programlisting>
  typedef
- struct video_navi_pack{
+ struct video_navi_pack {
 	 int length;         /&#x22C6; 0 ... 1024 &#x22C6;/
 	 uint8_t data[1024];
  } video_navi_pack_t;
@@ -305,7 +309,7 @@
 
 
 <section id="video-attributes-t">
-<title>video attributes</title>
+<title>video_attributes_t</title>
 <para>The following attributes can be set by a call to VIDEO_SET_ATTRIBUTES:
 </para>
 <programlisting>
@@ -541,6 +545,8 @@
 role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_STOP</title>
 <para>DESCRIPTION
 </para>
+<para>This ioctl is for DVB devices only. To control a V4L2 decoder use the V4L2
+&VIDIOC-DECODER-CMD; instead.</para>
 <informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
  align="char">
 <para>This ioctl call asks the Video Device to stop playing the current stream.
@@ -598,6 +604,8 @@
 role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_PLAY</title>
 <para>DESCRIPTION
 </para>
+<para>This ioctl is for DVB devices only. To control a V4L2 decoder use the V4L2
+&VIDIOC-DECODER-CMD; instead.</para>
 <informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
  align="char">
 <para>This ioctl call asks the Video Device to start playing a video stream from the
@@ -634,6 +642,8 @@
 role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_FREEZE</title>
 <para>DESCRIPTION
 </para>
+<para>This ioctl is for DVB devices only. To control a V4L2 decoder use the V4L2
+&VIDIOC-DECODER-CMD; instead.</para>
 <informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
  align="char">
 <para>This ioctl call suspends the live video stream being played. Decoding
@@ -674,6 +684,8 @@
 role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_CONTINUE</title>
 <para>DESCRIPTION
 </para>
+<para>This ioctl is for DVB devices only. To control a V4L2 decoder use the V4L2
+&VIDIOC-DECODER-CMD; instead.</para>
 <informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
  align="char">
 <para>This ioctl call restarts decoding and playing processes of the video stream
@@ -710,6 +722,9 @@
 role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_SELECT_SOURCE</title>
 <para>DESCRIPTION
 </para>
+<para>This ioctl is for DVB devices only. This ioctl was also supported by the
+V4L2 ivtv driver, but that has been replaced by the ivtv-specific
+<constant>IVTV_IOC_PASSTHROUGH_MODE</constant> ioctl.</para>
 <informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
  align="char">
 <para>This ioctl call informs the video device which source shall be used for the input
@@ -845,10 +860,160 @@
  </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
 &return-value-dvb;
 
+</section><section id="VIDEO_GET_FRAME_COUNT"
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_GET_FRAME_COUNT</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<para>This ioctl is obsolete. Do not use in new drivers. For V4L2 decoders this
+ioctl has been replaced by the <constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DEC_FRAME</constant> control.</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call asks the Video Device to return the number of displayed frames
+since the decoder was started.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request =
+ VIDEO_GET_FRAME_COUNT, __u64 *pts);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_GET_FRAME_COUNT for this
+ command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>__u64 *pts
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Returns the number of frames displayed since the decoder was started.
+</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+
+</section><section id="VIDEO_GET_PTS"
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_GET_PTS</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<para>This ioctl is obsolete. Do not use in new drivers. For V4L2 decoders this
+ioctl has been replaced by the <constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DEC_PTS</constant> control.</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call asks the Video Device to return the current PTS timestamp.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request =
+ VIDEO_GET_PTS, __u64 *pts);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_GET_PTS for this
+ command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>__u64 *pts
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Returns the 33-bit timestamp as defined in ITU T-REC-H.222.0 / ISO/IEC 13818-1.
+</para>
+<para>
+The PTS should belong to the currently played
+frame if possible, but may also be a value close to it
+like the PTS of the last decoded frame or the last PTS
+extracted by the PES parser.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+
+</section><section id="VIDEO_GET_FRAME_RATE"
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_GET_FRAME_RATE</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl call asks the Video Device to return the current framerate.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request =
+ VIDEO_GET_FRAME_RATE, unsigned int *rate);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_GET_FRAME_RATE for this
+ command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>unsigned int *rate
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Returns the framerate in number of frames per 1000 seconds.
+</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+
 </section><section id="VIDEO_GET_EVENT"
 role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_GET_EVENT</title>
 <para>DESCRIPTION
 </para>
+<para>This ioctl is for DVB devices only. To get events from a V4L2 decoder use the V4L2
+&VIDIOC-DQEVENT; ioctl instead.</para>
 <informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
  align="char">
 <para>This ioctl call returns an event of type video_event if available. If an event is
@@ -914,6 +1079,152 @@
 </entry>
  </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
 
+</section><section id="VIDEO_COMMAND"
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_COMMAND</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<para>This ioctl is obsolete. Do not use in new drivers. For V4L2 decoders this
+ioctl has been replaced by the &VIDIOC-DECODER-CMD; ioctl.</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl commands the decoder. The <constant>video_command</constant> struct
+is a subset of the <constant>v4l2_decoder_cmd</constant> struct, so refer to the
+&VIDIOC-DECODER-CMD; documentation for more information.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request =
+ VIDEO_COMMAND, struct video_command *cmd);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_COMMAND for this
+ command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>struct video_command *cmd
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Commands the decoder.
+</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+
+</section><section id="VIDEO_TRY_COMMAND"
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_TRY_COMMAND</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<para>This ioctl is obsolete. Do not use in new drivers. For V4L2 decoders this
+ioctl has been replaced by the &VIDIOC-TRY-DECODER-CMD; ioctl.</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl tries a decoder command. The <constant>video_command</constant> struct
+is a subset of the <constant>v4l2_decoder_cmd</constant> struct, so refer to the
+&VIDIOC-TRY-DECODER-CMD; documentation for more information.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request =
+ VIDEO_TRY_COMMAND, struct video_command *cmd);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_TRY_COMMAND for this
+ command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>struct video_command *cmd
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Try a decoder command.
+</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+
+</section><section id="VIDEO_GET_SIZE"
+role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_GET_SIZE</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This ioctl returns the size and aspect ratio.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>SYNOPSIS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int ioctl(int fd, int request =
+ VIDEO_GET_SIZE, video_size_t *size);</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+<para>PARAMETERS
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="2"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int fd</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>File descriptor returned by a previous call to open().</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>int request</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Equals VIDEO_GET_SIZE for this
+ command.</para>
+</entry>
+ </row><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>video_size_t *size
+</para>
+</entry><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>Returns the size and aspect ratio.
+</para>
+</entry>
+ </row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
+&return-value-dvb;
+
 </section><section id="VIDEO_SET_DISPLAY_FORMAT"
 role="subsection"><title>VIDEO_SET_DISPLAY_FORMAT</title>
 <para>DESCRIPTION
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml
index 1078e45..d2eb79e 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml
@@ -178,23 +178,23 @@
 1125-Line High-Definition Production"</title>
     </biblioentry>
 
-    <biblioentry id="en50067">
-      <abbrev>EN&nbsp;50067</abbrev>
+    <biblioentry id="iec62106">
+      <abbrev>IEC&nbsp;62106</abbrev>
       <authorgroup>
-	<corpauthor>European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization
-(<ulink url="http://www.cenelec.eu">http://www.cenelec.eu</ulink>)</corpauthor>
+	<corpauthor>International Electrotechnical Commission
+(<ulink url="http://www.iec.ch">http://www.iec.ch</ulink>)</corpauthor>
       </authorgroup>
       <title>Specification of the radio data system (RDS) for VHF/FM sound broadcasting
 in the frequency range from 87,5 to 108,0 MHz</title>
     </biblioentry>
 
     <biblioentry id="nrsc4">
-      <abbrev>NRSC-4</abbrev>
+      <abbrev>NRSC-4-B</abbrev>
       <authorgroup>
 	<corpauthor>National Radio Systems Committee
 (<ulink url="http://www.nrscstandards.org">http://www.nrscstandards.org</ulink>)</corpauthor>
       </authorgroup>
-      <title>NRSC-4: United States RBDS Standard</title>
+      <title>NRSC-4-B: United States RBDS Standard</title>
     </biblioentry>
 
     <biblioentry id="iso12232">
@@ -226,4 +226,44 @@
       <title>VESA and Industry Standards and Guidelines for Computer Display Monitor Timing (DMT)</title>
     </biblioentry>
 
+    <biblioentry id="vesaedid">
+      <abbrev>EDID</abbrev>
+      <authorgroup>
+	<corpauthor>Video Electronics Standards Association
+(<ulink url="http://www.vesa.org">http://www.vesa.org</ulink>)</corpauthor>
+      </authorgroup>
+      <title>VESA Enhanced Extended Display Identification Data Standard</title>
+      <subtitle>Release A, Revision 2</subtitle>
+    </biblioentry>
+
+    <biblioentry id="hdcp">
+      <abbrev>HDCP</abbrev>
+      <authorgroup>
+	<corpauthor>Digital Content Protection LLC
+(<ulink url="http://www.digital-cp.com">http://www.digital-cp.com</ulink>)</corpauthor>
+      </authorgroup>
+      <title>High-bandwidth Digital Content Protection System</title>
+      <subtitle>Revision 1.3</subtitle>
+    </biblioentry>
+
+    <biblioentry id="hdmi">
+      <abbrev>HDMI</abbrev>
+      <authorgroup>
+	<corpauthor>HDMI Licensing LLC
+(<ulink url="http://www.hdmi.org">http://www.hdmi.org</ulink>)</corpauthor>
+      </authorgroup>
+      <title>High-Definition Multimedia Interface</title>
+      <subtitle>Specification Version 1.4a</subtitle>
+    </biblioentry>
+
+    <biblioentry id="dp">
+      <abbrev>DP</abbrev>
+      <authorgroup>
+	<corpauthor>Video Electronics Standards Association
+(<ulink url="http://www.vesa.org">http://www.vesa.org</ulink>)</corpauthor>
+      </authorgroup>
+      <title>VESA DisplayPort Standard</title>
+      <subtitle>Version 1, Revision 2</subtitle>
+    </biblioentry>
+
   </bibliography>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/common.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/common.xml
index b91d253..73c6847 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/common.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/common.xml
@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@
     <para>To query and select the standard used by the current video
 input or output applications call the &VIDIOC-G-STD; and
 &VIDIOC-S-STD; ioctl, respectively. The <emphasis>received</emphasis>
-standard can be sensed with the &VIDIOC-QUERYSTD; ioctl. Note parameter of all these ioctls is a pointer to a &v4l2-std-id; type (a standard set), <emphasis>not</emphasis> an index into the standard enumeration.<footnote>
+standard can be sensed with the &VIDIOC-QUERYSTD; ioctl. Note that the parameter of all these ioctls is a pointer to a &v4l2-std-id; type (a standard set), <emphasis>not</emphasis> an index into the standard enumeration.<footnote>
 	<para>An alternative to the current scheme is to use pointers
 to indices as arguments of <constant>VIDIOC_G_STD</constant> and
 <constant>VIDIOC_S_STD</constant>, the &v4l2-input; and
@@ -588,30 +588,28 @@
       </footnote> Drivers must implement all video standard ioctls
 when the device has one or more video inputs or outputs.</para>
 
-    <para>Special rules apply to USB cameras where the notion of video
-standards makes little sense. More generally any capture device,
-output devices accordingly, which is <itemizedlist>
+    <para>Special rules apply to devices such as USB cameras where the notion of video
+standards makes little sense. More generally for any capture or output device
+which is: <itemizedlist>
 	<listitem>
 	  <para>incapable of capturing fields or frames at the nominal
 rate of the video standard, or</para>
 	</listitem>
 	<listitem>
-	  <para>where <link linkend="buffer">timestamps</link> refer
-to the instant the field or frame was received by the driver, not the
-capture time, or</para>
-	</listitem>
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>where <link linkend="buffer">sequence numbers</link>
-refer to the frames received by the driver, not the captured
-frames.</para>
+	  <para>that does not support the video standard formats at all.</para>
 	</listitem>
       </itemizedlist> Here the driver shall set the
 <structfield>std</structfield> field of &v4l2-input; and &v4l2-output;
-to zero, the <constant>VIDIOC_G_STD</constant>,
+to zero and the <constant>VIDIOC_G_STD</constant>,
 <constant>VIDIOC_S_STD</constant>,
 <constant>VIDIOC_QUERYSTD</constant> and
 <constant>VIDIOC_ENUMSTD</constant> ioctls shall return the
-&EINVAL;.<footnote>
+&ENOTTY;.<footnote>
+	<para>See <xref linkend="buffer" /> for a rationale.</para>
+	<para>Applications can make use of the <xref linkend="input-capabilities" /> and
+<xref linkend="output-capabilities"/> flags to determine whether the video standard ioctls
+are available for the device.</para>
+&ENOTTY;.
 	<para>See <xref linkend="buffer" /> for a rationale. Probably
 even USB cameras follow some well known video standard. It might have
 been better to explicitly indicate elsewhere if a device cannot live
@@ -626,9 +624,9 @@
 &v4l2-standard; standard;
 
 if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-G-STD;, &amp;std_id)) {
-	/* Note when VIDIOC_ENUMSTD always returns EINVAL this
+	/* Note when VIDIOC_ENUMSTD always returns ENOTTY this
 	   is no video device or it falls under the USB exception,
-	   and VIDIOC_G_STD returning EINVAL is no error. */
+	   and VIDIOC_G_STD returning ENOTTY is no error. */
 
 	perror ("VIDIOC_G_STD");
 	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml
index faa0fd1..4fdf6b5 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml
@@ -1476,7 +1476,7 @@
 		  </row>
 		  <row>
 		    <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE_BASE</constant></entry>
-		    <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant></entry>
+		    <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant> (but this is deprecated)</entry>
 		  </row>
 		</tbody>
 	      </tgroup>
@@ -2468,21 +2468,9 @@
 	  <structfield>reserved2</structfield> and removed
 	  <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_INPUT</constant>.</para>
 	</listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>V4L2 in Linux 3.6</title>
-      <orderedlist>
         <listitem>
 	  <para>Added V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_M2M and V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_M2M_MPLANE capabilities.</para>
         </listitem>
-      </orderedlist>
-    </section>
-
-    <section>
-      <title>V4L2 in Linux 3.6</title>
-      <orderedlist>
         <listitem>
 	  <para>Added support for frequency band enumerations: &VIDIOC-ENUM-FREQ-BANDS;.</para>
         </listitem>
@@ -2567,29 +2555,6 @@
 	  <para>Video Output Overlay (OSD) Interface, <xref
 	    linkend="osd" />.</para>
         </listitem>
-	<listitem>
-	  <para><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_OVERLAY</constant>,
-	&v4l2-buf-type;, <xref linkend="v4l2-buf-type" />.</para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-	  <para><constant>V4L2_CAP_VIDEO_OUTPUT_OVERLAY</constant>,
-&VIDIOC-QUERYCAP; ioctl, <xref linkend="device-capabilities" />.</para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-	  <para>&VIDIOC-ENUM-FRAMESIZES; and
-&VIDIOC-ENUM-FRAMEINTERVALS; ioctls.</para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-	  <para>&VIDIOC-G-ENC-INDEX; ioctl.</para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-	  <para>&VIDIOC-ENCODER-CMD; and &VIDIOC-TRY-ENCODER-CMD;
-ioctls.</para>
-        </listitem>
-        <listitem>
-	  <para>&VIDIOC-DECODER-CMD; and &VIDIOC-TRY-DECODER-CMD;
-ioctls.</para>
-        </listitem>
         <listitem>
 	  <para>&VIDIOC-DBG-G-REGISTER; and &VIDIOC-DBG-S-REGISTER;
 ioctls.</para>
@@ -2615,11 +2580,11 @@
 	  and &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-S-SELECTION; ioctls.</para>
         </listitem>
         <listitem>
-	  <para><link linkend="v4l2-auto-focus-area"><constant>
-	  V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_AREA</constant></link> control.</para>
+	  <para>Support for frequency band enumeration: &VIDIOC-ENUM-FREQ-BANDS; ioctl.</para>
         </listitem>
         <listitem>
-	  <para>Support for frequency band enumeration: &VIDIOC-ENUM-FREQ-BANDS; ioctl.</para>
+	  <para>Vendor and device specific media bus pixel formats.
+	    <xref linkend="v4l2-mbus-vendor-spec-fmts" />.</para>
         </listitem>
       </itemizedlist>
     </section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml
index b0964fb..7fe5be1 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml
@@ -1586,7 +1586,6 @@
 the decoder is started.</entry>
 	      </row>
 
-
 	      <row><entry></entry></row>
 	      <row>
 		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DECODER_SLICE_INTERFACE</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
@@ -2270,6 +2269,14 @@
 	      </row>
 
 	      <row><entry></entry></row>
+	      <row id="v4l2-mpeg-video-vbv-delay">
+		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VBV_DELAY</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		<entry>integer</entry>
+	      </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Sets the initial delay in milliseconds for
+VBV buffer control.</entry>
+	      </row>
+
+	      <row><entry></entry></row>
 	      <row>
 		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_CPB_SIZE</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
 		<entry>integer</entry>
@@ -2334,6 +2341,265 @@
 	      </row><row><entry spanname="descr">vop_time_increment value for MPEG4. Applicable to the MPEG4 encoder.</entry>
 	      </row>
 
+	      <row><entry></entry></row>
+	      <row>
+		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FRAME_PACKING</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		<entry>boolean</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row><entry spanname="descr">Enable generation of frame packing supplemental enhancement information in the encoded bitstream.
+The frame packing SEI message contains the arrangement of L and R planes for 3D viewing. Applicable to the H264 encoder.</entry>
+	      </row>
+
+	      <row><entry></entry></row>
+	      <row>
+		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_CURRENT_FRAME_0</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		<entry>boolean</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row><entry spanname="descr">Sets current frame as frame0 in frame packing SEI.
+Applicable to the H264 encoder.</entry>
+	      </row>
+
+	      <row><entry></entry></row>
+	      <row id="v4l2-mpeg-video-h264-sei-fp-arrangement-type">
+		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_ARRANGEMENT_TYPE</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		<entry>enum&nbsp;v4l2_mpeg_video_h264_sei_fp_arrangement_type</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row><entry spanname="descr">Frame packing arrangement type for H264 SEI.
+Applicable to the H264 encoder.
+Possible values are:</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row>
+		<entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+		  <tbody valign="top">
+		    <row>
+		      <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_ARRANGEMENT_TYPE_CHEKERBOARD</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		      <entry>Pixels are alternatively from L and R.</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_ARRANGEMENT_TYPE_COLUMN</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		      <entry>L and R are interlaced by column.</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_ARRANGEMENT_TYPE_ROW</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		      <entry>L and R are interlaced by row.</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_ARRANGEMENT_TYPE_SIDE_BY_SIDE</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		      <entry>L is on the left, R on the right.</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_ARRANGEMENT_TYPE_TOP_BOTTOM</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		      <entry>L is on top, R on bottom.</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_ARRANGEMENT_TYPE_TEMPORAL</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		      <entry>One view per frame.</entry>
+		    </row>
+		  </tbody>
+		</entrytbl>
+	      </row>
+
+	      <row><entry></entry></row>
+	      <row>
+		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		<entry>boolean</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row><entry spanname="descr">Enables flexible macroblock ordering in the encoded bitstream. It is a technique
+used for restructuring the ordering of macroblocks in pictures. Applicable to the H264 encoder.</entry>
+	      </row>
+
+	      <row><entry></entry></row>
+	      <row id="v4l2-mpeg-video-h264-fmo-map-type">
+		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		<entry>enum&nbsp;v4l2_mpeg_video_h264_fmo_map_type</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row><entry spanname="descr">When using FMO, the map type divides the image in different scan patterns of macroblocks.
+Applicable to the H264 encoder.
+Possible values are:</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row>
+		<entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+		  <tbody valign="top">
+		    <row>
+		      <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE_INTERLEAVED_SLICES</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		      <entry>Slices are interleaved one after other with macroblocks in run length order.</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE_SCATTERED_SLICES</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		      <entry>Scatters the macroblocks based on a mathematical function known to both encoder and decoder.</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE_FOREGROUND_WITH_LEFT_OVER</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		      <entry>Macroblocks arranged in rectangular areas or regions of interest.</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE_BOX_OUT</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		      <entry>Slice groups grow in a cyclic way from centre to outwards.</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE_RASTER_SCAN</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		      <entry>Slice groups grow in raster scan pattern from left to right.</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE_WIPE_SCAN</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		      <entry>Slice groups grow in wipe scan pattern from top to bottom.</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE_EXPLICIT</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		      <entry>User defined map type.</entry>
+		    </row>
+		  </tbody>
+		</entrytbl>
+	      </row>
+
+	      <row><entry></entry></row>
+	      <row>
+		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_SLICE_GROUP</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		<entry>integer</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row><entry spanname="descr">Number of slice groups in FMO.
+Applicable to the H264 encoder.</entry>
+	      </row>
+
+	      <row><entry></entry></row>
+	      <row id="v4l2-mpeg-video-h264-fmo-change-direction">
+		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_CHANGE_DIRECTION</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		<entry>enum&nbsp;v4l2_mpeg_video_h264_fmo_change_dir</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row><entry spanname="descr">Specifies a direction of the slice group change for raster and wipe maps.
+Applicable to the H264 encoder.
+Possible values are:</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row>
+		<entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+		  <tbody valign="top">
+		    <row>
+		      <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_CHANGE_DIR_RIGHT</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		      <entry>Raster scan or wipe right.</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_CHANGE_DIR_LEFT</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		      <entry>Reverse raster scan or wipe left.</entry>
+		    </row>
+		  </tbody>
+		</entrytbl>
+	      </row>
+
+	      <row><entry></entry></row>
+	      <row>
+		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_CHANGE_RATE</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		<entry>integer</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row><entry spanname="descr">Specifies the size of the first slice group for raster and wipe map.
+Applicable to the H264 encoder.</entry>
+	      </row>
+
+	      <row><entry></entry></row>
+	      <row>
+		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_RUN_LENGTH</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		<entry>integer</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row><entry spanname="descr">Specifies the number of consecutive macroblocks for the interleaved map.
+Applicable to the H264 encoder.</entry>
+	      </row>
+
+	      <row><entry></entry></row>
+	      <row>
+		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_ASO</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		<entry>boolean</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row><entry spanname="descr">Enables arbitrary slice ordering in encoded bitstream.
+Applicable to the H264 encoder.</entry>
+	      </row>
+
+	      <row><entry></entry></row>
+	      <row>
+		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_ASO_SLICE_ORDER</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		<entry>integer</entry>
+	      </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Specifies the slice order in ASO. Applicable to the H264 encoder.
+The supplied 32-bit integer is interpreted as follows (bit
+0 = least significant bit):</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row>
+		<entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+		  <tbody valign="top">
+		    <row>
+		      <entry>Bit 0:15</entry>
+		      <entry>Slice ID</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry>Bit 16:32</entry>
+		      <entry>Slice position or order</entry>
+		    </row>
+		  </tbody>
+		</entrytbl>
+	      </row>
+
+	      <row><entry></entry></row>
+	      <row>
+		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIERARCHICAL_CODING</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		<entry>boolean</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row><entry spanname="descr">Enables H264 hierarchical coding.
+Applicable to the H264 encoder.</entry>
+	      </row>
+
+	      <row><entry></entry></row>
+	      <row id="v4l2-mpeg-video-h264-hierarchical-coding-type">
+		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIERARCHICAL_CODING_TYPE</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		<entry>enum&nbsp;v4l2_mpeg_video_h264_hierarchical_coding_type</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row><entry spanname="descr">Specifies the hierarchical coding type.
+Applicable to the H264 encoder.
+Possible values are:</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row>
+		<entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+		  <tbody valign="top">
+		    <row>
+		      <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIERARCHICAL_CODING_B</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		      <entry>Hierarchical B coding.</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIERARCHICAL_CODING_P</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		      <entry>Hierarchical P coding.</entry>
+		    </row>
+		  </tbody>
+		</entrytbl>
+	      </row>
+
+	      <row><entry></entry></row>
+	      <row>
+		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIERARCHICAL_CODING_LAYER</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		<entry>integer</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row><entry spanname="descr">Specifies the number of hierarchical coding layers.
+Applicable to the H264 encoder.</entry>
+	      </row>
+
+	      <row><entry></entry></row>
+	      <row>
+		<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIERARCHICAL_CODING_LAYER_QP</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+		<entry>integer</entry>
+	      </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Specifies a user defined QP for each layer. Applicable to the H264 encoder.
+The supplied 32-bit integer is interpreted as follows (bit
+0 = least significant bit):</entry>
+	      </row>
+	      <row>
+		<entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+		  <tbody valign="top">
+		    <row>
+		      <entry>Bit 0:15</entry>
+		      <entry>QP value</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry>Bit 16:32</entry>
+		      <entry>Layer number</entry>
+		    </row>
+		  </tbody>
+		</entrytbl>
+	      </row>
+
 	    </tbody>
 	  </tgroup>
 	</table>
@@ -3505,7 +3771,7 @@
 	  </row>
 	  <row><entry spanname="descr">Sets the Programme Service name (PS_NAME) for transmission.
 It is intended for static display on a receiver. It is the primary aid to listeners in programme service
-identification and selection.  In Annex E of <xref linkend="en50067" />, the RDS specification,
+identification and selection.  In Annex E of <xref linkend="iec62106" />, the RDS specification,
 there is a full description of the correct character encoding for Programme Service name strings.
 Also from RDS specification, PS is usually a single eight character text. However, it is also possible
 to find receivers which can scroll strings sized as 8 x N characters. So, this control must be configured
@@ -3519,7 +3785,7 @@
 what is being broadcasted. RDS Radio Text can be applied when broadcaster wishes to transmit longer PS names,
 programme-related information or any other text. In these cases, RadioText should be used in addition to
 <constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_PS_NAME</constant>. The encoding for Radio Text strings is also fully described
-in Annex E of <xref linkend="en50067" />. The length of Radio Text strings depends on which RDS Block is being
+in Annex E of <xref linkend="iec62106" />. The length of Radio Text strings depends on which RDS Block is being
 used to transmit it, either 32 (2A block) or 64 (2B block).  However, it is also possible
 to find receivers which can scroll strings sized as 32 x N or 64 x N characters. So, this control must be configured
 with steps of 32 or 64 characters. The result is it must always contain a string with size multiple of 32 or 64. </entry>
@@ -3650,7 +3916,7 @@
       </table>
 
 <para>For more details about RDS specification, refer to
-<xref linkend="en50067" /> document, from CENELEC.</para>
+<xref linkend="iec62106" /> document, from CENELEC.</para>
     </section>
 
     <section id="flash-controls">
@@ -3717,232 +3983,231 @@
 	    use case involving camera or individually.
 	  </para>
 
+
+          <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="flash-control-id">
+          <title>Flash Control IDs</title>
+    
+          <tgroup cols="4">
+    	<colspec colname="c1" colwidth="1*" />
+    	<colspec colname="c2" colwidth="6*" />
+    	<colspec colname="c3" colwidth="2*" />
+    	<colspec colname="c4" colwidth="6*" />
+    	<spanspec namest="c1" nameend="c2" spanname="id" />
+    	<spanspec namest="c2" nameend="c4" spanname="descr" />
+    	<thead>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="id" align="left">ID</entry>
+    	    <entry align="left">Type</entry>
+    	  </row><row rowsep="1"><entry spanname="descr" align="left">Description</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	</thead>
+    	<tbody valign="top">
+    	  <row><entry></entry></row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_CLASS</constant></entry>
+    	    <entry>class</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="descr">The FLASH class descriptor.</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_LED_MODE</constant></entry>
+    	    <entry>menu</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row id="v4l2-flash-led-mode">
+    	    <entry spanname="descr">Defines the mode of the flash LED,
+    	    the high-power white LED attached to the flash controller.
+    	    Setting this control may not be possible in presence of
+    	    some faults. See V4L2_CID_FLASH_FAULT.</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+    	      <tbody valign="top">
+    		<row>
+    		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_NONE</constant></entry>
+    		  <entry>Off.</entry>
+    		</row>
+    		<row>
+    		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_FLASH</constant></entry>
+    		  <entry>Flash mode.</entry>
+    		</row>
+    		<row>
+    		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_TORCH</constant></entry>
+    		  <entry>Torch mode. See V4L2_CID_FLASH_TORCH_INTENSITY.</entry>
+    		</row>
+    	      </tbody>
+    	    </entrytbl>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_SOURCE</constant></entry>
+    	    <entry>menu</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row id="v4l2-flash-strobe-source"><entry
+    	  spanname="descr">Defines the source of the flash LED
+    	  strobe.</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+    	      <tbody valign="top">
+    		<row>
+    		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_STROBE_SOURCE_SOFTWARE</constant></entry>
+    		  <entry>The flash strobe is triggered by using
+    		  the V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE control.</entry>
+    		</row>
+    		<row>
+    		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_STROBE_SOURCE_EXTERNAL</constant></entry>
+    		  <entry>The flash strobe is triggered by an
+    		  external source. Typically this is a sensor,
+    		  which makes it possible to synchronises the
+    		  flash strobe start to exposure start.</entry>
+    		</row>
+    	      </tbody>
+    	    </entrytbl>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE</constant></entry>
+    	    <entry>button</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="descr">Strobe flash. Valid when
+    	    V4L2_CID_FLASH_LED_MODE is set to
+    	    V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_FLASH and V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_SOURCE
+    	    is set to V4L2_FLASH_STROBE_SOURCE_SOFTWARE. Setting this
+    	    control may not be possible in presence of some faults.
+    	    See V4L2_CID_FLASH_FAULT.</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_STOP</constant></entry>
+    	    <entry>button</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row><entry spanname="descr">Stop flash strobe immediately.</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_STATUS</constant></entry>
+    	    <entry>boolean</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="descr">Strobe status: whether the flash
+    	    is strobing at the moment or not. This is a read-only
+    	    control.</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_TIMEOUT</constant></entry>
+    	    <entry>integer</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="descr">Hardware timeout for flash. The
+    	    flash strobe is stopped after this period of time has
+    	    passed from the start of the strobe.</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_INTENSITY</constant></entry>
+    	    <entry>integer</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="descr">Intensity of the flash strobe when
+    	    the flash LED is in flash mode
+    	    (V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_FLASH). The unit should be milliamps
+    	    (mA) if possible.</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_TORCH_INTENSITY</constant></entry>
+    	    <entry>integer</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="descr">Intensity of the flash LED in
+    	    torch mode (V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_TORCH). The unit should be
+    	    milliamps (mA) if possible. Setting this control may not
+    	    be possible in presence of some faults. See
+    	    V4L2_CID_FLASH_FAULT.</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_INDICATOR_INTENSITY</constant></entry>
+    	    <entry>integer</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="descr">Intensity of the indicator LED.
+    	    The indicator LED may be fully independent of the flash
+    	    LED. The unit should be microamps (uA) if possible.</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_FAULT</constant></entry>
+    	    <entry>bitmask</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="descr">Faults related to the flash. The
+    	    faults tell about specific problems in the flash chip
+    	    itself or the LEDs attached to it. Faults may prevent
+    	    further use of some of the flash controls. In particular,
+    	    V4L2_CID_FLASH_LED_MODE is set to V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_NONE
+    	    if the fault affects the flash LED. Exactly which faults
+    	    have such an effect is chip dependent. Reading the faults
+    	    resets the control and returns the chip to a usable state
+    	    if possible.</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+    	      <tbody valign="top">
+    		<row>
+    		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_OVER_VOLTAGE</constant></entry>
+    		  <entry>Flash controller voltage to the flash LED
+    		  has exceeded the limit specific to the flash
+    		  controller.</entry>
+    		</row>
+    		<row>
+    		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_TIMEOUT</constant></entry>
+    		  <entry>The flash strobe was still on when
+    		  the timeout set by the user ---
+    		  V4L2_CID_FLASH_TIMEOUT control --- has expired.
+    		  Not all flash controllers may set this in all
+    		  such conditions.</entry>
+    		</row>
+    		<row>
+    		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_OVER_TEMPERATURE</constant></entry>
+    		  <entry>The flash controller has overheated.</entry>
+    		</row>
+    		<row>
+    		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_SHORT_CIRCUIT</constant></entry>
+    		  <entry>The short circuit protection of the flash
+    		  controller has been triggered.</entry>
+    		</row>
+    		<row>
+    		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_OVER_CURRENT</constant></entry>
+    		  <entry>Current in the LED power supply has exceeded the limit
+    		  specific to the flash controller.</entry>
+    		</row>
+    		<row>
+    		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_INDICATOR</constant></entry>
+    		  <entry>The flash controller has detected a short or open
+    		  circuit condition on the indicator LED.</entry>
+    		</row>
+    	      </tbody>
+    	    </entrytbl>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_CHARGE</constant></entry>
+    	    <entry>boolean</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row><entry spanname="descr">Enable or disable charging of the xenon
+    	  flash capacitor.</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_READY</constant></entry>
+    	    <entry>boolean</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row>
+    	    <entry spanname="descr">Is the flash ready to strobe?
+    	    Xenon flashes require their capacitors charged before
+    	    strobing. LED flashes often require a cooldown period
+    	    after strobe during which another strobe will not be
+    	    possible. This is a read-only control.</entry>
+    	  </row>
+    	  <row><entry></entry></row>
+    	</tbody>
+          </tgroup>
+          </table>
 	</section>
-
       </section>
-
-      <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="flash-control-id">
-      <title>Flash Control IDs</title>
-
-      <tgroup cols="4">
-	<colspec colname="c1" colwidth="1*" />
-	<colspec colname="c2" colwidth="6*" />
-	<colspec colname="c3" colwidth="2*" />
-	<colspec colname="c4" colwidth="6*" />
-	<spanspec namest="c1" nameend="c2" spanname="id" />
-	<spanspec namest="c2" nameend="c4" spanname="descr" />
-	<thead>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="id" align="left">ID</entry>
-	    <entry align="left">Type</entry>
-	  </row><row rowsep="1"><entry spanname="descr" align="left">Description</entry>
-	  </row>
-	</thead>
-	<tbody valign="top">
-	  <row><entry></entry></row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_CLASS</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>class</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="descr">The FLASH class descriptor.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_LED_MODE</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>menu</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row id="v4l2-flash-led-mode">
-	    <entry spanname="descr">Defines the mode of the flash LED,
-	    the high-power white LED attached to the flash controller.
-	    Setting this control may not be possible in presence of
-	    some faults. See V4L2_CID_FLASH_FAULT.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
-	      <tbody valign="top">
-		<row>
-		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_NONE</constant></entry>
-		  <entry>Off.</entry>
-		</row>
-		<row>
-		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_FLASH</constant></entry>
-		  <entry>Flash mode.</entry>
-		</row>
-		<row>
-		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_TORCH</constant></entry>
-		  <entry>Torch mode. See V4L2_CID_FLASH_TORCH_INTENSITY.</entry>
-		</row>
-	      </tbody>
-	    </entrytbl>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_SOURCE</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>menu</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row id="v4l2-flash-strobe-source"><entry
-	  spanname="descr">Defines the source of the flash LED
-	  strobe.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
-	      <tbody valign="top">
-		<row>
-		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_STROBE_SOURCE_SOFTWARE</constant></entry>
-		  <entry>The flash strobe is triggered by using
-		  the V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE control.</entry>
-		</row>
-		<row>
-		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_STROBE_SOURCE_EXTERNAL</constant></entry>
-		  <entry>The flash strobe is triggered by an
-		  external source. Typically this is a sensor,
-		  which makes it possible to synchronises the
-		  flash strobe start to exposure start.</entry>
-		</row>
-	      </tbody>
-	    </entrytbl>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>button</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="descr">Strobe flash. Valid when
-	    V4L2_CID_FLASH_LED_MODE is set to
-	    V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_FLASH and V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_SOURCE
-	    is set to V4L2_FLASH_STROBE_SOURCE_SOFTWARE. Setting this
-	    control may not be possible in presence of some faults.
-	    See V4L2_CID_FLASH_FAULT.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_STOP</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>button</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row><entry spanname="descr">Stop flash strobe immediately.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_STATUS</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>boolean</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="descr">Strobe status: whether the flash
-	    is strobing at the moment or not. This is a read-only
-	    control.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_TIMEOUT</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>integer</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="descr">Hardware timeout for flash. The
-	    flash strobe is stopped after this period of time has
-	    passed from the start of the strobe.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_INTENSITY</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>integer</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="descr">Intensity of the flash strobe when
-	    the flash LED is in flash mode
-	    (V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_FLASH). The unit should be milliamps
-	    (mA) if possible.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_TORCH_INTENSITY</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>integer</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="descr">Intensity of the flash LED in
-	    torch mode (V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_TORCH). The unit should be
-	    milliamps (mA) if possible. Setting this control may not
-	    be possible in presence of some faults. See
-	    V4L2_CID_FLASH_FAULT.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_INDICATOR_INTENSITY</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>integer</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="descr">Intensity of the indicator LED.
-	    The indicator LED may be fully independent of the flash
-	    LED. The unit should be microamps (uA) if possible.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_FAULT</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>bitmask</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="descr">Faults related to the flash. The
-	    faults tell about specific problems in the flash chip
-	    itself or the LEDs attached to it. Faults may prevent
-	    further use of some of the flash controls. In particular,
-	    V4L2_CID_FLASH_LED_MODE is set to V4L2_FLASH_LED_MODE_NONE
-	    if the fault affects the flash LED. Exactly which faults
-	    have such an effect is chip dependent. Reading the faults
-	    resets the control and returns the chip to a usable state
-	    if possible.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
-	      <tbody valign="top">
-		<row>
-		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_OVER_VOLTAGE</constant></entry>
-		  <entry>Flash controller voltage to the flash LED
-		  has exceeded the limit specific to the flash
-		  controller.</entry>
-		</row>
-		<row>
-		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_TIMEOUT</constant></entry>
-		  <entry>The flash strobe was still on when
-		  the timeout set by the user ---
-		  V4L2_CID_FLASH_TIMEOUT control --- has expired.
-		  Not all flash controllers may set this in all
-		  such conditions.</entry>
-		</row>
-		<row>
-		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_OVER_TEMPERATURE</constant></entry>
-		  <entry>The flash controller has overheated.</entry>
-		</row>
-		<row>
-		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_SHORT_CIRCUIT</constant></entry>
-		  <entry>The short circuit protection of the flash
-		  controller has been triggered.</entry>
-		</row>
-		<row>
-		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_OVER_CURRENT</constant></entry>
-		  <entry>Current in the LED power supply has exceeded the limit
-		  specific to the flash controller.</entry>
-		</row>
-		<row>
-		  <entry><constant>V4L2_FLASH_FAULT_INDICATOR</constant></entry>
-		  <entry>The flash controller has detected a short or open
-		  circuit condition on the indicator LED.</entry>
-		</row>
-	      </tbody>
-	    </entrytbl>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_CHARGE</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>boolean</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row><entry spanname="descr">Enable or disable charging of the xenon
-	  flash capacitor.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FLASH_READY</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>boolean</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry spanname="descr">Is the flash ready to strobe?
-	    Xenon flashes require their capacitors charged before
-	    strobing. LED flashes often require a cooldown period
-	    after strobe during which another strobe will not be
-	    possible. This is a read-only control.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row><entry></entry></row>
-	</tbody>
-      </tgroup>
-      </table>
     </section>
 
     <section id="jpeg-controls">
@@ -4268,6 +4533,177 @@
 	    pixels / second.
 	    </entry>
 	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_TEST_PATTERN</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>menu</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row id="v4l2-test-pattern">
+	    <entry spanname="descr"> Some capture/display/sensor devices have
+	    the capability to generate test pattern images. These hardware
+	    specific test patterns can be used to test if a device is working
+	    properly.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row><entry></entry></row>
+	</tbody>
+      </tgroup>
+      </table>
+
+    </section>
+
+    <section id="dv-controls">
+      <title>Digital Video Control Reference</title>
+
+      <note>
+	<title>Experimental</title>
+
+	<para>This is an <link
+	linkend="experimental">experimental</link> interface and may
+	change in the future.</para>
+      </note>
+
+      <para>
+	The Digital Video control class is intended to control receivers
+	and transmitters for <ulink url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vga">VGA</ulink>,
+	<ulink url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Visual_Interface">DVI</ulink>
+	(Digital Visual Interface), HDMI (<xref linkend="hdmi" />) and DisplayPort (<xref linkend="dp" />).
+	These controls are generally expected to be private to the receiver or transmitter
+	subdevice that implements them, so they are only exposed on the
+	<filename>/dev/v4l-subdev*</filename> device node.
+      </para>
+
+      <para>Note that these devices can have multiple input or output pads which are
+      hooked up to e.g. HDMI connectors. Even though the subdevice will receive or
+      transmit video from/to only one of those pads, the other pads can still be
+      active when it comes to EDID (Extended Display Identification Data,
+      <xref linkend="vesaedid" />) and HDCP (High-bandwidth Digital Content
+      Protection System, <xref linkend="hdcp" />) processing, allowing the device
+      to do the fairly slow EDID/HDCP handling in advance. This allows for quick
+      switching between connectors.</para>
+
+      <para>These pads appear in several of the controls in this section as
+      bitmasks, one bit for each pad. Bit 0 corresponds to pad 0, bit 1 to pad 1,
+      etc. The maximum value of the control is the set of valid pads.</para>
+
+      <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="dv-control-id">
+      <title>Digital Video Control IDs</title>
+
+      <tgroup cols="4">
+	<colspec colname="c1" colwidth="1*" />
+	<colspec colname="c2" colwidth="6*" />
+	<colspec colname="c3" colwidth="2*" />
+	<colspec colname="c4" colwidth="6*" />
+	<spanspec namest="c1" nameend="c2" spanname="id" />
+	<spanspec namest="c2" nameend="c4" spanname="descr" />
+	<thead>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="id" align="left">ID</entry>
+	    <entry align="left">Type</entry>
+	  </row><row rowsep="1"><entry spanname="descr" align="left">Description</entry>
+	  </row>
+	</thead>
+	<tbody valign="top">
+	  <row><entry></entry></row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>class</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="descr">The Digital Video class descriptor.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_DV_TX_HOTPLUG</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>bitmask</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="descr">Many connectors have a hotplug pin which is high
+	    if EDID information is available from the source. This control shows the
+	    state of the hotplug pin as seen by the transmitter.
+	    Each bit corresponds to an output pad on the transmitter. If an output pad
+	    does not have an associated hotplug pin, then the bit for that pad will be 0.
+	    This read-only control is applicable to DVI-D, HDMI and DisplayPort connectors.
+	    </entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_DV_TX_RXSENSE</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>bitmask</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="descr">Rx Sense is the detection of pull-ups on the TMDS
+            clock lines. This normally means that the sink has left/entered standby (i.e.
+	    the transmitter can sense that the receiver is ready to receive video).
+	    Each bit corresponds to an output pad on the transmitter. If an output pad
+	    does not have an associated Rx Sense, then the bit for that pad will be 0.
+	    This read-only control is applicable to DVI-D and HDMI devices.
+	    </entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_DV_TX_EDID_PRESENT</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>bitmask</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="descr">When the transmitter sees the hotplug signal from the
+	    receiver it will attempt to read the EDID. If set, then the transmitter has read
+	    at least the first block (= 128 bytes).
+	    Each bit corresponds to an output pad on the transmitter. If an output pad
+	    does not support EDIDs, then the bit for that pad will be 0.
+	    This read-only control is applicable to VGA, DVI-A/D, HDMI and DisplayPort connectors.
+	    </entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_DV_TX_MODE</constant></entry>
+	    <entry id="v4l2-dv-tx-mode">enum v4l2_dv_tx_mode</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="descr">HDMI transmitters can transmit in DVI-D mode (just video)
+	    or in HDMI mode (video + audio + auxiliary data). This control selects which mode
+	    to use: V4L2_DV_TX_MODE_DVI_D or V4L2_DV_TX_MODE_HDMI.
+	    This control is applicable to HDMI connectors.
+	    </entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_DV_TX_RGB_RANGE</constant></entry>
+	    <entry id="v4l2-dv-rgb-range">enum v4l2_dv_rgb_range</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="descr">Select the quantization range for RGB output. V4L2_DV_RANGE_AUTO
+	    follows the RGB quantization range specified in the standard for the video interface
+	    (ie. <xref linkend="cea861" /> for HDMI). V4L2_DV_RANGE_LIMITED and V4L2_DV_RANGE_FULL override the standard
+	    to be compatible with sinks that have not implemented the standard correctly
+	    (unfortunately quite common for HDMI and DVI-D). Full range allows all possible values to be
+	    used whereas limited range sets the range to (16 &lt;&lt; (N-8)) - (235 &lt;&lt; (N-8))
+	    where N is the number of bits per component.
+	    This control is applicable to VGA, DVI-A/D, HDMI and DisplayPort connectors.
+	    </entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_DV_RX_POWER_PRESENT</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>bitmask</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="descr">Detects whether the receiver receives power from the source
+	    (e.g. HDMI carries 5V on one of the pins). This is often used to power an eeprom
+	    which contains EDID information, such that the source can read the EDID even if
+	    the sink is in standby/power off.
+	    Each bit corresponds to an input pad on the transmitter. If an input pad
+	    cannot detect whether power is present, then the bit for that pad will be 0.
+	    This read-only control is applicable to DVI-D, HDMI and DisplayPort connectors.
+	    </entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_DV_RX_RGB_RANGE</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>enum v4l2_dv_rgb_range</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry spanname="descr">Select the quantization range for RGB input. V4L2_DV_RANGE_AUTO
+	    follows the RGB quantization range specified in the standard for the video interface
+	    (ie. <xref linkend="cea861" /> for HDMI). V4L2_DV_RANGE_LIMITED and V4L2_DV_RANGE_FULL override the standard
+	    to be compatible with sources that have not implemented the standard correctly
+	    (unfortunately quite common for HDMI and DVI-D). Full range allows all possible values to be
+	    used whereas limited range sets the range to (16 &lt;&lt; (N-8)) - (235 &lt;&lt; (N-8))
+	    where N is the number of bits per component.
+	    This control is applicable to VGA, DVI-A/D, HDMI and DisplayPort connectors.
+	    </entry>
+	  </row>
 	  <row><entry></entry></row>
 	</tbody>
       </tgroup>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-osd.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-osd.xml
index 479d943..dd91d61 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-osd.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-osd.xml
@@ -1,13 +1,6 @@
   <title>Video Output Overlay Interface</title>
   <subtitle>Also known as On-Screen Display (OSD)</subtitle>
 
-  <note>
-    <title>Experimental</title>
-
-    <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental">experimental</link>
-interface and may change in the future.</para>
-  </note>
-
   <para>Some video output devices can overlay a framebuffer image onto
 the outgoing video signal. Applications can set up such an overlay
 using this interface, which borrows structures and ioctls of the <link
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-rds.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-rds.xml
index 38883a4..be2f337 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-rds.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-rds.xml
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 interface is aimed at devices capable of receiving and/or transmitting RDS
 information.</para>
 
-      <para>For more information see the core RDS standard <xref linkend="en50067" />
+      <para>For more information see the core RDS standard <xref linkend="iec62106" />
 and the RBDS standard <xref linkend="nrsc4" />.</para>
 
       <para>Note that the RBDS standard as is used in the USA is almost identical
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-subdev.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-subdev.xml
index a3d9dd0..d15aaf8 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-subdev.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-subdev.xml
@@ -374,29 +374,29 @@
       rectangle --- if it is supported by the hardware.</para>
 
       <orderedlist>
-	<listitem>Sink pad format. The user configures the sink pad
+	<listitem><para>Sink pad format. The user configures the sink pad
 	format. This format defines the parameters of the image the
-	entity receives through the pad for further processing.</listitem>
+	entity receives through the pad for further processing.</para></listitem>
 
-	<listitem>Sink pad actual crop selection. The sink pad crop
-	defines the crop performed to the sink pad format.</listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Sink pad actual crop selection. The sink pad crop
+	defines the crop performed to the sink pad format.</para></listitem>
 
-	<listitem>Sink pad actual compose selection. The size of the
+	<listitem><para>Sink pad actual compose selection. The size of the
 	sink pad compose rectangle defines the scaling ratio compared
 	to the size of the sink pad crop rectangle. The location of
 	the compose rectangle specifies the location of the actual
 	sink compose rectangle in the sink compose bounds
-	rectangle.</listitem>
+	rectangle.</para></listitem>
 
-	<listitem>Source pad actual crop selection. Crop on the source
+	<listitem><para>Source pad actual crop selection. Crop on the source
 	pad defines crop performed to the image in the sink compose
-	bounds rectangle.</listitem>
+	bounds rectangle.</para></listitem>
 
-	<listitem>Source pad format. The source pad format defines the
+	<listitem><para>Source pad format. The source pad format defines the
 	output pixel format of the subdev, as well as the other
 	parameters with the exception of the image width and height.
 	Width and height are defined by the size of the source pad
-	actual crop selection.</listitem>
+	actual crop selection.</para></listitem>
       </orderedlist>
 
       <para>Accessing any of the above rectangles not supported by the
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/gen-errors.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/gen-errors.xml
index 5bbf3ce..7e29a4e 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/gen-errors.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/gen-errors.xml
@@ -7,6 +7,15 @@
     <tbody valign="top">
 	<!-- Keep it ordered alphabetically -->
       <row>
+	<entry>EAGAIN (aka EWOULDBLOCK)</entry>
+	<entry>The ioctl can't be handled because the device is in state where
+	       it can't perform it. This could happen for example in case where
+	       device is sleeping and ioctl is performed to query statistics.
+	       It is also returned when the ioctl would need to wait
+	       for an event, but the device was opened in non-blocking mode.
+	</entry>
+      </row>
+      <row>
 	<entry>EBADF</entry>
 	<entry>The file descriptor is not a valid.</entry>
       </row>
@@ -51,21 +60,11 @@
 	       for periodic transfers (up to 80% of the USB bandwidth).</entry>
       </row>
       <row>
-	<entry>ENOSYS or EOPNOTSUPP</entry>
-	<entry>Function not available for this device (dvb API only. Will likely
-	       be replaced anytime soon by ENOTTY).</entry>
-      </row>
-      <row>
 	<entry>EPERM</entry>
 	<entry>Permission denied. Can be returned if the device needs write
 		permission, or some special capabilities is needed
 		(e. g. root)</entry>
       </row>
-      <row>
-	<entry>EWOULDBLOCK</entry>
-	<entry>Operation would block. Used when the ioctl would need to wait
-	       for an event, but the device was opened in non-blocking mode.</entry>
-      </row>
     </tbody>
   </tgroup>
 </table>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml
index 1885cc0..b5d1cbd 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml
@@ -613,8 +613,8 @@
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>sequence</structfield></entry>
 	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>Set by the driver, counting the frames in the
-sequence.</entry>
+	    <entry>Set by the driver, counting the frames (not fields!) in
+sequence. This field is set for both input and output devices.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry spanname="hspan"><para>In <link
@@ -677,26 +677,24 @@
 	    <entry><structfield>length</structfield></entry>
 	    <entry></entry>
 	    <entry>Size of the buffer (not the payload) in bytes for the
-	    single-planar API. For the multi-planar API should contain the
-	    number of elements in the <structfield>planes</structfield> array.
+	    single-planar API. For the multi-planar API the application sets
+	    this to the number of elements in the <structfield>planes</structfield>
+	    array. The driver will fill in the actual number of valid elements in
+	    that array.
 	    </entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>reserved2</structfield></entry>
 	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>A place holder for future extensions and custom
-(driver defined) buffer types
-<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant> and higher. Applications
+	    <entry>A place holder for future extensions. Applications
 should set this to 0.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield></entry>
 	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>A place holder for future extensions and custom
-(driver defined) buffer types
-<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant> and higher. Applications
+	    <entry>A place holder for future extensions. Applications
 should set this to 0.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	</tbody>
@@ -827,14 +825,7 @@
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_OVERLAY</constant></entry>
 	    <entry>8</entry>
 	    <entry>Buffer for video output overlay (OSD), see <xref
-		linkend="osd" />. Status: <link
-linkend="experimental">Experimental</link>.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>0x80</entry>
-	  <entry>This and higher values are reserved for custom
-(driver defined) buffer types.</entry>
+		linkend="osd" />.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	</tbody>
       </tgroup>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12m.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12m.xml
index 5274c24..a990b34 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12m.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12m.xml
@@ -1,11 +1,13 @@
-    <refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-NV12M">
+    <refentry>
       <refmeta>
-	<refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M ('NM12')</refentrytitle>
+	<refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M ('NM12'), V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV21M ('NM21'), V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12MT_16X16</refentrytitle>
 	&manvol;
       </refmeta>
       <refnamediv>
-	<refname> <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M</constant></refname>
-	<refpurpose>Variation of <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12</constant> with planes
+	<refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-NV12M"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M</constant></refname>
+	<refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-NV21M"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV21M</constant></refname>
+	<refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-NV12MT_16X16"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12MT_16X16</constant></refname>
+	<refpurpose>Variation of <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12</constant> and <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV21</constant> with planes
 	  non contiguous in memory. </refpurpose>
       </refnamediv>
       <refsect1>
@@ -22,7 +24,12 @@
 but is half as tall in pixels. Each CbCr pair belongs to four pixels. For example,
 Cb<subscript>0</subscript>/Cr<subscript>0</subscript> belongs to
 Y'<subscript>00</subscript>, Y'<subscript>01</subscript>,
-Y'<subscript>10</subscript>, Y'<subscript>11</subscript>. </para>
+Y'<subscript>10</subscript>, Y'<subscript>11</subscript>.
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12MT_16X16</constant> is the tiled version of
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M</constant> with 16x16 macroblock tiles. Here pixels
+are arranged in 16x16 2D tiles and tiles are arranged in linear order in memory.
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV21M</constant> is the same as <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M</constant>
+except the Cb and Cr bytes are swapped, the CrCb plane starts with a Cr byte.</para>
 
 	<para><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M</constant> is intended to be
 used only in drivers and applications that support the multi-planar API,
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10dpcm8.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10dpcm8.xml
index 8eace3e..2d3f0b1a 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10dpcm8.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10dpcm8.xml
@@ -22,8 +22,7 @@
 	with 10 bits per colour compressed to 8 bits each, using DPCM
 	compression. DPCM, differential pulse-code modulation, is lossy.
 	Each colour component consumes 8 bits of memory. In other respects
-	this format is similar to <xref
-	linkend="pixfmt-srggb10">.</xref></para>
+	this format is similar to <xref linkend="pixfmt-srggb10" />.</para>
 
       </refsect1>
     </refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yvu420m.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yvu420m.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2330667
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yvu420m.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+    <refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YVU420M">
+      <refmeta>
+	<refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420M ('YM21')</refentrytitle>
+	&manvol;
+      </refmeta>
+      <refnamediv>
+	<refname> <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420M</constant></refname>
+	<refpurpose>Variation of <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420</constant>
+	  with planes non contiguous in memory. </refpurpose>
+      </refnamediv>
+
+      <refsect1>
+	<title>Description</title>
+
+	<para>This is a multi-planar format, as opposed to a packed format.
+The three components are separated into three sub-images or planes.
+
+The Y plane is first. The Y plane has one byte per pixel. The Cr data
+constitutes the second plane which is half the width and half
+the height of the Y plane (and of the image). Each Cr belongs to four
+pixels, a two-by-two square of the image. For example,
+Cr<subscript>0</subscript> belongs to Y'<subscript>00</subscript>,
+Y'<subscript>01</subscript>, Y'<subscript>10</subscript>, and
+Y'<subscript>11</subscript>. The Cb data, just like the Cr plane, constitutes
+the third plane. </para>
+
+	<para>If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the Cr
+and Cb planes have half as many pad bytes after their rows. In other
+words, two Cx rows (including padding) is exactly as long as one Y row
+(including padding).</para>
+
+	<para><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420M</constant> is intended to be
+used only in drivers and applications that support the multi-planar API,
+described in <xref linkend="planar-apis"/>. </para>
+
+	<example>
+	  <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420M</constant> 4 &times; 4
+pixel image</title>
+
+	  <formalpara>
+	    <title>Byte Order.</title>
+	    <para>Each cell is one byte.
+		<informaltable frame="none">
+		<tgroup cols="5" align="center">
+		  <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
+		  <tbody valign="top">
+		    <row>
+		      <entry>start0&nbsp;+&nbsp;0:</entry>
+		      <entry>Y'<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>Y'<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>Y'<subscript>02</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>Y'<subscript>03</subscript></entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry>start0&nbsp;+&nbsp;4:</entry>
+		      <entry>Y'<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>Y'<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>Y'<subscript>12</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>Y'<subscript>13</subscript></entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry>start0&nbsp;+&nbsp;8:</entry>
+		      <entry>Y'<subscript>20</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>Y'<subscript>21</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>Y'<subscript>22</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>Y'<subscript>23</subscript></entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry>start0&nbsp;+&nbsp;12:</entry>
+		      <entry>Y'<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>Y'<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>Y'<subscript>32</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>Y'<subscript>33</subscript></entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row><entry></entry></row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry>start1&nbsp;+&nbsp;0:</entry>
+		      <entry>Cr<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>Cr<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry>start1&nbsp;+&nbsp;2:</entry>
+		      <entry>Cr<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>Cr<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row><entry></entry></row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry>start2&nbsp;+&nbsp;0:</entry>
+		      <entry>Cb<subscript>00</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>Cb<subscript>01</subscript></entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry>start2&nbsp;+&nbsp;2:</entry>
+		      <entry>Cb<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>Cb<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+		    </row>
+		  </tbody>
+		</tgroup>
+		</informaltable>
+	      </para>
+	  </formalpara>
+
+	  <formalpara>
+	    <title>Color Sample Location.</title>
+	    <para>
+		<informaltable frame="none">
+		<tgroup cols="7" align="center">
+		  <tbody valign="top">
+		    <row>
+		      <entry></entry>
+		      <entry>0</entry><entry></entry><entry>1</entry><entry></entry>
+		      <entry>2</entry><entry></entry><entry>3</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry>0</entry>
+		      <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+		      <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry></entry>
+		      <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry><entry></entry>
+		      <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry>1</entry>
+		      <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+		      <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry></entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry>2</entry>
+		      <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+		      <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry></entry>
+		      <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry><entry></entry>
+		      <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry>
+		    </row>
+		    <row>
+		      <entry>3</entry>
+		      <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry>
+		      <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry>
+		    </row>
+		  </tbody>
+		</tgroup>
+		</informaltable>
+	      </para>
+	  </formalpara>
+	</example>
+      </refsect1>
+    </refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml
index e58934c..bf94f41 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml
@@ -708,6 +708,7 @@
     &sub-y41p;
     &sub-yuv420;
     &sub-yuv420m;
+    &sub-yvu420m;
     &sub-yuv410;
     &sub-yuv422p;
     &sub-yuv411p;
@@ -757,6 +758,11 @@
 		<entry>'AVC1'</entry>
 		<entry>H264 video elementary stream without start codes.</entry>
 	  </row>
+	  <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-H264-MVC">
+		<entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_H264_MVC</constant></entry>
+		<entry>'MVC'</entry>
+		<entry>H264 MVC video elementary stream.</entry>
+	  </row>
 	  <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-H263">
 		<entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_H263</constant></entry>
 		<entry>'H263'</entry>
@@ -792,6 +798,11 @@
 		<entry>'VC1L'</entry>
 		<entry>VC1, SMPTE 421M Annex L compliant stream.</entry>
 	  </row>
+	  <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-VP8">
+		<entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_VP8</constant></entry>
+		<entry>'VP8'</entry>
+		<entry>VP8 video elementary stream.</entry>
+	  </row>
 	</tbody>
       </tgroup>
     </table>
@@ -995,6 +1006,34 @@
 	    <entry>Old 6-bit greyscale format. Only the most significant 6 bits of each byte are used,
 the other bits are set to 0.</entry>
 	  </row>
+	  <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-S5C-UYVY-JPG">
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_S5C_UYVY_JPG</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>'S5CI'</entry>
+	    <entry>Two-planar format used by Samsung S5C73MX cameras. The
+first plane contains interleaved JPEG and UYVY image data, followed by meta data
+in form of an array of offsets to the UYVY data blocks. The actual pointer array
+follows immediately the interleaved JPEG/UYVY data, the number of entries in
+this array equals the height of the UYVY image. Each entry is a 4-byte unsigned
+integer in big endian order and it's an offset to a single pixel line of the
+UYVY image. The first plane can start either with JPEG or UYVY data chunk. The
+size of a single UYVY block equals the UYVY image's width multiplied by 2. The
+size of a JPEG chunk depends on the image and can vary with each line.
+<para>The second plane, at an offset of 4084 bytes, contains a 4-byte offset to
+the pointer array in the first plane. This offset is followed by a 4-byte value
+indicating size of the pointer array. All numbers in the second plane are also
+in big endian order. Remaining data in the second plane is undefined. The
+information in the second plane allows to easily find location of the pointer
+array, which can be different for each frame. The size of the pointer array is
+constant for given UYVY image height.</para>
+<para>In order to extract UYVY and JPEG frames an application can initially set
+a data pointer to the start of first plane and then add an offset from the first
+entry of the pointers table. Such a pointer indicates start of an UYVY image
+pixel line. Whole UYVY line can be copied to a separate buffer. These steps
+should be repeated for each line, i.e. the number of entries in the pointer
+array. Anything what's in between the UYVY lines is JPEG data and should be
+concatenated to form the JPEG stream. </para>
+</entry>
+	  </row>
 	</tbody>
       </tgroup>
     </table>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/selection-api.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/selection-api.xml
index e7ed507..4c238ce 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/selection-api.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/selection-api.xml
@@ -40,6 +40,7 @@
     <section>
       <title>Selection targets</title>
 
+      <para>
       <figure id="sel-targets-capture">
 	<title>Cropping and composing targets</title>
 	<mediaobject>
@@ -52,12 +53,12 @@
 	  </textobject>
 	</mediaobject>
       </figure>
+      </para>
 
+      <para>See <xref linkend="v4l2-selection-targets" /> for more
+    information.</para>
     </section>
 
-    See <xref linkend="v4l2-selection-targets" /> for more
-    information.
-
   <section>
 
   <title>Configuration</title>
@@ -216,18 +217,17 @@
 API lacks any support for composing to and cropping from an image inside a
 memory buffer.  The application could configure a capture device to fill only a
 part of an image by abusing V4L2 API.  Cropping a smaller image from a larger
-one is achieved by setting the field <structfield>
-&v4l2-pix-format;::bytesperline </structfield>.  Introducing an image offsets
-could be done by modifying field <structfield> &v4l2-buffer;::m:userptr
-</structfield> before calling <constant> VIDIOC_QBUF </constant>. Those
+one is achieved by setting the field
+&v4l2-pix-format;<structfield>::bytesperline</structfield>.  Introducing an image offsets
+could be done by modifying field &v4l2-buffer;<structfield>::m_userptr</structfield>
+before calling <constant> VIDIOC_QBUF </constant>. Those
 operations should be avoided because they are not portable (endianness), and do
 not work for macroblock and Bayer formats and mmap buffers.  The selection API
 deals with configuration of buffer cropping/composing in a clear, intuitive and
 portable way.  Next, with the selection API the concepts of the padded target
-and constraints flags are introduced.  Finally, <structname> &v4l2-crop;
-</structname> and <structname> &v4l2-cropcap; </structname> have no reserved
-fields. Therefore there is no way to extend their functionality.  The new
-<structname> &v4l2-selection; </structname> provides a lot of place for future
+and constraints flags are introduced.  Finally, &v4l2-crop; and &v4l2-cropcap;
+have no reserved fields. Therefore there is no way to extend their functionality.
+The new &v4l2-selection; provides a lot of place for future
 extensions.  Driver developers are encouraged to implement only selection API.
 The former cropping API would be simulated using the new one. </para>
 
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml
index 49c532e..a0a9364 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml
@@ -2565,5 +2565,49 @@
 	</tgroup>
       </table>
     </section>
+
+    <section id="v4l2-mbus-vendor-spec-fmts">
+      <title>Vendor and Device Specific Formats</title>
+
+      <note>
+	<title>Experimental</title>
+	<para>This is an <link linkend="experimental">experimental</link>
+interface and may change in the future.</para>
+      </note>
+
+      <para>This section lists complex data formats that are either vendor or
+	device specific.
+      </para>
+
+      <para>The following table lists the existing vendor and device specific
+	formats.</para>
+
+      <table pgwide="0" frame="none" id="v4l2-mbus-pixelcode-vendor-specific">
+	<title>Vendor and device specific formats</title>
+	<tgroup cols="3">
+	  <colspec colname="id" align="left" />
+	  <colspec colname="code" align="left"/>
+	  <colspec colname="remarks" align="left"/>
+	  <thead>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry>Identifier</entry>
+	      <entry>Code</entry>
+	      <entry>Comments</entry>
+	    </row>
+	  </thead>
+	  <tbody valign="top">
+	    <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-S5C-UYVY-JPEG-1X8">
+	      <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_S5C_UYVY_JPEG_1X8</entry>
+	      <entry>0x5001</entry>
+	      <entry>
+		Interleaved raw UYVY and JPEG image format with embedded
+		meta-data used by Samsung S3C73MX camera sensors.
+	      </entry>
+	    </row>
+	  </tbody>
+	</tgroup>
+      </table>
+    </section>
+
   </section>
 </section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml
index eee6908..10ccde9 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml
@@ -145,9 +145,12 @@
 	<authorinitials>hv</authorinitials>
 	<revremark>Added VIDIOC_ENUM_FREQ_BANDS.
 	</revremark>
+      </revision>
+
+      <revision>
 	<revnumber>3.5</revnumber>
 	<date>2012-05-07</date>
-	<authorinitials>sa, sn</authorinitials>
+	<authorinitials>sa, sn, hv</authorinitials>
 	<revremark>Added V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU and V4L2 subdev
 	    selections API. Improved the description of V4L2_CID_COLORFX
 	    control, added V4L2_CID_COLORFX_CBCR control.
@@ -158,11 +161,8 @@
 	    V4L2_CID_3A_LOCK, V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_START,
 	    V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STOP, V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS
 	    and V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE.
-	</revremark>
-	<date>2012-05-01</date>
-	<authorinitials>hv</authorinitials>
-	<revremark>Added VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS, VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS and
-	VIDIOC_DV_TIMINGS_CAP.
+	    Added VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS, VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS and
+	    VIDIOC_DV_TIMINGS_CAP.
 	</revremark>
       </revision>
 
@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
 </partinfo>
 
 <title>Video for Linux Two API Specification</title>
- <subtitle>Revision 3.5</subtitle>
+ <subtitle>Revision 3.6</subtitle>
 
   <chapter id="common">
     &sub-common;
@@ -581,6 +581,7 @@
     &sub-subdev-enum-frame-size;
     &sub-subdev-enum-mbus-code;
     &sub-subdev-g-crop;
+    &sub-subdev-g-edid;
     &sub-subdev-g-fmt;
     &sub-subdev-g-frame-interval;
     &sub-subdev-g-selection;
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml
index f1bac2c..bf7cc97 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml
@@ -59,6 +59,9 @@
 switch can occur implicit when switching the video input or
 output.</para>
 
+    <para>This ioctl must be implemented for video capture or output devices that
+support cropping and/or scaling and/or have non-square pixels, and for overlay devices.</para>
+
     <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-cropcap">
       <title>struct <structname>v4l2_cropcap</structname></title>
       <tgroup cols="3">
@@ -70,10 +73,10 @@
 	    <entry>Type of the data stream, set by the application.
 Only these types are valid here:
 <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE</constant>,
 <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant>,
-<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant>, and custom (driver
-defined) types with code <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant>
-and higher. See <xref linkend="v4l2-buf-type" />.</entry>
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant>. See <xref linkend="v4l2-buf-type" />.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>struct <link linkend="v4l2-rect-crop">v4l2_rect</link></entry>
@@ -156,8 +159,7 @@
 	<term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
 	<listitem>
 	  <para>The &v4l2-cropcap; <structfield>type</structfield> is
-invalid. This is not permitted for video capture, output and overlay devices,
-which must support <constant>VIDIOC_CROPCAP</constant>.</para>
+invalid.</para>
 	</listitem>
       </varlistentry>
     </variablelist>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-decoder-cmd.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-decoder-cmd.xml
index 74b87f6..9215627 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-decoder-cmd.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-decoder-cmd.xml
@@ -49,13 +49,6 @@
   <refsect1>
     <title>Description</title>
 
-    <note>
-      <title>Experimental</title>
-
-      <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental">experimental</link>
-interface and may change in the future.</para>
-    </note>
-
     <para>These ioctls control an audio/video (usually MPEG-) decoder.
 <constant>VIDIOC_DECODER_CMD</constant> sends a command to the
 decoder, <constant>VIDIOC_TRY_DECODER_CMD</constant> can be used to
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-encoder-cmd.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-encoder-cmd.xml
index f431b3b..0619ca5 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-encoder-cmd.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-encoder-cmd.xml
@@ -49,13 +49,6 @@
   <refsect1>
     <title>Description</title>
 
-    <note>
-      <title>Experimental</title>
-
-      <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental">experimental</link>
-interface and may change in the future.</para>
-    </note>
-
     <para>These ioctls control an audio/video (usually MPEG-) encoder.
 <constant>VIDIOC_ENCODER_CMD</constant> sends a command to the
 encoder, <constant>VIDIOC_TRY_ENCODER_CMD</constant> can be used to
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-presets.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-presets.xml
index 509f001..fced5fb 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-presets.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-presets.xml
@@ -229,6 +229,12 @@
 is out of bounds.</para>
 	</listitem>
       </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>ENODATA</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>Digital video presets are not supported for this input or output.</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
     </variablelist>
   </refsect1>
 </refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-timings.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-timings.xml
index 24c3bf4..b3e17c1 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-timings.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-timings.xml
@@ -106,6 +106,12 @@
 is out of bounds.</para>
 	</listitem>
       </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>ENODATA</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>Digital video presets are not supported for this input or output.</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
     </variablelist>
   </refsect1>
 </refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-fmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-fmt.xml
index 81ebe48..f8dfeed 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-fmt.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-fmt.xml
@@ -58,6 +58,9 @@
 incrementing by one until <errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode> is
 returned.</para>
 
+    <para>Note that after switching input or output the list of enumerated image
+formats may be different.</para>
+
     <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-fmtdesc">
       <title>struct <structname>v4l2_fmtdesc</structname></title>
       <tgroup cols="3">
@@ -78,10 +81,8 @@
 <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant>,
 <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE</constant>,
 <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant>,
-<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE</constant>,
-<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant>, and custom (driver
-defined) types with code <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant>
-and higher. See <xref linkend="v4l2-buf-type" />.</entry>
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant>. See <xref linkend="v4l2-buf-type" />.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-framesizes.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-framesizes.xml
index f77a13f..a78454b 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-framesizes.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-framesizes.xml
@@ -50,13 +50,6 @@
   <refsect1>
     <title>Description</title>
 
-    <note>
-      <title>Experimental</title>
-
-      <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental">experimental</link>
-interface and may change in the future.</para>
-    </note>
-
     <para>This ioctl allows applications to enumerate all frame sizes
 (&ie; width and height in pixels) that the device supports for the
 given pixel format.</para>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml
index 46d5a04..3c9a813 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@
 	    <entry>This input supports setting DV presets by using VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_IN_CAP_CUSTOM_TIMINGS</constant></entry>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_IN_CAP_DV_TIMINGS</constant></entry>
 	    <entry>0x00000002</entry>
 	    <entry>This input supports setting video timings by using VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS.</entry>
 	  </row>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml
index 4280200..f4ab079 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
 	    <entry>This output supports setting DV presets by using VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_OUT_CAP_CUSTOM_TIMINGS</constant></entry>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_OUT_CAP_DV_TIMINGS</constant></entry>
 	    <entry>0x00000002</entry>
 	    <entry>This output supports setting video timings by using VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS.</entry>
 	  </row>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumstd.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumstd.xml
index 3a5fc54..8065099 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumstd.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumstd.xml
@@ -378,6 +378,12 @@
 is out of bounds.</para>
 	</listitem>
       </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>ENODATA</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>Standard video timings are not supported for this input or output.</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
     </variablelist>
   </refsect1>
 </refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.xml
index c4ff3b1..75c6a93 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.xml
@@ -104,10 +104,8 @@
 	    <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry>
 	    <entry>Type of the data stream, set by the application.
 Only these types are valid here: <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant>,
-<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant>,
-<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant>, and custom (driver
-defined) types with code <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant>
-and higher. See <xref linkend="v4l2-buf-type" />.</entry>
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant>. See <xref linkend="v4l2-buf-type" />.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>&v4l2-rect;</entry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-preset.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-preset.xml
index 61be9fa..b9ea376 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-preset.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-preset.xml
@@ -78,6 +78,12 @@
 	</listitem>
       </varlistentry>
       <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>ENODATA</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>Digital video presets are not supported for this input or output.</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
 	<term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
 	<listitem>
 	  <para>The device is busy and therefore can not change the preset.</para>
@@ -104,7 +110,4 @@
       </tgroup>
     </table>
   </refsect1>
-  <refsect1>
-    &return-value;
-  </refsect1>
 </refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml
index eda1a29..7236970 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml
@@ -56,7 +56,9 @@
 or the timing values are not correct, the driver returns &EINVAL;.</para>
 <para>The <filename>linux/v4l2-dv-timings.h</filename> header can be used to get the
 timings of the formats in the <xref linkend="cea861" /> and <xref linkend="vesadmt" />
-standards.</para>
+standards. If the current input or output does not support DV timings (e.g. if
+&VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT; does not set the <constant>V4L2_IN_CAP_DV_TIMINGS</constant> flag), then
+&ENODATA; is returned.</para>
   </refsect1>
 
   <refsect1>
@@ -71,6 +73,12 @@
 	</listitem>
       </varlistentry>
       <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>ENODATA</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>Digital video timings are not supported for this input or output.</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
 	<term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term>
 	<listitem>
 	  <para>The device is busy and therefore can not change the timings.</para>
@@ -320,7 +328,4 @@
       </tgroup>
     </table>
   </refsect1>
-  <refsect1>
-    &return-value;
-  </refsect1>
 </refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-enc-index.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-enc-index.xml
index 2aef02c..be25029 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-enc-index.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-enc-index.xml
@@ -48,13 +48,6 @@
   <refsect1>
     <title>Description</title>
 
-    <note>
-      <title>Experimental</title>
-
-      <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental">experimental</link>
-interface and may change in the future.</para>
-    </note>
-
     <para>The <constant>VIDIOC_G_ENC_INDEX</constant> ioctl provides
 meta data about a compressed video stream the same or another
 application currently reads from the driver, which is useful for
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml
index 52acff1..ee8f56e 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 with a pointer to a <structname>v4l2_format</structname> structure
 the driver checks
 and adjusts the parameters against hardware abilities. Drivers
-should not return an error code unless the input is ambiguous, this is
+should not return an error code unless the <structfield>type</structfield> field is invalid, this is
 a mechanism to fathom device capabilities and to approach parameters
 acceptable for both the application and driver. On success the driver
 may program the hardware, allocate resources and generally prepare for
@@ -107,6 +107,10 @@
 Although strongly recommended drivers are not required to implement
 this ioctl.</para>
 
+    <para>The format as returned by <constant>VIDIOC_TRY_FMT</constant>
+must be identical to what <constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant> returns for
+the same input or output.</para>
+
     <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-format">
       <title>struct <structname>v4l2_format</structname></title>
       <tgroup cols="4">
@@ -170,9 +174,7 @@
 	    <entry></entry>
 	    <entry>__u8</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>raw_data</structfield>[200]</entry>
-	    <entry>Place holder for future extensions and custom
-(driver defined) formats with <structfield>type</structfield>
-<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant> and higher.</entry>
+	    <entry>Place holder for future extensions.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	</tbody>
       </tgroup>
@@ -187,8 +189,7 @@
 	<term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term>
 	<listitem>
 	  <para>The &v4l2-format; <structfield>type</structfield>
-field is invalid, the requested buffer type not supported, or the
-format is not supported with this buffer type.</para>
+field is invalid or the requested buffer type not supported.</para>
 	</listitem>
       </varlistentry>
     </variablelist>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-parm.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-parm.xml
index f83d2cd..9058224 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-parm.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-parm.xml
@@ -108,9 +108,7 @@
 	    <entry></entry>
 	    <entry>__u8</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>raw_data</structfield>[200]</entry>
-	    <entry>A place holder for future extensions and custom
-(driver defined) buffer types <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant> and
-higher.</entry>
+	    <entry>A place holder for future extensions.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	</tbody>
       </tgroup>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml
index f76d8a6..b11ec75 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml
@@ -152,12 +152,10 @@
 violated at then ERANGE is returned. The error indicates that <emphasis> there
 exist no rectangle </emphasis> that satisfies the constraints.</para>
 
-  </refsect1>
-
   <para>Selection targets and flags are documented in <xref
   linkend="v4l2-selections-common"/>.</para>
 
-    <section>
+    <para>
       <figure id="sel-const-adjust">
 	<title>Size adjustments with constraint flags.</title>
 	<mediaobject>
@@ -170,9 +168,9 @@
 	  </textobject>
 	</mediaobject>
       </figure>
-    </section>
+    </para>
 
-  <refsect1>
+  <para>
     <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-selection">
       <title>struct <structname>v4l2_selection</structname></title>
       <tgroup cols="3">
@@ -208,6 +206,7 @@
 	</tbody>
       </tgroup>
     </table>
+  </para>
   </refsect1>
 
   <refsect1>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-std.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-std.xml
index 99ff1a0..4a89841 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-std.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-std.xml
@@ -72,7 +72,9 @@
 the current input does not support the requested standard the driver
 returns an &EINVAL;. When the standard set is ambiguous drivers may
 return <errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode> or choose any of the requested
-standards.</para>
+standards. If the current input or output does not support standard video timings (e.g. if
+&VIDIOC-ENUMINPUT; does not set the <constant>V4L2_IN_CAP_STD</constant> flag), then
+&ENODATA; is returned.</para>
   </refsect1>
 
   <refsect1>
@@ -85,6 +87,12 @@
 	  <para>The <constant>VIDIOC_S_STD</constant> parameter was unsuitable.</para>
 	</listitem>
       </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>ENODATA</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>Standard video timings are not supported for this input or output.</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
     </variablelist>
   </refsect1>
 </refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-tuner.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-tuner.xml
index 701138f..6cc8201 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-tuner.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-tuner.xml
@@ -354,6 +354,12 @@
 	<entry>The &VIDIOC-ENUM-FREQ-BANDS; ioctl can be used to enumerate
 	the available frequency bands.</entry>
 	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	<entry><constant>V4L2_TUNER_CAP_HWSEEK_PROG_LIM</constant></entry>
+	<entry>0x0800</entry>
+	<entry>The range to search when using the hardware seek functionality
+	is programmable, see &VIDIOC-S-HW-FREQ-SEEK; for details.</entry>
+	  </row>
 	</tbody>
       </tgroup>
     </table>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-qbuf.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-qbuf.xml
index 77ff5be..2d37abe 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-qbuf.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-qbuf.xml
@@ -121,8 +121,7 @@
 field. It indicates a non-critical (recoverable) streaming error. In such case
 the application may continue as normal, but should be aware that data in the
 dequeued buffer might be corrupted. When using the multi-planar API, the
-planes array does not have to be passed; the <structfield>m.planes</structfield>
-member must be set to NULL in that case.</para>
+planes array must be passed in as well.</para>
 
     <para>By default <constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant> blocks when no
 buffer is in the outgoing queue. When the
@@ -155,6 +154,8 @@
 <structfield>userptr</structfield> or
 <structfield>length</structfield> are invalid.</para>
 	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
 	<term><errorcode>EIO</errorcode></term>
 	<listitem>
 	  <para><constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant> failed due to an
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-preset.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-preset.xml
index 1bc8aeb..68b49d0 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-preset.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-preset.xml
@@ -65,5 +65,14 @@
 
   <refsect1>
     &return-value;
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>ENODATA</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>Digital video presets are not supported for this input or output.</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
   </refsect1>
 </refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.xml
index 44935a0..e185f14 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.xml
@@ -78,6 +78,12 @@
 
     <variablelist>
       <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>ENODATA</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>Digital video timings are not supported for this input or output.</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
 	<term><errorcode>ENOLINK</errorcode></term>
 	<listitem>
 	  <para>No timings could be detected because no signal was found.
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml
index 6e414d7..a597155 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querybuf.xml
@@ -48,8 +48,8 @@
   <refsect1>
     <title>Description</title>
 
-    <para>This ioctl is part of the <link linkend="mmap">memory
-mapping</link> I/O method. It can be used to query the status of a
+    <para>This ioctl is part of the <link linkend="mmap">streaming
+</link> I/O method. It can be used to query the status of a
 buffer at any time after buffers have been allocated with the
 &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl.</para>
 
@@ -71,6 +71,7 @@
 
     <para>In the <structfield>flags</structfield> field the
 <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_MAPPED</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_PREPARED</constant>,
 <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_QUEUED</constant> and
 <constant>V4L2_BUF_FLAG_DONE</constant> flags will be valid. The
 <structfield>memory</structfield> field will be set to the current
@@ -79,8 +80,10 @@
 the <structfield>length</structfield> field its size. For the multi-planar API,
 fields <structfield>m.mem_offset</structfield> and
 <structfield>length</structfield> in the <structfield>m.planes</structfield>
-array elements will be used instead. The driver may or may not set the remaining
-fields and flags, they are meaningless in this context.</para>
+array elements will be used instead and the <structfield>length</structfield>
+field of &v4l2-buffer; is set to the number of filled-in array elements.
+The driver may or may not set the remaining fields and flags, they are
+meaningless in this context.</para>
 
     <para>The <structname>v4l2_buffer</structname> structure is
     specified in <xref linkend="buffer" />.</para>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml
index f33dd74..4c70215 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml
@@ -90,11 +90,13 @@
 	    <entry>__u8</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>bus_info</structfield>[32]</entry>
 	    <entry>Location of the device in the system, a
-NUL-terminated ASCII string. For example: "PCI Slot 4". This
+NUL-terminated ASCII string. For example: "PCI:0000:05:06.0". This
 information is intended for users, to distinguish multiple
-identical devices. If no such information is available the field may
-simply count the devices controlled by the driver, or contain the
-empty string (<structfield>bus_info</structfield>[0] = 0).<!-- XXX pci_dev->slot_name example --></entry>
+identical devices. If no such information is available the field must
+simply count the devices controlled by the driver ("platform:vivi-000").
+The bus_info must start with "PCI:" for PCI boards, "PCIe:" for PCI Express boards,
+"usb-" for USB devices, "I2C:" for i2c devices, "ISA:" for ISA devices,
+"parport" for parallel port devices and "platform:" for platform devices.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querystd.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querystd.xml
index 4b79c7c..fe80a18 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querystd.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querystd.xml
@@ -62,5 +62,13 @@
 
   <refsect1>
     &return-value;
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>ENODATA</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>Standard video timings are not supported for this input or output.</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
   </refsect1>
 </refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.xml
index d7c9505..2b50ef2 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.xml
@@ -109,9 +109,8 @@
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[2]</entry>
-	    <entry>A place holder for future extensions and custom
-(driver defined) buffer types <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant> and
-higher. This array should be zeroed by applications.</entry>
+	    <entry>A place holder for future extensions. This array should
+be zeroed by applications.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	</tbody>
       </tgroup>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-s-hw-freq-seek.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-s-hw-freq-seek.xml
index 3dd1bec..5b379e7 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-s-hw-freq-seek.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-s-hw-freq-seek.xml
@@ -75,6 +75,9 @@
 
     <para>This ioctl is supported if the <constant>V4L2_CAP_HW_FREQ_SEEK</constant> capability is set.</para>
 
+    <para>If this ioctl is called from a non-blocking filehandle, then &EAGAIN; is
+    returned and no seek takes place.</para>
+
     <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-hw-freq-seek">
       <title>struct <structname>v4l2_hw_freq_seek</structname></title>
       <tgroup cols="3">
@@ -158,6 +161,13 @@
 	</listitem>
       </varlistentry>
       <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>EAGAIN</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>Attempted to call <constant>VIDIOC_S_HW_FREQ_SEEK</constant>
+	  with the filehandle in non-blocking mode.</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
 	<term><errorcode>ENODATA</errorcode></term>
 	<listitem>
 	  <para>The hardware seek found no channels.</para>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-streamon.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-streamon.xml
index 81cca45..716ea15 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-streamon.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-streamon.xml
@@ -74,7 +74,12 @@
 stream type. This is the same as &v4l2-requestbuffers;
 <structfield>type</structfield>.</para>
 
-    <para>Note applications can be preempted for unknown periods right
+    <para>If <constant>VIDIOC_STREAMON</constant> is called when streaming
+is already in progress, or if <constant>VIDIOC_STREAMOFF</constant> is called
+when streaming is already stopped, then the ioctl does nothing and 0 is
+returned.</para>
+
+    <para>Note that applications can be preempted for unknown periods right
 before or after the <constant>VIDIOC_STREAMON</constant> or
 <constant>VIDIOC_STREAMOFF</constant> calls, there is no notion of
 starting or stopping "now". Buffer timestamps can be used to
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-edid.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-edid.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bbd18f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-edid.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+<refentry id="vidioc-subdev-g-edid">
+  <refmeta>
+    <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_EDID, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_EDID</refentrytitle>
+    &manvol;
+  </refmeta>
+
+  <refnamediv>
+    <refname>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_EDID</refname>
+    <refname>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_EDID</refname>
+    <refpurpose>Get or set the EDID of a video receiver/transmitter</refpurpose>
+  </refnamediv>
+
+  <refsynopsisdiv>
+    <funcsynopsis>
+      <funcprototype>
+	<funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+	<paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+	<paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+	<paramdef>struct v4l2_subdev_edid *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+      </funcprototype>
+    </funcsynopsis>
+    <funcsynopsis>
+      <funcprototype>
+	<funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+	<paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+	<paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+	<paramdef>const struct v4l2_subdev_edid *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+      </funcprototype>
+    </funcsynopsis>
+  </refsynopsisdiv>
+
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>Arguments</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><parameter>fd</parameter></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>&fd;</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_EDID, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_EDID</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><parameter>argp</parameter></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para></para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>Description</title>
+    <para>These ioctls can be used to get or set an EDID associated with an input pad
+    from a receiver or an output pad of a transmitter subdevice.</para>
+
+    <para>To get the EDID data the application has to fill in the <structfield>pad</structfield>,
+    <structfield>start_block</structfield>, <structfield>blocks</structfield> and <structfield>edid</structfield>
+    fields and call <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_EDID</constant>. The current EDID from block
+    <structfield>start_block</structfield> and of size <structfield>blocks</structfield>
+    will be placed in the memory <structfield>edid</structfield> points to. The <structfield>edid</structfield>
+    pointer must point to memory at least <structfield>blocks</structfield>&nbsp;*&nbsp;128 bytes
+    large (the size of one block is 128 bytes).</para>
+
+    <para>If there are fewer blocks than specified, then the driver will set <structfield>blocks</structfield>
+    to the actual number of blocks. If there are no EDID blocks available at all, then the error code
+    ENODATA is set.</para>
+
+    <para>If blocks have to be retrieved from the sink, then this call will block until they
+    have been read.</para>
+
+    <para>To set the EDID blocks of a receiver the application has to fill in the <structfield>pad</structfield>,
+    <structfield>blocks</structfield> and <structfield>edid</structfield> fields and set
+    <structfield>start_block</structfield> to 0. It is not possible to set part of an EDID,
+    it is always all or nothing. Setting the EDID data is only valid for receivers as it makes
+    no sense for a transmitter.</para>
+
+    <para>The driver assumes that the full EDID is passed in. If there are more EDID blocks than
+    the hardware can handle then the EDID is not written, but instead the error code E2BIG is set
+    and <structfield>blocks</structfield> is set to the maximum that the hardware supports.
+    If <structfield>start_block</structfield> is any
+    value other than 0 then the error code EINVAL is set.</para>
+
+    <para>To disable an EDID you set <structfield>blocks</structfield> to 0. Depending on the
+    hardware this will drive the hotplug pin low and/or block the source from reading the EDID
+    data in some way. In any case, the end result is the same: the EDID is no longer available.
+    </para>
+
+    <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-subdev-edid">
+      <title>struct <structname>v4l2_subdev_edid</structname></title>
+      <tgroup cols="3">
+        &cs-str;
+	<tbody valign="top">
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>pad</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Pad for which to get/set the EDID blocks.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>start_block</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Read the EDID from starting with this block. Must be 0 when setting
+	    the EDID.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>blocks</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>The number of blocks to get or set. Must be less or equal to 256 (the
+	    maximum number of blocks as defined by the standard). When you set the EDID and
+	    <structfield>blocks</structfield> is 0, then the EDID is disabled or erased.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u8&nbsp;*</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>edid</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Pointer to memory that contains the EDID. The minimum size is
+	    <structfield>blocks</structfield>&nbsp;*&nbsp;128.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[5]</entry>
+	    <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must
+	    set the array to zero.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	</tbody>
+      </tgroup>
+    </table>
+  </refsect1>
+
+  <refsect1>
+    &return-value;
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>ENODATA</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>The EDID data is not available.</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term><errorcode>E2BIG</errorcode></term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>The EDID data you provided is more than the hardware can handle.</para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+</refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-selection.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-selection.xml
index f33cc81..1ba9e99 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-selection.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-selection.xml
@@ -69,23 +69,22 @@
     more information on how each selection target affects the image
     processing pipeline inside the subdevice.</para>
 
-    <section>
+    <refsect2>
       <title>Types of selection targets</title>
 
       <para>There are two types of selection targets: actual and bounds. The
       actual targets are the targets which configure the hardware. The BOUNDS
       target will return a rectangle that contain all possible actual
       rectangles.</para>
-    </section>
+    </refsect2>
 
-    <section>
+    <refsect2>
       <title>Discovering supported features</title>
 
       <para>To discover which targets are supported, the user can
       perform <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_SELECTION</constant> on them.
       Any unsupported target will return
       <constant>EINVAL</constant>.</para>
-    </section>
 
     <para>Selection targets and flags are documented in <xref
     linkend="v4l2-selections-common"/>.</para>
@@ -132,6 +131,7 @@
 	</tbody>
       </tgroup>
     </table>
+    </refsect2>
 
   </refsect1>
 
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl
index 4e8e898..f2413ac 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media_api.tmpl
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 <title>LINUX MEDIA INFRASTRUCTURE API</title>
 
 <copyright>
-	<year>2009-2011</year>
+	<year>2009-2012</year>
 	<holder>LinuxTV Developers</holder>
 </copyright>
 
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
 		video and radio straming devices, including video cameras,
 		analog and digital TV receiver cards, AM/FM receiver cards,
 		streaming capture devices.</para>
-	<para>It is divided into three parts.</para>
+	<para>It is divided into four parts.</para>
 	<para>The first part covers radio, capture,
 		cameras and analog TV devices.</para>
 	<para>The second part covers the
@@ -62,7 +62,8 @@
 		in fact it covers several different video standards including
 		DVB-T, DVB-S, DVB-C and ATSC. The API is currently being updated
 		to documment support also for DVB-S2, ISDB-T and ISDB-S.</para>
-	<para>The third part covers Remote Controller API</para>
+	<para>The third part covers the Remote Controller API.</para>
+	<para>The fourth part covers the Media Controller API.</para>
 	<para>For additional information and for the latest development code,
 		see: <ulink url="http://linuxtv.org">http://linuxtv.org</ulink>.</para>
 	<para>For discussing improvements, reporting troubles, sending new drivers, etc, please mail to: <ulink url="http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html#linux-media">Linux Media Mailing List (LMML).</ulink>.</para>
@@ -87,7 +88,7 @@
 </author>
 </authorgroup>
 <copyright>
-	<year>2009-2011</year>
+	<year>2009-2012</year>
 	<holder>Mauro Carvalho Chehab</holder>
 </copyright>
 
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/mtdnand.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/mtdnand.tmpl
index e0aedb7..fe122d6 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/mtdnand.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/mtdnand.tmpl
@@ -1216,8 +1216,6 @@
 #define	NAND_BBT_LASTBLOCK	0x00000010
 /* The bbt is at the given page, else we must scan for the bbt */
 #define NAND_BBT_ABSPAGE	0x00000020
-/* The bbt is at the given page, else we must scan for the bbt */
-#define NAND_BBT_SEARCH		0x00000040
 /* bbt is stored per chip on multichip devices */
 #define NAND_BBT_PERCHIP	0x00000080
 /* bbt has a version counter at offset veroffs */
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/networking.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/networking.tmpl
index 59ad69a..29df250 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/networking.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/networking.tmpl
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
 !Enet/core/filter.c
      </sect1>
      <sect1><title>Generic Network Statistics</title>
-!Iinclude/linux/gen_stats.h
+!Iinclude/uapi/linux/gen_stats.h
 !Enet/core/gen_stats.c
 !Enet/core/gen_estimator.c
      </sect1>
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
 !Enet/wimax/op-rfkill.c
 !Enet/wimax/stack.c
 !Iinclude/net/wimax.h
-!Iinclude/linux/wimax.h
+!Iinclude/uapi/linux/wimax.h
      </sect1>
   </chapter>
 
diff --git a/Documentation/IPMI.txt b/Documentation/IPMI.txt
index b2bea15..16eb4c9 100644
--- a/Documentation/IPMI.txt
+++ b/Documentation/IPMI.txt
@@ -42,13 +42,7 @@
 properly provides the SMBIOS info for IPMI, the driver will detect it
 and just work.  If you have a board with a standard interface (These
 will generally be either "KCS", "SMIC", or "BT", consult your hardware
-manual), choose the 'IPMI SI handler' option.  A driver also exists
-for direct I2C access to the IPMI management controller.  Some boards
-support this, but it is unknown if it will work on every board.  For
-this, choose 'IPMI SMBus handler', but be ready to try to do some
-figuring to see if it will work on your system if the SMBIOS/APCI
-information is wrong or not present.  It is fairly safe to have both
-these enabled and let the drivers auto-detect what is present.
+manual), choose the 'IPMI SI handler' option.
 
 You should generally enable ACPI on your system, as systems with IPMI
 can have ACPI tables describing them.
@@ -58,8 +52,7 @@
 detected (via ACPI or SMBIOS tables) and should just work.  Sadly,
 many boards do not have this information.  The driver attempts
 standard defaults, but they may not work.  If you fall into this
-situation, you need to read the section below named 'The SI Driver' or
-"The SMBus Driver" on how to hand-configure your system.
+situation, you need to read the section below named 'The SI Driver'.
 
 IPMI defines a standard watchdog timer.  You can enable this with the
 'IPMI Watchdog Timer' config option.  If you compile the driver into
@@ -104,12 +97,7 @@
 as an IPMI user.
 
 ipmi_si - A driver for various system interfaces.  This supports KCS,
-SMIC, and BT interfaces.  Unless you have an SMBus interface or your
-own custom interface, you probably need to use this.
-
-ipmi_smb - A driver for accessing BMCs on the SMBus. It uses the
-I2C kernel driver's SMBus interfaces to send and receive IPMI messages
-over the SMBus.
+SMIC, and BT interfaces.
 
 ipmi_watchdog - IPMI requires systems to have a very capable watchdog
 timer.  This driver implements the standard Linux watchdog timer
@@ -482,53 +470,6 @@
 only the first three parameters (si type, address type, and address)
 are used for the comparison.  Any options are ignored for removing.
 
-The SMBus Driver
-----------------
-
-The SMBus driver allows up to 4 SMBus devices to be configured in the
-system.  By default, the driver will register any SMBus interfaces it finds
-in the I2C address range of 0x20 to 0x4f on any adapter.  You can change this
-at module load time (for a module) with:
-
-  modprobe ipmi_smb.o
-	addr=<adapter1>,<i2caddr1>[,<adapter2>,<i2caddr2>[,...]]
-	dbg=<flags1>,<flags2>...
-	[defaultprobe=1] [dbg_probe=1]
-
-The addresses are specified in pairs, the first is the adapter ID and the
-second is the I2C address on that adapter.
-
-The debug flags are bit flags for each BMC found, they are:
-IPMI messages: 1, driver state: 2, timing: 4, I2C probe: 8
-
-Setting smb_defaultprobe to zero disabled the default probing of SMBus
-interfaces at address range 0x20 to 0x4f.  This means that only the
-BMCs specified on the smb_addr line will be detected.
-
-Setting smb_dbg_probe to 1 will enable debugging of the probing and
-detection process for BMCs on the SMBusses.
-
-Discovering the IPMI compliant BMC on the SMBus can cause devices
-on the I2C bus to fail. The SMBus driver writes a "Get Device ID" IPMI
-message as a block write to the I2C bus and waits for a response.
-This action can be detrimental to some I2C devices. It is highly recommended
-that the known I2c address be given to the SMBus driver in the smb_addr
-parameter. The default address range will not be used when a smb_addr
-parameter is provided.
-
-When compiled into the kernel, the addresses can be specified on the
-kernel command line as:
-
-  ipmb_smb.addr=<adapter1>,<i2caddr1>[,<adapter2>,<i2caddr2>[,...]]
-	ipmi_smb.dbg=<flags1>,<flags2>...
-	ipmi_smb.defaultprobe=0 ipmi_smb.dbg_probe=1
-
-These are the same options as on the module command line.
-
-Note that you might need some I2C changes if CONFIG_IPMI_PANIC_EVENT
-is enabled along with this, so the I2C driver knows to run to
-completion during sending a panic event.
-
 
 Other Pieces
 ------------
diff --git a/Documentation/aoe/aoe.txt b/Documentation/aoe/aoe.txt
index 5f5aa16..bfc9cb1 100644
--- a/Documentation/aoe/aoe.txt
+++ b/Documentation/aoe/aoe.txt
@@ -1,8 +1,16 @@
-The EtherDrive (R) HOWTO for users of 2.6 kernels is found at ...
+ATA over Ethernet is a network protocol that provides simple access to
+block storage on the LAN.
 
-  http://www.coraid.com/SUPPORT/EtherDrive-HBA  
+  http://support.coraid.com/documents/AoEr11.txt
 
-  It has many tips and hints!
+The EtherDrive (R) HOWTO for 2.6 and 3.x kernels is found at ...
+
+  http://support.coraid.com/support/linux/EtherDrive-2.6-HOWTO.html
+
+It has many tips and hints!  Please see, especially, recommended
+tunings for virtual memory:
+
+  http://support.coraid.com/support/linux/EtherDrive-2.6-HOWTO-5.html#ss5.19
 
 The aoetools are userland programs that are designed to work with this
 driver.  The aoetools are on sourceforge.
@@ -23,20 +31,12 @@
   There is a udev-install.sh script that shows how to install these
   rules on your system.
 
-  If you are not using udev, two scripts are provided in
-  Documentation/aoe as examples of static device node creation for
-  using the aoe driver.
-
-    rm -rf /dev/etherd
-    sh Documentation/aoe/mkdevs.sh /dev/etherd
-
-  ... or to make just one shelf's worth of block device nodes ...
-
-    sh Documentation/aoe/mkshelf.sh /dev/etherd 0
-
   There is also an autoload script that shows how to edit
   /etc/modprobe.d/aoe.conf to ensure that the aoe module is loaded when
-  necessary.
+  necessary.  Preloading the aoe module is preferable to autoloading,
+  however, because AoE discovery takes a few seconds.  It can be
+  confusing when an AoE device is not present the first time the a
+  command is run but appears a second later.
 
 USING DEVICE NODES
 
@@ -51,9 +51,9 @@
   "echo > /dev/etherd/discover" tells the driver to find out what AoE
   devices are available.
 
-  These character devices may disappear and be replaced by sysfs
-  counterparts.  Using the commands in aoetools insulates users from
-  these implementation details.
+  In the future these character devices may disappear and be replaced
+  by sysfs counterparts.  Using the commands in aoetools insulates
+  users from these implementation details.
 
   The block devices are named like this:
 
@@ -76,8 +76,8 @@
   The netif attribute is the network interface on the localhost
   through which we are communicating with the remote AoE device.
 
-  There is a script in this directory that formats this information
-  in a convenient way.  Users with aoetools can use the aoe-stat
+  There is a script in this directory that formats this information in
+  a convenient way.  Users with aoetools should use the aoe-stat
   command.
 
   root@makki root# sh Documentation/aoe/status.sh 
@@ -121,3 +121,21 @@
   usage example for the module parameter.
 
     modprobe aoe_iflist="eth1 eth3"
+
+  The aoe_deadsecs module parameter determines the maximum number of
+  seconds that the driver will wait for an AoE device to provide a
+  response to an AoE command.  After aoe_deadsecs seconds have
+  elapsed, the AoE device will be marked as "down".
+
+  The aoe_maxout module parameter has a default of 128.  This is the
+  maximum number of unresponded packets that will be sent to an AoE
+  target at one time.
+
+  The aoe_dyndevs module parameter defaults to 1, meaning that the
+  driver will assign a block device minor number to a discovered AoE
+  target based on the order of its discovery.  With dynamic minor
+  device numbers in use, a greater range of AoE shelf and slot
+  addresses can be supported.  Users with udev will never have to
+  think about minor numbers.  Using aoe_dyndevs=0 allows device nodes
+  to be pre-created using a static minor-number scheme with the
+  aoe-mkshelf script in the aoetools.
diff --git a/Documentation/aoe/mkdevs.sh b/Documentation/aoe/mkdevs.sh
deleted file mode 100644
index 44c0ab7..0000000
--- a/Documentation/aoe/mkdevs.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-
-n_shelves=${n_shelves:-10}
-n_partitions=${n_partitions:-16}
-
-if test "$#" != "1"; then
-	echo "Usage: sh `basename $0` {dir}" 1>&2
-	echo "       n_partitions=16 sh `basename $0` {dir}" 1>&2
-	exit 1
-fi
-dir=$1
-
-MAJOR=152
-
-echo "Creating AoE devnode files in $dir ..."
-
-set -e
-
-mkdir -p $dir
-
-# (Status info is in sysfs.  See status.sh.)
-# rm -f $dir/stat
-# mknod -m 0400 $dir/stat c $MAJOR 1
-rm -f $dir/err
-mknod -m 0400 $dir/err c $MAJOR 2
-rm -f $dir/discover
-mknod -m 0200 $dir/discover c $MAJOR 3
-rm -f $dir/interfaces
-mknod -m 0200 $dir/interfaces c $MAJOR 4
-rm -f $dir/revalidate
-mknod -m 0200 $dir/revalidate c $MAJOR 5
-rm -f $dir/flush
-mknod -m 0200 $dir/flush c $MAJOR 6
-
-export n_partitions
-mkshelf=`echo $0 | sed 's!mkdevs!mkshelf!'`
-i=0
-while test $i -lt $n_shelves; do
-	sh -xc "sh $mkshelf $dir $i"
-	i=`expr $i + 1`
-done
diff --git a/Documentation/aoe/mkshelf.sh b/Documentation/aoe/mkshelf.sh
deleted file mode 100644
index 3261581..0000000
--- a/Documentation/aoe/mkshelf.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-
-if test "$#" != "2"; then
-	echo "Usage: sh `basename $0` {dir} {shelfaddress}" 1>&2
-	echo "       n_partitions=16 sh `basename $0` {dir} {shelfaddress}" 1>&2
-	exit 1
-fi
-n_partitions=${n_partitions:-16}
-dir=$1
-shelf=$2
-nslots=16
-maxslot=`echo $nslots 1 - p | dc`
-MAJOR=152
-
-set -e
-
-minor=`echo $nslots \* $shelf \* $n_partitions | bc`
-endp=`echo $n_partitions - 1 | bc`
-for slot in `seq 0 $maxslot`; do
-	for part in `seq 0 $endp`; do
-		name=e$shelf.$slot
-		test "$part" != "0" && name=${name}p$part
-		rm -f $dir/$name
-		mknod -m 0660 $dir/$name b $MAJOR $minor
-
-		minor=`expr $minor + 1`
-	done
-done
diff --git a/Documentation/aoe/status.sh b/Documentation/aoe/status.sh
index 751f3be..eeec7ba 100644
--- a/Documentation/aoe/status.sh
+++ b/Documentation/aoe/status.sh
@@ -1,5 +1,8 @@
 #! /bin/sh
 # collate and present sysfs information about AoE storage
+#
+# A more complete version of this script is aoe-stat, in the
+# aoetools.
 
 set -e
 format="%8s\t%8s\t%8s\n"
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Booting b/Documentation/arm/Booting
index a341d87..0c1f475 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/Booting
+++ b/Documentation/arm/Booting
@@ -154,13 +154,33 @@
 
 - CPU mode
   All forms of interrupts must be disabled (IRQs and FIQs)
-  The CPU must be in SVC mode.  (A special exception exists for Angel)
+
+  For CPUs which do not include the ARM virtualization extensions, the
+  CPU must be in SVC mode.  (A special exception exists for Angel)
+
+  CPUs which include support for the virtualization extensions can be
+  entered in HYP mode in order to enable the kernel to make full use of
+  these extensions.  This is the recommended boot method for such CPUs,
+  unless the virtualisations are already in use by a pre-installed
+  hypervisor.
+
+  If the kernel is not entered in HYP mode for any reason, it must be
+  entered in SVC mode.
 
 - Caches, MMUs
   The MMU must be off.
   Instruction cache may be on or off.
   Data cache must be off.
 
+  If the kernel is entered in HYP mode, the above requirements apply to
+  the HYP mode configuration in addition to the ordinary PL1 (privileged
+  kernel modes) configuration.  In addition, all traps into the
+  hypervisor must be disabled, and PL1 access must be granted for all
+  peripherals and CPU resources for which this is architecturally
+  possible.  Except for entering in HYP mode, the system configuration
+  should be such that a kernel which does not include support for the
+  virtualization extensions can boot correctly without extra help.
+
 - The boot loader is expected to call the kernel image by jumping
   directly to the first instruction of the kernel image.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt b/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
index e418dc0..8df5e8e 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
@@ -465,7 +465,6 @@
        bio_end_io_t	*bi_end_io;  /* bi_end_io (bio) */
        atomic_t		bi_cnt;	     /* pin count: free when it hits zero */
        void             *bi_private;
-       bio_destructor_t *bi_destructor; /* bi_destructor (bio) */
 };
 
 With this multipage bio design:
@@ -647,10 +646,6 @@
 so bio_alloc(gfp_mask, nr_iovecs) will allocate a vec_list of the
 given size from these slabs.
 
-The bi_destructor() routine takes into account the possibility of the bio
-having originated from a different source (see later discussions on
-n/w to block transfers and kvec_cb)
-
 The bio_get() routine may be used to hold an extra reference on a bio prior
 to i/o submission, if the bio fields are likely to be accessed after the
 i/o is issued (since the bio may otherwise get freed in case i/o completion
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt
index 4372e6b..c07f7b4 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt
@@ -18,16 +18,16 @@
 uses of the memory controller. The memory controller can be used to
 
 a. Isolate an application or a group of applications
-   Memory hungry applications can be isolated and limited to a smaller
+   Memory-hungry applications can be isolated and limited to a smaller
    amount of memory.
-b. Create a cgroup with limited amount of memory, this can be used
+b. Create a cgroup with a limited amount of memory; this can be used
    as a good alternative to booting with mem=XXXX.
 c. Virtualization solutions can control the amount of memory they want
    to assign to a virtual machine instance.
 d. A CD/DVD burner could control the amount of memory used by the
    rest of the system to ensure that burning does not fail due to lack
    of available memory.
-e. There are several other use cases, find one or use the controller just
+e. There are several other use cases; find one or use the controller just
    for fun (to learn and hack on the VM subsystem).
 
 Current Status: linux-2.6.34-mmotm(development version of 2010/April)
@@ -38,12 +38,12 @@
  - optionally, memory+swap usage can be accounted and limited.
  - hierarchical accounting
  - soft limit
- - moving(recharging) account at moving a task is selectable.
+ - moving (recharging) account at moving a task is selectable.
  - usage threshold notifier
  - oom-killer disable knob and oom-notifier
  - Root cgroup has no limit controls.
 
- Kernel memory support is work in progress, and the current version provides
+ Kernel memory support is a work in progress, and the current version provides
  basically functionality. (See Section 2.7)
 
 Brief summary of control files.
@@ -144,9 +144,9 @@
 3. Each page has a pointer to the page_cgroup, which in turn knows the
    cgroup it belongs to
 
-The accounting is done as follows: mem_cgroup_charge() is invoked to setup
+The accounting is done as follows: mem_cgroup_charge() is invoked to set up
 the necessary data structures and check if the cgroup that is being charged
-is over its limit. If it is then reclaim is invoked on the cgroup.
+is over its limit. If it is, then reclaim is invoked on the cgroup.
 More details can be found in the reclaim section of this document.
 If everything goes well, a page meta-data-structure called page_cgroup is
 updated. page_cgroup has its own LRU on cgroup.
@@ -163,13 +163,13 @@
 inserted into inode (radix-tree). While it's mapped into the page tables of
 processes, duplicate accounting is carefully avoided.
 
-A RSS page is unaccounted when it's fully unmapped. A PageCache page is
+An RSS page is unaccounted when it's fully unmapped. A PageCache page is
 unaccounted when it's removed from radix-tree. Even if RSS pages are fully
 unmapped (by kswapd), they may exist as SwapCache in the system until they
-are really freed. Such SwapCaches also also accounted.
+are really freed. Such SwapCaches are also accounted.
 A swapped-in page is not accounted until it's mapped.
 
-Note: The kernel does swapin-readahead and read multiple swaps at once.
+Note: The kernel does swapin-readahead and reads multiple swaps at once.
 This means swapped-in pages may contain pages for other tasks than a task
 causing page fault. So, we avoid accounting at swap-in I/O.
 
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@
 Example: Assume a system with 4G of swap. A task which allocates 6G of memory
 (by mistake) under 2G memory limitation will use all swap.
 In this case, setting memsw.limit_in_bytes=3G will prevent bad use of swap.
-By using memsw limit, you can avoid system OOM which can be caused by swap
+By using the memsw limit, you can avoid system OOM which can be caused by swap
 shortage.
 
 * why 'memory+swap' rather than swap.
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
 to move account from memory to swap...there is no change in usage of
 memory+swap. In other words, when we want to limit the usage of swap without
 affecting global LRU, memory+swap limit is better than just limiting swap from
-OS point of view.
+an OS point of view.
 
 * What happens when a cgroup hits memory.memsw.limit_in_bytes
 When a cgroup hits memory.memsw.limit_in_bytes, it's useless to do swap-out
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
 cgroup. (See 10. OOM Control below.)
 
 The reclaim algorithm has not been modified for cgroups, except that
-pages that are selected for reclaiming come from the per cgroup LRU
+pages that are selected for reclaiming come from the per-cgroup LRU
 list.
 
 NOTE: Reclaim does not work for the root cgroup, since we cannot set any
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@
 # cat /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/0/memory.usage_in_bytes
 1216512
 
-A successful write to this file does not guarantee a successful set of
+A successful write to this file does not guarantee a successful setting of
 this limit to the value written into the file. This can be due to a
 number of factors, such as rounding up to page boundaries or the total
 availability of memory on the system. The user is required to re-read
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@
 4.1 Troubleshooting
 
 Sometimes a user might find that the application under a cgroup is
-terminated by OOM killer. There are several causes for this:
+terminated by the OOM killer. There are several causes for this:
 
 1. The cgroup limit is too low (just too low to do anything useful)
 2. The user is using anonymous memory and swap is turned off or too low
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@
 A sync followed by echo 1 > /proc/sys/vm/drop_caches will help get rid of
 some of the pages cached in the cgroup (page cache pages).
 
-To know what happens, disable OOM_Kill by 10. OOM Control(see below) and
+To know what happens, disabling OOM_Kill as per "10. OOM Control" (below) and
 seeing what happens will be helpful.
 
 4.2 Task migration
@@ -399,10 +399,10 @@
 
   Almost all pages tracked by this memory cgroup will be unmapped and freed.
   Some pages cannot be freed because they are locked or in-use. Such pages are
-  moved to parent(if use_hierarchy==1) or root (if use_hierarchy==0) and this
+  moved to parent (if use_hierarchy==1) or root (if use_hierarchy==0) and this
   cgroup will be empty.
 
-  Typical use case of this interface is that calling this before rmdir().
+  The typical use case for this interface is before calling rmdir().
   Because rmdir() moves all pages to parent, some out-of-use page caches can be
   moved to the parent. If you want to avoid that, force_empty will be useful.
 
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@
 
 For efficiency, as other kernel components, memory cgroup uses some optimization
 to avoid unnecessary cacheline false sharing. usage_in_bytes is affected by the
-method and doesn't show 'exact' value of memory(and swap) usage, it's an fuzz
+method and doesn't show 'exact' value of memory (and swap) usage, it's a fuzz
 value for efficient access. (Of course, when necessary, it's synchronized.)
 If you want to know more exact memory usage, you should use RSS+CACHE(+SWAP)
 value in memory.stat(see 5.2).
@@ -496,8 +496,8 @@
 This is similar to numa_maps but operates on a per-memcg basis.  This is
 useful for providing visibility into the numa locality information within
 an memcg since the pages are allowed to be allocated from any physical
-node.  One of the usecases is evaluating application performance by
-combining this information with the application's cpu allocation.
+node.  One of the use cases is evaluating application performance by
+combining this information with the application's CPU allocation.
 
 We export "total", "file", "anon" and "unevictable" pages per-node for
 each memcg.  The ouput format of memory.numa_stat is:
@@ -561,10 +561,10 @@
 group is very high, they are pushed back as much as possible to make
 sure that one control group does not starve the others of memory.
 
-Please note that soft limits is a best effort feature, it comes with
+Please note that soft limits is a best-effort feature; it comes with
 no guarantees, but it does its best to make sure that when memory is
 heavily contended for, memory is allocated based on the soft limit
-hints/setup. Currently soft limit based reclaim is setup such that
+hints/setup. Currently soft limit based reclaim is set up such that
 it gets invoked from balance_pgdat (kswapd).
 
 7.1 Interface
@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@
 
 8.1 Interface
 
-This feature is disabled by default. It can be enabled(and disabled again) by
+This feature is disabled by default. It can be enabledi (and disabled again) by
 writing to memory.move_charge_at_immigrate of the destination cgroup.
 
 If you want to enable it:
@@ -601,8 +601,8 @@
 
 Note: Each bits of move_charge_at_immigrate has its own meaning about what type
       of charges should be moved. See 8.2 for details.
-Note: Charges are moved only when you move mm->owner, IOW, a leader of a thread
-      group.
+Note: Charges are moved only when you move mm->owner, in other words,
+      a leader of a thread group.
 Note: If we cannot find enough space for the task in the destination cgroup, we
       try to make space by reclaiming memory. Task migration may fail if we
       cannot make enough space.
@@ -612,25 +612,25 @@
 
 # echo 0 > memory.move_charge_at_immigrate
 
-8.2 Type of charges which can be move
+8.2 Type of charges which can be moved
 
-Each bits of move_charge_at_immigrate has its own meaning about what type of
-charges should be moved. But in any cases, it must be noted that an account of
-a page or a swap can be moved only when it is charged to the task's current(old)
-memory cgroup.
+Each bit in move_charge_at_immigrate has its own meaning about what type of
+charges should be moved. But in any case, it must be noted that an account of
+a page or a swap can be moved only when it is charged to the task's current
+(old) memory cgroup.
 
   bit | what type of charges would be moved ?
  -----+------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   0  | A charge of an anonymous page(or swap of it) used by the target task.
-      | You must enable Swap Extension(see 2.4) to enable move of swap charges.
+   0  | A charge of an anonymous page (or swap of it) used by the target task.
+      | You must enable Swap Extension (see 2.4) to enable move of swap charges.
  -----+------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   1  | A charge of file pages(normal file, tmpfs file(e.g. ipc shared memory)
+   1  | A charge of file pages (normal file, tmpfs file (e.g. ipc shared memory)
       | and swaps of tmpfs file) mmapped by the target task. Unlike the case of
-      | anonymous pages, file pages(and swaps) in the range mmapped by the task
+      | anonymous pages, file pages (and swaps) in the range mmapped by the task
       | will be moved even if the task hasn't done page fault, i.e. they might
       | not be the task's "RSS", but other task's "RSS" that maps the same file.
-      | And mapcount of the page is ignored(the page can be moved even if
-      | page_mapcount(page) > 1). You must enable Swap Extension(see 2.4) to
+      | And mapcount of the page is ignored (the page can be moved even if
+      | page_mapcount(page) > 1). You must enable Swap Extension (see 2.4) to
       | enable move of swap charges.
 
 8.3 TODO
@@ -640,11 +640,11 @@
 
 9. Memory thresholds
 
-Memory cgroup implements memory thresholds using cgroups notification
+Memory cgroup implements memory thresholds using the cgroups notification
 API (see cgroups.txt). It allows to register multiple memory and memsw
 thresholds and gets notifications when it crosses.
 
-To register a threshold application need:
+To register a threshold, an application must:
 - create an eventfd using eventfd(2);
 - open memory.usage_in_bytes or memory.memsw.usage_in_bytes;
 - write string like "<event_fd> <fd of memory.usage_in_bytes> <threshold>" to
@@ -659,24 +659,24 @@
 
 memory.oom_control file is for OOM notification and other controls.
 
-Memory cgroup implements OOM notifier using cgroup notification
+Memory cgroup implements OOM notifier using the cgroup notification
 API (See cgroups.txt). It allows to register multiple OOM notification
 delivery and gets notification when OOM happens.
 
-To register a notifier, application need:
+To register a notifier, an application must:
  - create an eventfd using eventfd(2)
  - open memory.oom_control file
  - write string like "<event_fd> <fd of memory.oom_control>" to
    cgroup.event_control
 
-Application will be notified through eventfd when OOM happens.
-OOM notification doesn't work for root cgroup.
+The application will be notified through eventfd when OOM happens.
+OOM notification doesn't work for the root cgroup.
 
-You can disable OOM-killer by writing "1" to memory.oom_control file, as:
+You can disable the OOM-killer by writing "1" to memory.oom_control file, as:
 
 	#echo 1 > memory.oom_control
 
-This operation is only allowed to the top cgroup of sub-hierarchy.
+This operation is only allowed to the top cgroup of a sub-hierarchy.
 If OOM-killer is disabled, tasks under cgroup will hang/sleep
 in memory cgroup's OOM-waitqueue when they request accountable memory.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/crypto/asymmetric-keys.txt b/Documentation/crypto/asymmetric-keys.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b767590
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/crypto/asymmetric-keys.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
+		=============================================
+		ASYMMETRIC / PUBLIC-KEY CRYPTOGRAPHY KEY TYPE
+		=============================================
+
+Contents:
+
+  - Overview.
+  - Key identification.
+  - Accessing asymmetric keys.
+    - Signature verification.
+  - Asymmetric key subtypes.
+  - Instantiation data parsers.
+
+
+========
+OVERVIEW
+========
+
+The "asymmetric" key type is designed to be a container for the keys used in
+public-key cryptography, without imposing any particular restrictions on the
+form or mechanism of the cryptography or form of the key.
+
+The asymmetric key is given a subtype that defines what sort of data is
+associated with the key and provides operations to describe and destroy it.
+However, no requirement is made that the key data actually be stored in the
+key.
+
+A completely in-kernel key retention and operation subtype can be defined, but
+it would also be possible to provide access to cryptographic hardware (such as
+a TPM) that might be used to both retain the relevant key and perform
+operations using that key.  In such a case, the asymmetric key would then
+merely be an interface to the TPM driver.
+
+Also provided is the concept of a data parser.  Data parsers are responsible
+for extracting information from the blobs of data passed to the instantiation
+function.  The first data parser that recognises the blob gets to set the
+subtype of the key and define the operations that can be done on that key.
+
+A data parser may interpret the data blob as containing the bits representing a
+key, or it may interpret it as a reference to a key held somewhere else in the
+system (for example, a TPM).
+
+
+==================
+KEY IDENTIFICATION
+==================
+
+If a key is added with an empty name, the instantiation data parsers are given
+the opportunity to pre-parse a key and to determine the description the key
+should be given from the content of the key.
+
+This can then be used to refer to the key, either by complete match or by
+partial match.  The key type may also use other criteria to refer to a key.
+
+The asymmetric key type's match function can then perform a wider range of
+comparisons than just the straightforward comparison of the description with
+the criterion string:
+
+ (1) If the criterion string is of the form "id:<hexdigits>" then the match
+     function will examine a key's fingerprint to see if the hex digits given
+     after the "id:" match the tail.  For instance:
+
+	keyctl search @s asymmetric id:5acc2142
+
+     will match a key with fingerprint:
+
+	1A00 2040 7601 7889 DE11  882C 3823 04AD 5ACC 2142
+
+ (2) If the criterion string is of the form "<subtype>:<hexdigits>" then the
+     match will match the ID as in (1), but with the added restriction that
+     only keys of the specified subtype (e.g. tpm) will be matched.  For
+     instance:
+
+	keyctl search @s asymmetric tpm:5acc2142
+
+Looking in /proc/keys, the last 8 hex digits of the key fingerprint are
+displayed, along with the subtype:
+
+	1a39e171 I-----     1 perm 3f010000     0     0 asymmetri modsign.0: DSA 5acc2142 []
+
+
+=========================
+ACCESSING ASYMMETRIC KEYS
+=========================
+
+For general access to asymmetric keys from within the kernel, the following
+inclusion is required:
+
+	#include <crypto/public_key.h>
+
+This gives access to functions for dealing with asymmetric / public keys.
+Three enums are defined there for representing public-key cryptography
+algorithms:
+
+	enum pkey_algo
+
+digest algorithms used by those:
+
+	enum pkey_hash_algo
+
+and key identifier representations:
+
+	enum pkey_id_type
+
+Note that the key type representation types are required because key
+identifiers from different standards aren't necessarily compatible.  For
+instance, PGP generates key identifiers by hashing the key data plus some
+PGP-specific metadata, whereas X.509 has arbitrary certificate identifiers.
+
+The operations defined upon a key are:
+
+ (1) Signature verification.
+
+Other operations are possible (such as encryption) with the same key data
+required for verification, but not currently supported, and others
+(eg. decryption and signature generation) require extra key data.
+
+
+SIGNATURE VERIFICATION
+----------------------
+
+An operation is provided to perform cryptographic signature verification, using
+an asymmetric key to provide or to provide access to the public key.
+
+	int verify_signature(const struct key *key,
+			     const struct public_key_signature *sig);
+
+The caller must have already obtained the key from some source and can then use
+it to check the signature.  The caller must have parsed the signature and
+transferred the relevant bits to the structure pointed to by sig.
+
+	struct public_key_signature {
+		u8 *digest;
+		u8 digest_size;
+		enum pkey_hash_algo pkey_hash_algo : 8;
+		u8 nr_mpi;
+		union {
+			MPI mpi[2];
+			...
+		};
+	};
+
+The algorithm used must be noted in sig->pkey_hash_algo, and all the MPIs that
+make up the actual signature must be stored in sig->mpi[] and the count of MPIs
+placed in sig->nr_mpi.
+
+In addition, the data must have been digested by the caller and the resulting
+hash must be pointed to by sig->digest and the size of the hash be placed in
+sig->digest_size.
+
+The function will return 0 upon success or -EKEYREJECTED if the signature
+doesn't match.
+
+The function may also return -ENOTSUPP if an unsupported public-key algorithm
+or public-key/hash algorithm combination is specified or the key doesn't
+support the operation; -EBADMSG or -ERANGE if some of the parameters have weird
+data; or -ENOMEM if an allocation can't be performed.  -EINVAL can be returned
+if the key argument is the wrong type or is incompletely set up.
+
+
+=======================
+ASYMMETRIC KEY SUBTYPES
+=======================
+
+Asymmetric keys have a subtype that defines the set of operations that can be
+performed on that key and that determines what data is attached as the key
+payload.  The payload format is entirely at the whim of the subtype.
+
+The subtype is selected by the key data parser and the parser must initialise
+the data required for it.  The asymmetric key retains a reference on the
+subtype module.
+
+The subtype definition structure can be found in:
+
+	#include <keys/asymmetric-subtype.h>
+
+and looks like the following:
+
+	struct asymmetric_key_subtype {
+		struct module		*owner;
+		const char		*name;
+
+		void (*describe)(const struct key *key, struct seq_file *m);
+		void (*destroy)(void *payload);
+		int (*verify_signature)(const struct key *key,
+					const struct public_key_signature *sig);
+	};
+
+Asymmetric keys point to this with their type_data[0] member.
+
+The owner and name fields should be set to the owning module and the name of
+the subtype.  Currently, the name is only used for print statements.
+
+There are a number of operations defined by the subtype:
+
+ (1) describe().
+
+     Mandatory.  This allows the subtype to display something in /proc/keys
+     against the key.  For instance the name of the public key algorithm type
+     could be displayed.  The key type will display the tail of the key
+     identity string after this.
+
+ (2) destroy().
+
+     Mandatory.  This should free the memory associated with the key.  The
+     asymmetric key will look after freeing the fingerprint and releasing the
+     reference on the subtype module.
+
+ (3) verify_signature().
+
+     Optional.  These are the entry points for the key usage operations.
+     Currently there is only the one defined.  If not set, the caller will be
+     given -ENOTSUPP.  The subtype may do anything it likes to implement an
+     operation, including offloading to hardware.
+
+
+==========================
+INSTANTIATION DATA PARSERS
+==========================
+
+The asymmetric key type doesn't generally want to store or to deal with a raw
+blob of data that holds the key data.  It would have to parse it and error
+check it each time it wanted to use it.  Further, the contents of the blob may
+have various checks that can be performed on it (eg. self-signatures, validity
+dates) and may contain useful data about the key (identifiers, capabilities).
+
+Also, the blob may represent a pointer to some hardware containing the key
+rather than the key itself.
+
+Examples of blob formats for which parsers could be implemented include:
+
+ - OpenPGP packet stream [RFC 4880].
+ - X.509 ASN.1 stream.
+ - Pointer to TPM key.
+ - Pointer to UEFI key.
+
+During key instantiation each parser in the list is tried until one doesn't
+return -EBADMSG.
+
+The parser definition structure can be found in:
+
+	#include <keys/asymmetric-parser.h>
+
+and looks like the following:
+
+	struct asymmetric_key_parser {
+		struct module	*owner;
+		const char	*name;
+
+		int (*parse)(struct key_preparsed_payload *prep);
+	};
+
+The owner and name fields should be set to the owning module and the name of
+the parser.
+
+There is currently only a single operation defined by the parser, and it is
+mandatory:
+
+ (1) parse().
+
+     This is called to preparse the key from the key creation and update paths.
+     In particular, it is called during the key creation _before_ a key is
+     allocated, and as such, is permitted to provide the key's description in
+     the case that the caller declines to do so.
+
+     The caller passes a pointer to the following struct with all of the fields
+     cleared, except for data, datalen and quotalen [see
+     Documentation/security/keys.txt].
+
+	struct key_preparsed_payload {
+		char		*description;
+		void		*type_data[2];
+		void		*payload;
+		const void	*data;
+		size_t		datalen;
+		size_t		quotalen;
+	};
+
+     The instantiation data is in a blob pointed to by data and is datalen in
+     size.  The parse() function is not permitted to change these two values at
+     all, and shouldn't change any of the other values _unless_ they are
+     recognise the blob format and will not return -EBADMSG to indicate it is
+     not theirs.
+
+     If the parser is happy with the blob, it should propose a description for
+     the key and attach it to ->description, ->type_data[0] should be set to
+     point to the subtype to be used, ->payload should be set to point to the
+     initialised data for that subtype, ->type_data[1] should point to a hex
+     fingerprint and quotalen should be updated to indicate how much quota this
+     key should account for.
+
+     When clearing up, the data attached to ->type_data[1] and ->description
+     will be kfree()'d and the data attached to ->payload will be passed to the
+     subtype's ->destroy() method to be disposed of.  A module reference for
+     the subtype pointed to by ->type_data[0] will be put.
+
+
+     If the data format is not recognised, -EBADMSG should be returned.  If it
+     is recognised, but the key cannot for some reason be set up, some other
+     negative error code should be returned.  On success, 0 should be returned.
+
+     The key's fingerprint string may be partially matched upon.  For a
+     public-key algorithm such as RSA and DSA this will likely be a printable
+     hex version of the key's fingerprint.
+
+Functions are provided to register and unregister parsers:
+
+	int register_asymmetric_key_parser(struct asymmetric_key_parser *parser);
+	void unregister_asymmetric_key_parser(struct asymmetric_key_parser *subtype);
+
+Parsers may not have the same name.  The names are otherwise only used for
+displaying in debugging messages.
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt
index 1c18449..728c38c 100644
--- a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt
+++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt
@@ -132,3 +132,12 @@
 which are 'A'live, and the array is 2/490221568 complete with recovery.
 Faulty or missing devices are marked 'D'.  Devices that are out-of-sync
 are marked 'a'.
+
+
+Version History
+---------------
+1.0.0	Initial version.  Support for RAID 4/5/6
+1.1.0	Added support for RAID 1
+1.2.0	Handle creation of arrays that contain failed devices.
+1.3.0	Added support for RAID 10
+1.3.1	Allow device replacement/rebuild for RAID 10
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards
index 91f2614..fc81a7d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards
@@ -1,3 +1,15 @@
+ARM Integrator/AP (Application Platform) and Integrator/CP (Compact Platform)
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ARM's oldest Linux-supported platform with connectors for different core
+tiles of ARMv4, ARMv5 and ARMv6 type.
+
+Required properties (in root node):
+	compatible = "arm,integrator-ap";  /* Application Platform */
+	compatible = "arm,integrator-cp";  /* Compact Platform */
+
+FPGA type interrupt controllers, see the versatile-fpga-irq binding doc.
+
+
 ARM Versatile Application and Platform Baseboards
 -------------------------------------------------
 ARM's development hardware platform with connectors for customizable
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/davinci/nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/davinci/nand.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e37241f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/davinci/nand.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+* Texas Instruments Davinci NAND
+
+This file provides information, what the device node for the
+davinci nand interface contain.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "ti,davinci-nand";
+- reg : contain 2 offset/length values:
+        - offset and length for the access window
+        - offset and length for accessing the aemif control registers
+- ti,davinci-chipselect: Indicates on the davinci_nand driver which
+                         chipselect is used for accessing the nand.
+
+Recommended properties :
+- ti,davinci-mask-ale: mask for ale
+- ti,davinci-mask-cle: mask for cle
+- ti,davinci-mask-chipsel: mask for chipselect
+- ti,davinci-ecc-mode: ECC mode valid values for davinci driver:
+		- "none"
+		- "soft"
+		- "hw"
+- ti,davinci-ecc-bits: used ECC bits, currently supported 1 or 4.
+- ti,davinci-nand-buswidth: buswidth 8 or 16
+- ti,davinci-nand-use-bbt: use flash based bad block table support.
+
+Example (enbw_cmc board):
+aemif@60000000 {
+	compatible = "ti,davinci-aemif";
+	#address-cells = <2>;
+	#size-cells = <1>;
+	reg = <0x68000000 0x80000>;
+	ranges = <2 0 0x60000000 0x02000000
+		  3 0 0x62000000 0x02000000
+		  4 0 0x64000000 0x02000000
+		  5 0 0x66000000 0x02000000
+		  6 0 0x68000000 0x02000000>;
+	nand@3,0 {
+		compatible = "ti,davinci-nand";
+		reg = <3 0x0 0x807ff
+			6 0x0 0x8000>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+		ti,davinci-chipselect = <1>;
+		ti,davinci-mask-ale = <0>;
+		ti,davinci-mask-cle = <0>;
+		ti,davinci-mask-chipsel = <0>;
+		ti,davinci-ecc-mode = "hw";
+		ti,davinci-ecc-bits = <4>;
+		ti,davinci-nand-use-bbt;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/versatile-fpga-irq.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/versatile-fpga-irq.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9989eda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/versatile-fpga-irq.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+* ARM Versatile FPGA interrupt controller
+
+One or more FPGA IRQ controllers can be synthesized in an ARM reference board
+such as the Integrator or Versatile family. The output of these different
+controllers are OR:ed together and fed to the CPU tile's IRQ input. Each
+instance can handle up to 32 interrupts.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "arm,versatile-fpga-irq"
+- interrupt-controller: Identifies the node as an interrupt controller
+- #interrupt-cells: The number of cells to define the interrupts.  Must be 1
+  as the FPGA IRQ controller has no configuration options for interrupt
+  sources.  The cell is a u32 and defines the interrupt number.
+- reg: The register bank for the FPGA interrupt controller.
+- clear-mask: a u32 number representing the mask written to clear all IRQs
+  on the controller at boot for example.
+- valid-mask: a u32 number representing a bit mask determining which of
+  the interrupts are valid. Unconnected/unused lines are set to 0, and
+  the system till not make it possible for devices to request these
+  interrupts.
+
+Example:
+
+pic: pic@14000000 {
+        compatible = "arm,versatile-fpga-irq";
+        #interrupt-cells = <1>;
+        interrupt-controller;
+        reg = <0x14000000 0x100>;
+        clear-mask = <0xffffffff>;
+        valid-mask = <0x003fffff>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xen.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xen.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f7b9c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xen.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+* Xen hypervisor device tree bindings
+
+Xen ARM virtual platforms shall have a top-level "hypervisor" node with
+the following properties:
+
+- compatible:
+	compatible = "xen,xen-<version>", "xen,xen";
+  where <version> is the version of the Xen ABI of the platform.
+
+- reg: specifies the base physical address and size of a region in
+  memory where the grant table should be mapped to, using an
+  HYPERVISOR_memory_op hypercall. The memory region is large enough to map
+  the whole grant table (it is larger or equal to gnttab_max_grant_frames()).
+
+- interrupts: the interrupt used by Xen to inject event notifications.
+  A GIC node is also required.
+
+
+Example (assuming #address-cells = <2> and #size-cells = <2>):
+
+hypervisor {
+	compatible = "xen,xen-4.3", "xen,xen";
+	reg = <0 0xb0000000 0 0x20000>;
+	interrupts = <1 15 0xf08>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec4.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec4.txt
index bf57ecd..bd7ce12 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec4.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec4.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@
    -Run Time Integrity Check (RTIC) Node
    -Run Time Integrity Check (RTIC) Memory Node
    -Secure Non-Volatile Storage (SNVS) Node
+   -Secure Non-Volatile Storage (SNVS) Low Power (LP) RTC Node
    -Full Example
 
 NOTE: the SEC 4 is also known as Freescale's Cryptographic Accelerator
@@ -294,6 +295,27 @@
           address and length of the SEC4 configuration
           registers.
 
+   - #address-cells
+       Usage: required
+       Value type: <u32>
+       Definition: A standard property.  Defines the number of cells
+           for representing physical addresses in child nodes.  Must
+           have a value of 1.
+
+   - #size-cells
+       Usage: required
+       Value type: <u32>
+       Definition: A standard property.  Defines the number of cells
+           for representing the size of physical addresses in
+           child nodes.  Must have a value of 1.
+
+   - ranges
+       Usage: required
+       Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+       Definition: A standard property.  Specifies the physical address
+           range of the SNVS register space.  A triplet that includes
+           the child address, parent address, & length.
+
    - interrupts
       Usage: required
       Value type: <prop_encoded-array>
@@ -314,11 +336,34 @@
 	sec_mon@314000 {
 		compatible = "fsl,sec-v4.0-mon";
 		reg = <0x314000 0x1000>;
+		ranges = <0 0x314000 0x1000>;
 		interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
 		interrupts = <93 2>;
 	};
 
 =====================================================================
+Secure Non-Volatile Storage (SNVS) Low Power (LP) RTC Node
+
+  A SNVS child node that defines SNVS LP RTC.
+
+  - compatible
+      Usage: required
+      Value type: <string>
+      Definition: Must include "fsl,sec-v4.0-mon-rtc-lp".
+
+  - reg
+      Usage: required
+      Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+      Definition: A standard property.  Specifies the physical
+          address and length of the SNVS LP configuration registers.
+
+EXAMPLE
+	sec_mon_rtc_lp@314000 {
+		compatible = "fsl,sec-v4.0-mon-rtc-lp";
+		reg = <0x34 0x58>;
+	};
+
+=====================================================================
 FULL EXAMPLE
 
 	crypto: crypto@300000 {
@@ -390,8 +435,14 @@
 	sec_mon: sec_mon@314000 {
 		compatible = "fsl,sec-v4.0-mon";
 		reg = <0x314000 0x1000>;
+		ranges = <0 0x314000 0x1000>;
 		interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
 		interrupts = <93 2>;
+
+		sec_mon_rtc_lp@34 {
+			compatible = "fsl,sec-v4.0-mon-rtc-lp";
+			reg = <0x34 0x58>;
+		};
 	};
 
 =====================================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/mv_cesa.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/mv_cesa.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47229b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/mv_cesa.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+Marvell Cryptographic Engines And Security Accelerator
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : should be "marvell,orion-crypto"
+- reg : base physical address of the engine and length of memory mapped
+        region, followed by base physical address of sram and its memory
+        length
+- reg-names : "regs" , "sram";
+- interrupts : interrupt number
+
+Examples:
+
+	crypto@30000 {
+		compatible = "marvell,orion-crypto";
+		reg = <0x30000 0x10000>,
+		      <0x4000000 0x800>;
+		reg-names = "regs" , "sram";
+		interrupts = <22>;
+		status = "okay";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-fan.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-fan.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2dd457a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-fan.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+Bindings for fan connected to GPIO lines
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "gpio-fan"
+- gpios: Specifies the pins that map to bits in the control value,
+  ordered MSB-->LSB.
+- gpio-fan,speed-map: A mapping of possible fan RPM speeds and the
+  control value that should be set to achieve them. This array
+  must have the RPM values in ascending order.
+
+Optional properties:
+- alarm-gpios: This pin going active indicates something is wrong with
+  the fan, and a udev event will be fired.
+
+Examples:
+
+	gpio_fan {
+		compatible = "gpio-fan";
+		gpios = <&gpio1 14 1
+			 &gpio1 13 1>;
+		gpio-fan,speed-map = <0    0
+				      3000 1
+				      6000 2>;
+		alarm-gpios = <&gpio1 15 1>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mvebu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mvebu.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6f3bec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mvebu.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+* Marvell EBU GPIO controller
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : Should be "marvell,orion-gpio", "marvell,mv78200-gpio"
+  or "marvell,armadaxp-gpio". "marvell,orion-gpio" should be used for
+  Orion, Kirkwood, Dove, Discovery (except MV78200) and Armada
+  370. "marvell,mv78200-gpio" should be used for the Discovery
+  MV78200. "marvel,armadaxp-gpio" should be used for all Armada XP
+  SoCs (MV78230, MV78260, MV78460).
+
+- reg: Address and length of the register set for the device. Only one
+  entry is expected, except for the "marvell,armadaxp-gpio" variant
+  for which two entries are expected: one for the general registers,
+  one for the per-cpu registers.
+
+- interrupts: The list of interrupts that are used for all the pins
+  managed by this GPIO bank. There can be more than one interrupt
+  (example: 1 interrupt per 8 pins on Armada XP, which means 4
+  interrupts per bank of 32 GPIOs).
+
+- interrupt-controller: identifies the node as an interrupt controller
+
+- #interrupt-cells: specifies the number of cells needed to encode an
+  interrupt source. Should be two.
+  The first cell is the GPIO number.
+  The second cell is used to specify flags:
+    bits[3:0] trigger type and level flags:
+      1 = low-to-high edge triggered.
+      2 = high-to-low edge triggered.
+      4 = active high level-sensitive.
+      8 = active low level-sensitive.
+
+- gpio-controller: marks the device node as a gpio controller
+
+- ngpios: number of GPIOs this controller has
+
+- #gpio-cells: Should be two. The first cell is the pin number. The
+  second cell is reserved for flags, unused at the moment.
+
+Example:
+
+		gpio0: gpio@d0018100 {
+			compatible = "marvell,armadaxp-gpio";
+			reg = <0xd0018100 0x40>,
+			    <0xd0018800 0x30>;
+			ngpios = <32>;
+			gpio-controller;
+			#gpio-cells = <2>;
+			interrupt-controller;
+			#interrupt-cells = <2>;
+			interrupts = <16>, <17>, <18>, <19>;
+		};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/atmel-i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/atmel-i2c.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b689a0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/atmel-i2c.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+I2C for Atmel platforms
+
+Required properties :
+- compatible : Must be "atmel,at91rm9200-i2c", "atmel,at91sam9261-i2c",
+     "atmel,at91sam9260-i2c", "atmel,at91sam9g20-i2c", "atmel,at91sam9g10-i2c"
+     or "atmel,at91sam9x5-i2c"
+- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
+     region.
+- interrupts: interrupt number to the cpu.
+- #address-cells = <1>;
+- #size-cells = <0>;
+
+Optional properties:
+- Child nodes conforming to i2c bus binding
+
+Examples :
+
+i2c0: i2c@fff84000 {
+	compatible = "atmel,at91sam9g20-i2c";
+	reg = <0xfff84000 0x100>;
+	interrupts = <12 4 6>;
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <0>;
+
+	24c512@50 {
+		compatible = "24c512";
+		reg = <0x50>;
+		pagesize = <128>;
+	}
+}
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/davinci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/davinci.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2dc935b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/davinci.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+* Texas Instruments Davinci I2C
+
+This file provides information, what the device node for the
+davinci i2c interface contain.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "ti,davinci-i2c";
+- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
+
+Recommended properties :
+- interrupts : standard interrupt property.
+- clock-frequency : desired I2C bus clock frequency in Hz.
+
+Example (enbw_cmc board):
+	i2c@1c22000 {
+		compatible = "ti,davinci-i2c";
+		reg = <0x22000 0x1000>;
+		clock-frequency = <100000>;
+		interrupts = <15>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+
+		dtt@48 {
+			compatible = "national,lm75";
+			reg = <0x48>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mxs.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mxs.txt
index 30ac3a0..7a3fe9e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mxs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mxs.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
 - interrupts: Should contain ERROR and DMA interrupts
 - clock-frequency: Desired I2C bus clock frequency in Hz.
                    Only 100000Hz and 400000Hz modes are supported.
+- fsl,i2c-dma-channel: APBX DMA channel for the I2C
 
 Examples:
 
@@ -16,4 +17,5 @@
 	reg = <0x80058000 2000>;
 	interrupts = <111 68>;
 	clock-frequency = <100000>;
+	fsl,i2c-dma-channel = <6>;
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/nomadik.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/nomadik.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..72065b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/nomadik.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+I2C for Nomadik based systems
+
+Required (non-standard) properties:
+ - Nil
+
+Recommended (non-standard) properties:
+ - clock-frequency : Maximum bus clock frequency for the device
+
+Optional (non-standard) properties:
+ - Nil
+
+Example :
+
+i2c@80004000 {
+        compatible = "stericsson,db8500-i2c", "st,nomadik-i2c";
+        reg = <0x80004000 0x1000>;
+        interrupts = <0 21 0x4>;
+        #address-cells = <1>;
+        #size-cells = <0>;
+        v-i2c-supply = <&db8500_vape_reg>;
+
+        clock-frequency = <400000>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm2835-armctrl-ic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm2835-armctrl-ic.txt
index 548892c..7da578d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm2835-armctrl-ic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm2835-armctrl-ic.txt
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 
 Required properties:
 
-- compatible : should be "brcm,bcm2835-armctrl-ic.txt"
+- compatible : should be "brcm,bcm2835-armctrl-ic"
 - reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers.
 - interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller
 - #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/88pm860x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/88pm860x.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63f3ee3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/88pm860x.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+* Marvell 88PM860x Power Management IC
+
+Required parent device properties:
+- compatible : "marvell,88pm860x"
+- reg : the I2C slave address for the 88pm860x chip
+- interrupts : IRQ line for the 88pm860x chip
+- interrupt-controller: describes the 88pm860x as an interrupt controller (has its own domain)
+- #interrupt-cells : should be 1.
+		- The cell is the 88pm860x local IRQ number
+
+Optional parent device properties:
+- marvell,88pm860x-irq-read-clr: inicates whether interrupt status is cleared by read
+- marvell,88pm860x-slave-addr: 88pm860x are two chips solution. <reg> stores the I2C address
+				of one chip, and this property stores the I2C address of
+				another chip.
+
+88pm860x consists of a large and varied group of sub-devices:
+
+Device			 Supply Names	 Description
+------			 ------------	 -----------
+88pm860x-onkey		:		: On key
+88pm860x-rtc		:		: RTC
+88pm8607		:		: Regulators
+88pm860x-backlight	:		: Backlight
+88pm860x-led		:		: Led
+88pm860x-touch		:		: Touchscreen
+
+Example:
+
+	pmic: 88pm860x@34 {
+		compatible = "marvell,88pm860x";
+		reg = <0x34>;
+		interrupts = <4>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+		#interrupt-cells = <1>;
+
+		marvell,88pm860x-irq-read-clr;
+		marvell,88pm860x-slave-addr = <0x11>;
+
+		regulators {
+			BUCK1 {
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <1000000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <1500000>;
+				regulator-boot-on;
+				regulator-always-on;
+			};
+			LDO1 {
+				regulator-min-microvolt = <1200000>;
+				regulator-max-microvolt = <2800000>;
+				regulator-boot-on;
+				regulator-always-on;
+			};
+		};
+		rtc {
+			marvell,88pm860x-vrtc = <1>;
+		};
+		touch {
+			marvell,88pm860x-gpadc-prebias = <1>;
+			marvell,88pm860x-gpadc-slot-cycle = <1>;
+			marvell,88pm860x-tsi-prebias = <6>;
+			marvell,88pm860x-pen-prebias = <16>;
+			marvell,88pm860x-pen-prechg = <2>;
+			marvell,88pm860x-resistor-X = <300>;
+		};
+		backlights {
+			backlight-0 {
+				marvell,88pm860x-iset = <4>;
+				marvell,88pm860x-pwm = <3>;
+			};
+			backlight-2 {
+			};
+		};
+		leds {
+			led0-red {
+				marvell,88pm860x-iset = <12>;
+			};
+			led0-green {
+				marvell,88pm860x-iset = <12>;
+			};
+			led0-blue {
+				marvell,88pm860x-iset = <12>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/syscon.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/syscon.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe8150b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/syscon.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+* System Controller Registers R/W driver
+
+System controller node represents a register region containing a set
+of miscellaneous registers. The registers are not cohesive enough to
+represent as any specific type of device. The typical use-case is for
+some other node's driver, or platform-specific code, to acquire a
+reference to the syscon node (e.g. by phandle, node path, or search
+using a specific compatible value), interrogate the node (or associated
+OS driver) to determine the location of the registers, and access the
+registers directly.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should contain "syscon".
+- reg: the register region can be accessed from syscon
+
+Examples:
+gpr: iomuxc-gpr@020e0000 {
+	compatible = "fsl,imx6q-iomuxc-gpr", "syscon";
+	reg = <0x020e0000 0x38>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65910.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65910.txt
index db03599..2e33048 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65910.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65910.txt
@@ -59,6 +59,8 @@
   in TPS6591X datasheet)
 - ti,en-gpio-sleep: enable sleep control for gpios
   There should be 9 entries here, one for each gpio.
+- ti,system-power-controller: Telling whether or not this pmic is controlling
+  the system power.
 
 Regulator Optional properties:
 - ti,regulator-ext-sleep-control: enable external sleep
@@ -79,6 +81,8 @@
 		#interrupt-cells = <2>;
 		interrupt-controller;
 
+		ti,system-power-controller;
+
 		ti,vmbch-threshold = 0;
 		ti,vmbch2-threshold = 0;
 		ti,en-ck32k-xtal;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/twl4030-audio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/twl4030-audio.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..414d2ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/twl4030-audio.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+Texas Instruments TWL family (twl4030) audio module
+
+The audio module inside the TWL family consist of an audio codec and a vibra
+driver.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : must be "ti,twl4030-audio"
+
+Optional properties, nodes:
+
+Audio functionality:
+- codec { }: Need to be present if the audio functionality is used. Within this
+	     section the following options can be used:
+- ti,digimic_delay: Delay need after enabling the digimic to reduce artifacts
+		    from the start of the recorded sample (in ms)
+-ti,ramp_delay_value: HS ramp delay configuration to reduce pop noise
+-ti,hs_extmute: Use external mute for HS pop reduction
+-ti,hs_extmute_gpio: Use external GPIO to control the external mute
+-ti,offset_cncl_path: Offset cancellation path selection, refer to TRM for the
+		      valid values.
+
+Vibra functionality
+- ti,enable-vibra: Need to be set to <1> if the vibra functionality is used. if
+		   missing or it is 0, the vibra functionality is disabled.
+
+Example:
+&i2c1 {
+	clock-frequency = <2600000>;
+
+	twl: twl@48 {
+		reg = <0x48>;
+		interrupts = <7>; /* SYS_NIRQ cascaded to intc */
+		interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
+
+		twl_audio: audio {
+			compatible = "ti,twl4030-audio";
+
+			ti,enable-vibra = <1>;
+
+			codec {
+				ti,ramp_delay_value = <3>;
+			};
+
+		};
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/twl6040.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/twl6040.txt
index c855240..0f5dd70 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/twl6040.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/twl6040.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 Texas Instruments TWL6040 family
 
-The TWL6040s are 8-channel high quality low-power audio codecs providing audio
-and vibra functionality on OMAP4+ platforms.
+The TWL6040s are 8-channel high quality low-power audio codecs providing audio,
+vibra and GPO functionality on OMAP4+ platforms.
 They are connected ot the host processor via i2c for commands, McPDM for audio
 data and commands.
 
@@ -10,6 +10,8 @@
 - reg: must be 0x4b for i2c address
 - interrupts: twl6040 has one interrupt line connecteded to the main SoC
 - interrupt-parent: The parent interrupt controller
+- gpio-controller:
+- #gpio-cells = <1>: twl6040 provides GPO lines.
 - twl6040,audpwron-gpio: Power on GPIO line for the twl6040
 
 - vio-supply: Regulator for the twl6040 VIO supply
@@ -37,7 +39,6 @@
 &i2c1 {
 	twl6040: twl@4b {
 		compatible = "ti,twl6040";
-		reg = <0x4b>;
 
 		interrupts = <0 119 4>;
 		interrupt-parent = <&gic>;
@@ -60,3 +61,5 @@
 		};
 	};
 };
+
+/include/ "twl6040.dtsi"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/ifm-csi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/ifm-csi.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5bdfffb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/ifm-csi.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+IFM camera sensor interface on mpc5200 LocalPlus bus
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "ifm,o2d-csi"
+- reg: specifies sensor chip select number and associated address range
+- interrupts: external interrupt line number and interrupt sense mode
+  of the interrupt line signaling frame valid events
+- gpios: three gpio-specifiers for "capture", "reset" and "master enable"
+  GPIOs (strictly in this order).
+- ifm,csi-clk-handle: the phandle to a node in the DT describing the sensor
+  clock generator. This node is usually a general purpose timer controller.
+- ifm,csi-addr-bus-width: address bus width (valid values are 16, 24, 25)
+- ifm,csi-data-bus-width: data bus width (valid values are 8 and 16)
+- ifm,csi-wait-cycles: sensor bus wait cycles
+
+Optional properties:
+- ifm,csi-byte-swap: if this property is present, the byte swapping on
+  the bus will be enabled.
+
+Example:
+
+	csi@3,0 {
+		compatible = "ifm,o2d-csi";
+		reg = <3 0 0x00100000>;		/* CS 3, 1 MiB range */
+		interrupts = <1 1 2>;		/* IRQ1, edge falling */
+
+		ifm,csi-clk-handle = <&timer7>;
+		gpios = <&gpio_simple 23 0	/* image_capture */
+			 &gpio_simple 26 0	/* image_reset */
+			 &gpio_simple 29 0>;	/* image_master_en */
+
+		ifm,csi-addr-bus-width = <24>;
+		ifm,csi-data-bus-width = <8>;
+		ifm,csi-wait-cycles = <0>;
+	};
+
+The base address of the used chip select is specified in the
+ranges property of the parent localbus node, for example:
+
+	ranges = <0 0 0xff000000 0x01000000
+		  3 0 0xe3000000 0x00100000>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/atmel-hsmci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/atmel-hsmci.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a85c70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/atmel-hsmci.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+* Atmel High Speed MultiMedia Card Interface
+
+This controller on atmel products provides an interface for MMC, SD and SDIO
+types of memory cards.
+
+This file documents differences between the core properties described
+by mmc.txt and the properties used by the atmel-mci driver.
+
+1) MCI node
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "atmel,hsmci"
+- #address-cells: should be one. The cell is the slot id.
+- #size-cells: should be zero.
+- at least one slot node
+
+The node contains child nodes for each slot that the platform uses
+
+Example MCI node:
+
+mmc0: mmc@f0008000 {
+	compatible = "atmel,hsmci";
+	reg = <0xf0008000 0x600>;
+	interrupts = <12 4>;
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <0>;
+
+	[ child node definitions...]
+};
+
+2) slot nodes
+
+Required properties:
+- reg: should contain the slot id.
+- bus-width: number of data lines connected to the controller
+
+Optional properties:
+- cd-gpios: specify GPIOs for card detection
+- cd-inverted: invert the value of external card detect gpio line
+- wp-gpios: specify GPIOs for write protection
+
+Example slot node:
+
+slot@0 {
+	reg = <0>;
+	bus-width = <4>;
+	cd-gpios = <&pioD 15 0>
+	cd-inverted;
+};
+
+Example full MCI node:
+mmc0: mmc@f0008000 {
+	compatible = "atmel,hsmci";
+	reg = <0xf0008000 0x600>;
+	interrupts = <12 4>;
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <0>;
+	slot@0 {
+		reg = <0>;
+		bus-width = <4>;
+		cd-gpios = <&pioD 15 0>
+		cd-inverted;
+	};
+	slot@1 {
+		reg = <1>;
+		bus-width = <4>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7927689
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+* Samsung Exynos specific extensions to the Synopsis Designware Mobile
+  Storage Host Controller
+
+The Synopsis designware mobile storage host controller is used to interface
+a SoC with storage medium such as eMMC or SD/MMC cards. This file documents
+differences between the core Synopsis dw mshc controller properties described
+by synposis-dw-mshc.txt and the properties used by the Samsung Exynos specific
+extensions to the Synopsis Designware Mobile Storage Host Controller.
+
+Required Properties:
+
+* compatible: should be
+	- "samsung,exynos4210-dw-mshc": for controllers with Samsung Exynos4210
+	  specific extentions.
+	- "samsung,exynos4412-dw-mshc": for controllers with Samsung Exynos4412
+	  specific extentions.
+	- "samsung,exynos5250-dw-mshc": for controllers with Samsung Exynos5250
+	  specific extentions.
+
+* samsung,dw-mshc-ciu-div: Specifies the divider value for the card interface
+  unit (ciu) clock. This property is applicable only for Exynos5 SoC's and
+  ignored for Exynos4 SoC's. The valid range of divider value is 0 to 7.
+
+* samsung,dw-mshc-sdr-timing: Specifies the value of CIU clock phase shift value
+  in transmit mode and CIU clock phase shift value in receive mode for single
+  data rate mode operation. Refer notes below for the order of the cells and the
+  valid values.
+
+* samsung,dw-mshc-ddr-timing: Specifies the value of CUI clock phase shift value
+  in transmit mode and CIU clock phase shift value in receive mode for double
+  data rate mode operation. Refer notes below for the order of the cells and the
+  valid values.
+
+  Notes for the sdr-timing and ddr-timing values:
+
+    The order of the cells should be
+      - First Cell: CIU clock phase shift value for tx mode.
+      - Second Cell: CIU clock phase shift value for rx mode.
+
+    Valid values for SDR and DDR CIU clock timing for Exynos5250:
+      - valid value for tx phase shift and rx phase shift is 0 to 7.
+      - when CIU clock divider value is set to 3, all possible 8 phase shift
+        values can be used.
+      - if CIU clock divider value is 0 (that is divide by 1), both tx and rx
+        phase shift clocks should be 0.
+
+Required properties for a slot:
+
+* gpios: specifies a list of gpios used for command, clock and data bus. The
+  first gpio is the command line and the second gpio is the clock line. The
+  rest of the gpios (depending on the bus-width property) are the data lines in
+  no particular order. The format of the gpio specifier depends on the gpio
+  controller.
+
+Example:
+
+  The MSHC controller node can be split into two portions, SoC specific and
+  board specific portions as listed below.
+
+	dwmmc0@12200000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5250-dw-mshc";
+		reg = <0x12200000 0x1000>;
+		interrupts = <0 75 0>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+	};
+
+	dwmmc0@12200000 {
+		num-slots = <1>;
+		supports-highspeed;
+		broken-cd;
+		fifo-depth = <0x80>;
+		card-detect-delay = <200>;
+		samsung,dw-mshc-ciu-div = <3>;
+		samsung,dw-mshc-sdr-timing = <2 3>;
+		samsung,dw-mshc-ddr-timing = <1 2>;
+
+		slot@0 {
+			reg = <0>;
+			bus-width = <8>;
+			gpios = <&gpc0 0 2 0 3>, <&gpc0 1 2 0 3>,
+				<&gpc1 0 2 3 3>, <&gpc1 1 2 3 3>,
+				<&gpc1 2 2 3 3>, <&gpc1 3 2 3 3>,
+				<&gpc0 3 2 3 3>, <&gpc0 4 2 3 3>,
+				<&gpc0 5 2 3 3>, <&gpc0 6 2 3 3>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt
index 8a6811f..8e2e0ba 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt
@@ -9,12 +9,17 @@
 Required properties:
 - bus-width: Number of data lines, can be <1>, <4>, or <8>
 
+Card detection:
+If no property below is supplied, standard SDHCI card detect is used.
+Only one of the properties in this section should be supplied:
+  - broken-cd: There is no card detection available; polling must be used.
+  - cd-gpios: Specify GPIOs for card detection, see gpio binding
+  - non-removable: non-removable slot (like eMMC); assume always present.
+
 Optional properties:
-- cd-gpios: Specify GPIOs for card detection, see gpio binding
 - wp-gpios: Specify GPIOs for write protection, see gpio binding
 - cd-inverted: when present, polarity on the cd gpio line is inverted
 - wp-inverted: when present, polarity on the wp gpio line is inverted
-- non-removable: non-removable slot (like eMMC)
 - max-frequency: maximum operating clock frequency
 
 Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/pxa-mmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/pxa-mmc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7025de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/pxa-mmc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+* PXA MMC drivers
+
+Driver bindings for the PXA MCI (MMC/SDIO) interfaces
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "marvell,pxa-mmc".
+- vmmc-supply: A regulator for VMMC
+
+Optional properties:
+- marvell,detect-delay-ms: sets the detection delay timeout in ms.
+- marvell,gpio-power: GPIO spec for the card power enable pin
+
+This file documents differences between the core properties in mmc.txt
+and the properties used by the pxa-mmc driver.
+
+Examples:
+
+mmc0: mmc@41100000 {
+	compatible = "marvell,pxa-mmc";
+	reg = <0x41100000 0x1000>;
+	interrupts = <23>;
+	cd-gpios = <&gpio 23 0>;
+	wp-gpios = <&gpio 24 0>;
+};
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/samsung-sdhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/samsung-sdhci.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..630a7d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/samsung-sdhci.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+* Samsung's SDHCI Controller device tree bindings
+
+Samsung's SDHCI controller is used as a connectivity interface with external
+MMC, SD and eMMC storage mediums. This file documents differences between the
+core mmc properties described by mmc.txt and the properties used by the
+Samsung implmentation of the SDHCI controller.
+
+Note: The mmc core bindings documentation states that if none of the core
+card-detect bindings are used, then the standard sdhci card detect mechanism
+is used. The Samsung's SDHCI controller bindings extends this as listed below.
+
+[A] The property "samsung,cd-pinmux-gpio" can be used as stated in the
+    "Optional Board Specific Properties" section below.
+
+[B] If core card-detect bindings and "samsung,cd-pinmux-gpio" property
+    is not specified, it is assumed that there is no card detection
+    mechanism used.
+
+Required SoC Specific Properties:
+- compatible: should be one of the following
+  - "samsung,s3c6410-sdhci": For controllers compatible with s3c6410 sdhci
+    controller.
+  - "samsung,exynos4210-sdhci": For controllers compatible with Exynos4 sdhci
+    controller.
+
+Required Board Specific Properties:
+- gpios: Should specify the gpios used for clock, command and data lines. The
+  gpio specifier format depends on the gpio controller.
+
+Optional Board Specific Properties:
+- samsung,cd-pinmux-gpio: Specifies the card detect line that is routed
+  through a pinmux to the card-detect pin of the card slot. This property
+  should be used only if none of the mmc core card-detect properties are
+  used.
+
+Example:
+	sdhci@12530000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-sdhci";
+		reg = <0x12530000 0x100>;
+		interrupts = <0 75 0>;
+		bus-width = <4>;
+		cd-gpios = <&gpk2 2 2 3 3>;
+		gpios = <&gpk2 0 2 0 3>,  /* clock line */
+			<&gpk2 1 2 0 3>,  /* command line */
+			<&gpk2 3 2 3 3>,  /* data line 0 */
+			<&gpk2 4 2 3 3>,  /* data line 1 */
+			<&gpk2 5 2 3 3>,  /* data line 2 */
+			<&gpk2 6 2 3 3>;  /* data line 3 */
+	};
+
+	Note: This example shows both SoC specific and board specific properties
+	in a single device node. The properties can be actually be seperated
+	into SoC specific node and board specific node.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-dove.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-dove.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae9aab9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-dove.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+* Marvell sdhci-dove controller
+
+This file documents differences between the core properties in mmc.txt
+and the properties used by the sdhci-pxav2 and sdhci-pxav3 drivers.
+
+- compatible: Should be "marvell,dove-sdhci".
+
+Example:
+
+sdio0: sdio@92000 {
+	compatible = "marvell,dove-sdhci";
+	reg = <0x92000 0x100>;
+	interrupts = <35>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-spear.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-spear.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd3643e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-spear.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+* SPEAr SDHCI Controller
+
+This file documents differences between the core properties in mmc.txt
+and the properties used by the sdhci-spear driver.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "st,spear300-sdhci"
+
+Optional properties:
+- cd-gpios: card detect gpio, with zero flags.
+
+Example:
+
+	sdhci@fc000000 {
+		compatible = "st,spear300-sdhci";
+		reg = <0xfc000000 0x1000>;
+		cd-gpios = <&gpio0 6 0>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/synposis-dw-mshc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/synposis-dw-mshc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06cd32d08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/synposis-dw-mshc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+* Synopsis Designware Mobile Storage Host Controller
+
+The Synopsis designware mobile storage host controller is used to interface
+a SoC with storage medium such as eMMC or SD/MMC cards. This file documents
+differences between the core mmc properties described by mmc.txt and the
+properties used by the Synopsis Designware Mobile Storage Host Controller.
+
+Required Properties:
+
+* compatible: should be
+	- snps,dw-mshc: for controllers compliant with synopsis dw-mshc.
+* #address-cells: should be 1.
+* #size-cells: should be 0.
+
+# Slots: The slot specific information are contained within child-nodes with
+  each child-node representing a supported slot. There should be atleast one
+  child node representing a card slot. The name of the child node representing
+  the slot is recommended to be slot@n where n is the unique number of the slot
+  connnected to the controller. The following are optional properties which
+  can be included in the slot child node.
+
+	* reg: specifies the physical slot number. The valid values of this
+	  property is 0 to (num-slots -1), where num-slots is the value
+	  specified by the num-slots property.
+
+	* bus-width: as documented in mmc core bindings.
+
+	* wp-gpios: specifies the write protect gpio line. The format of the
+	  gpio specifier depends on the gpio controller. If the write-protect
+	  line is not available, this property is optional.
+
+Optional properties:
+
+* num-slots: specifies the number of slots supported by the controller.
+  The number of physical slots actually used could be equal or less than the
+  value specified by num-slots. If this property is not specified, the value
+  of num-slot property is assumed to be 1.
+
+* fifo-depth: The maximum size of the tx/rx fifo's. If this property is not
+  specified, the default value of the fifo size is determined from the
+  controller registers.
+
+* card-detect-delay: Delay in milli-seconds before detecting card after card
+  insert event. The default value is 0.
+
+* supports-highspeed: Enables support for high speed cards (upto 50MHz)
+
+* broken-cd: as documented in mmc core bindings.
+
+Aliases:
+
+- All the MSHC controller nodes should be represented in the aliases node using
+  the following format 'mshc{n}' where n is a unique number for the alias.
+
+Example:
+
+The MSHC controller node can be split into two portions, SoC specific and
+board specific portions as listed below.
+
+	dwmmc0@12200000 {
+		compatible = "snps,dw-mshc";
+		reg = <0x12200000 0x1000>;
+		interrupts = <0 75 0>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+	};
+
+	dwmmc0@12200000 {
+		num-slots = <1>;
+		supports-highspeed;
+		broken-cd;
+		fifo-depth = <0x80>;
+		card-detect-delay = <200>;
+
+		slot@0 {
+			reg = <0>;
+			bus-width = <8>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt
index a200695..d555421 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt
@@ -3,7 +3,9 @@
 Required properties:
 - compatible : "atmel,at91rm9200-nand".
 - reg : should specify localbus address and size used for the chip,
-	and if availlable the ECC.
+	and hardware ECC controller if available.
+	If the hardware ECC is PMECC, it should contain address and size for
+	PMECC, PMECC Error Location controller and ROM which has lookup tables.
 - atmel,nand-addr-offset : offset for the address latch.
 - atmel,nand-cmd-offset : offset for the command latch.
 - #address-cells, #size-cells : Must be present if the device has sub-nodes
@@ -16,6 +18,15 @@
 - nand-ecc-mode : String, operation mode of the NAND ecc mode, soft by default.
   Supported values are: "none", "soft", "hw", "hw_syndrome", "hw_oob_first",
   "soft_bch".
+- atmel,has-pmecc : boolean to enable Programmable Multibit ECC hardware.
+  Only supported by at91sam9x5 or later sam9 product.
+- atmel,pmecc-cap : error correct capability for Programmable Multibit ECC
+  Controller. Supported values are: 2, 4, 8, 12, 24.
+- atmel,pmecc-sector-size : sector size for ECC computation. Supported values
+  are: 512, 1024.
+- atmel,pmecc-lookup-table-offset : includes two offsets of lookup table in ROM
+  for different sector size. First one is for sector size 512, the next is for
+  sector size 1024.
 - nand-bus-width : 8 or 16 bus width if not present 8
 - nand-on-flash-bbt: boolean to enable on flash bbt option if not present false
 
@@ -39,3 +50,30 @@
 		...
 	};
 };
+
+/* for PMECC supported chips */
+nand0: nand@40000000 {
+	compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-nand";
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <1>;
+	reg = < 0x40000000 0x10000000	/* bus addr & size */
+		0xffffe000 0x00000600	/* PMECC addr & size */
+		0xffffe600 0x00000200	/* PMECC ERRLOC addr & size */
+		0x00100000 0x00100000	/* ROM addr & size */
+		>;
+	atmel,nand-addr-offset = <21>;	/* ale */
+	atmel,nand-cmd-offset = <22>;	/* cle */
+	nand-on-flash-bbt;
+	nand-ecc-mode = "hw";
+	atmel,has-pmecc;	/* enable PMECC */
+	atmel,pmecc-cap = <2>;
+	atmel,pmecc-sector-size = <512>;
+	atmel,pmecc-lookup-table-offset = <0x8000 0x10000>;
+	gpios = <&pioD 5 0	/* rdy */
+		 &pioD 4 0	/* nce */
+		 0		/* cd */
+		>;
+	partition@0 {
+		...
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmi-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmi-nand.txt
index 1a5bbd3..3fb3f901 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmi-nand.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmi-nand.txt
@@ -12,6 +12,10 @@
   - interrupt-names : The interrupt names "gpmi-dma", "bch";
   - fsl,gpmi-dma-channel : Should contain the dma channel it uses.
 
+Optional properties:
+  - nand-on-flash-bbt: boolean to enable on flash bbt option if not
+                       present false
+
 The device tree may optionally contain sub-nodes describing partitions of the
 address space. See partition.txt for more detail.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/lpc32xx-mlc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/lpc32xx-mlc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d0a3725
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/lpc32xx-mlc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+NXP LPC32xx SoC NAND MLC controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "nxp,lpc3220-mlc"
+- reg: Address and size of the controller
+- interrupts: The NAND interrupt specification
+- gpios: GPIO specification for NAND write protect
+
+The following required properties are very controller specific. See the LPC32xx
+User Manual 7.5.14 MLC NAND Timing Register (the values here are specified in
+Hz, to make them independent of actual clock speed and to provide for good
+accuracy:)
+- nxp,tcea_delay: TCEA_DELAY
+- nxp,busy_delay: BUSY_DELAY
+- nxp,nand_ta: NAND_TA
+- nxp,rd_high: RD_HIGH
+- nxp,rd_low: RD_LOW
+- nxp,wr_high: WR_HIGH
+- nxp,wr_low: WR_LOW
+
+Optional subnodes:
+- Partitions, see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partition.txt
+
+Example:
+
+	mlc: flash@200A8000 {
+		compatible = "nxp,lpc3220-mlc";
+		reg = <0x200A8000 0x11000>;
+		interrupts = <11 0>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+
+		nxp,tcea-delay = <333333333>;
+		nxp,busy-delay = <10000000>;
+		nxp,nand-ta = <18181818>;
+		nxp,rd-high = <31250000>;
+		nxp,rd-low = <45454545>;
+		nxp,wr-high = <40000000>;
+		nxp,wr-low = <83333333>;
+		gpios = <&gpio 5 19 1>; /* GPO_P3 19, active low */
+
+		mtd0@00000000 {
+			label = "boot";
+			reg = <0x00000000 0x00064000>;
+			read-only;
+		};
+
+		...
+
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/lpc32xx-slc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/lpc32xx-slc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d94edc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/lpc32xx-slc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+NXP LPC32xx SoC NAND SLC controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "nxp,lpc3220-slc"
+- reg: Address and size of the controller
+- nand-on-flash-bbt: Use bad block table on flash
+- gpios: GPIO specification for NAND write protect
+
+The following required properties are very controller specific. See the LPC32xx
+User Manual:
+- nxp,wdr-clks: Delay before Ready signal is tested on write (W_RDY)
+- nxp,rdr-clks: Delay before Ready signal is tested on read (R_RDY)
+(The following values are specified in Hz, to make them independent of actual
+clock speed:)
+- nxp,wwidth: Write pulse width (W_WIDTH)
+- nxp,whold: Write hold time (W_HOLD)
+- nxp,wsetup: Write setup time (W_SETUP)
+- nxp,rwidth: Read pulse width (R_WIDTH)
+- nxp,rhold: Read hold time (R_HOLD)
+- nxp,rsetup: Read setup time (R_SETUP)
+
+Optional subnodes:
+- Partitions, see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partition.txt
+
+Example:
+
+	slc: flash@20020000 {
+		compatible = "nxp,lpc3220-slc";
+		reg = <0x20020000 0x1000>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+
+		nxp,wdr-clks = <14>;
+		nxp,wwidth = <40000000>;
+		nxp,whold = <100000000>;
+		nxp,wsetup = <100000000>;
+		nxp,rdr-clks = <14>;
+		nxp,rwidth = <40000000>;
+		nxp,rhold = <66666666>;
+		nxp,rsetup = <100000000>;
+		nand-on-flash-bbt;
+		gpios = <&gpio 5 19 1>; /* GPO_P3 19, active low */
+
+		mtd0@00000000 {
+			label = "phy3250-boot";
+			reg = <0x00000000 0x00064000>;
+			read-only;
+		};
+
+		...
+
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt
index a63c2bd7..94de19b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt
@@ -16,6 +16,13 @@
  - #address-cells, #size-cells : Must be present if the device has
    sub-nodes representing partitions (see below).  In this case
    both #address-cells and #size-cells must be equal to 1.
+ - no-unaligned-direct-access: boolean to disable the default direct
+   mapping of the flash.
+   On some platforms (e.g. MPC5200) a direct 1:1 mapping may cause
+   problems with JFFS2 usage, as the local bus (LPB) doesn't support
+   unaligned accesses as implemented in the JFFS2 code via memcpy().
+   By defining "no-unaligned-direct-access", the flash will not be
+   exposed directly to the MTD users (e.g. JFFS2) any more.
 
 For JEDEC compatible devices, the following additional properties
 are defined:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/lantiq,falcon-pinumx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/lantiq,falcon-pinumx.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..daa7689
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/lantiq,falcon-pinumx.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+Lantiq FALCON pinmux controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "lantiq,pinctrl-falcon"
+- reg: Should contain the physical address and length of the gpio/pinmux
+  register range
+
+Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the
+common pinctrl bindings used by client devices, including the meaning of the
+phrase "pin configuration node".
+
+Lantiq's pin configuration nodes act as a container for an abitrary number of
+subnodes. Each of these subnodes represents some desired configuration for a
+pin, a group, or a list of pins or groups. This configuration can include the
+mux function to select on those group(s), and two pin configuration parameters:
+pull-up and open-drain
+
+The name of each subnode is not important as long as it is unique; all subnodes
+should be enumerated and processed purely based on their content.
+
+Each subnode only affects those parameters that are explicitly listed. In
+other words, a subnode that lists a mux function but no pin configuration
+parameters implies no information about any pin configuration parameters.
+Similarly, a pin subnode that describes a pullup parameter implies no
+information about e.g. the mux function.
+
+We support 2 types of nodes.
+
+Definition of mux function groups:
+
+Required subnode-properties:
+- lantiq,groups : An array of strings. Each string contains the name of a group.
+  Valid values for these names are listed below.
+- lantiq,function: A string containing the name of the function to mux to the
+  group. Valid values for function names are listed below.
+
+Valid values for group and function names:
+
+  mux groups:
+    por, ntr, ntr8k, hrst, mdio, bootled, asc0, spi, spi cs0, spi cs1, i2c,
+    jtag, slic, pcm, asc1
+
+  functions:
+    rst, ntr, mdio, led, asc, spi, i2c, jtag, slic, pcm
+
+
+Definition of pin configurations:
+
+Required subnode-properties:
+- lantiq,pins : An array of strings. Each string contains the name of a pin.
+  Valid values for these names are listed below.
+
+Optional subnode-properties:
+- lantiq,pull: Integer, representing the pull-down/up to apply to the pin.
+    0: none, 1: down
+- lantiq,drive-current: Boolean, enables drive-current
+- lantiq,slew-rate: Boolean, enables slew-rate
+
+Example:
+	pinmux0 {
+		compatible = "lantiq,pinctrl-falcon";
+		pinctrl-names = "default";
+		pinctrl-0 = <&state_default>;
+
+		state_default: pinmux {
+			asc0 {
+				lantiq,groups = "asc0";
+				lantiq,function = "asc";
+			};
+			ntr {
+				lantiq,groups = "ntr8k";
+				lantiq,function = "ntr";
+			};
+			i2c {
+				lantiq,groups = "i2c";
+				lantiq,function = "i2c";
+			};
+			hrst {
+				lantiq,groups = "hrst";
+				lantiq,function = "rst";
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/lantiq,xway-pinumx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/lantiq,xway-pinumx.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b5469db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/lantiq,xway-pinumx.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+Lantiq XWAY pinmux controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "lantiq,pinctrl-xway" or "lantiq,pinctrl-xr9"
+- reg: Should contain the physical address and length of the gpio/pinmux
+  register range
+
+Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the
+common pinctrl bindings used by client devices, including the meaning of the
+phrase "pin configuration node".
+
+Lantiq's pin configuration nodes act as a container for an abitrary number of
+subnodes. Each of these subnodes represents some desired configuration for a
+pin, a group, or a list of pins or groups. This configuration can include the
+mux function to select on those group(s), and two pin configuration parameters:
+pull-up and open-drain
+
+The name of each subnode is not important as long as it is unique; all subnodes
+should be enumerated and processed purely based on their content.
+
+Each subnode only affects those parameters that are explicitly listed. In
+other words, a subnode that lists a mux function but no pin configuration
+parameters implies no information about any pin configuration parameters.
+Similarly, a pin subnode that describes a pullup parameter implies no
+information about e.g. the mux function.
+
+We support 2 types of nodes.
+
+Definition of mux function groups:
+
+Required subnode-properties:
+- lantiq,groups : An array of strings. Each string contains the name of a group.
+  Valid values for these names are listed below.
+- lantiq,function: A string containing the name of the function to mux to the
+  group. Valid values for function names are listed below.
+
+Valid values for group and function names:
+
+  mux groups:
+    exin0, exin1, exin2, jtag, ebu a23, ebu a24, ebu a25, ebu clk, ebu cs1,
+    ebu wait, nand ale, nand cs1, nand cle, spi, spi_cs1, spi_cs2, spi_cs3,
+    spi_cs4, spi_cs5, spi_cs6, asc0, asc0 cts rts, stp, nmi , gpt1, gpt2,
+    gpt3, clkout0, clkout1, clkout2, clkout3, gnt1, gnt2, gnt3, req1, req2,
+    req3
+
+  additional mux groups (XR9 only):
+    mdio, nand rdy, nand rd, exin3, exin4, gnt4, req4
+
+  functions:
+    spi, asc, cgu, jtag, exin, stp, gpt, nmi, pci, ebu, mdio
+
+
+
+Definition of pin configurations:
+
+Required subnode-properties:
+- lantiq,pins : An array of strings. Each string contains the name of a pin.
+  Valid values for these names are listed below.
+
+Optional subnode-properties:
+- lantiq,pull: Integer, representing the pull-down/up to apply to the pin.
+    0: none, 1: down, 2: up.
+- lantiq,open-drain: Boolean, enables open-drain on the defined pin.
+
+Valid values for XWAY pin names:
+  Pinconf pins can be referenced via the names io0-io31.
+
+Valid values for XR9 pin names:
+  Pinconf pins can be referenced via the names io0-io55.
+
+Example:
+	gpio: pinmux@E100B10 {
+		compatible = "lantiq,pinctrl-xway";
+		pinctrl-names = "default";
+		pinctrl-0 = <&state_default>;
+
+		#gpio-cells = <2>;
+		gpio-controller;
+		reg = <0xE100B10 0xA0>;
+
+		state_default: pinmux {
+			stp {
+				lantiq,groups = "stp";
+				lantiq,function = "stp";
+			};
+			pci {
+				lantiq,groups = "gnt1";
+				lantiq,function = "pci";
+			};
+			conf_out {
+				lantiq,pins = "io4", "io5", "io6"; /* stp */
+				lantiq,open-drain;
+				lantiq,pull = <0>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-370-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-370-pinctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01ef408
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-370-pinctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+* Marvell Armada 370 SoC pinctrl driver for mpp
+
+Please refer to marvell,mvebu-pinctrl.txt in this directory for common binding
+part and usage.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "marvell,88f6710-pinctrl"
+
+Available mpp pins/groups and functions:
+Note: brackets (x) are not part of the mpp name for marvell,function and given
+only for more detailed description in this document.
+
+name          pins     functions
+================================================================================
+mpp0          0        gpio, uart0(rxd)
+mpp1          1        gpo, uart0(txd)
+mpp2          2        gpio, i2c0(sck), uart0(txd)
+mpp3          3        gpio, i2c0(sda), uart0(rxd)
+mpp4          4        gpio, cpu_pd(vdd)
+mpp5          5        gpo, ge0(txclko), uart1(txd), spi1(clk), audio(mclk)
+mpp6          6        gpio, ge0(txd0), sata0(prsnt), tdm(rst), audio(sdo)
+mpp7          7        gpo, ge0(txd1), tdm(tdx), audio(lrclk)
+mpp8          8        gpio, ge0(txd2), uart0(rts), tdm(drx), audio(bclk)
+mpp9          9        gpo, ge0(txd3), uart1(txd), sd0(clk), audio(spdifo)
+mpp10         10       gpio, ge0(txctl), uart0(cts), tdm(fsync), audio(sdi)
+mpp11         11       gpio, ge0(rxd0), uart1(rxd), sd0(cmd), spi0(cs1),
+                       sata1(prsnt), spi1(cs1)
+mpp12         12       gpio, ge0(rxd1), i2c1(sda), sd0(d0), spi1(cs0),
+                       audio(spdifi)
+mpp13         13       gpio, ge0(rxd2), i2c1(sck), sd0(d1), tdm(pclk),
+                       audio(rmclk)
+mpp14         14       gpio, ge0(rxd3), pcie(clkreq0), sd0(d2), spi1(mosi),
+                       spi0(cs2)
+mpp15         15       gpio, ge0(rxctl), pcie(clkreq1), sd0(d3), spi1(miso),
+                       spi0(cs3)
+mpp16         16       gpio, ge0(rxclk), uart1(rxd), tdm(int), audio(extclk)
+mpp17         17       gpo, ge(mdc)
+mpp18         18       gpio, ge(mdio)
+mpp19         19       gpio, ge0(txclk), ge1(txclkout), tdm(pclk)
+mpp20         20       gpo, ge0(txd4), ge1(txd0)
+mpp21         21       gpo, ge0(txd5), ge1(txd1), uart1(txd)
+mpp22         22       gpo, ge0(txd6), ge1(txd2), uart0(rts)
+mpp23         23       gpo, ge0(txd7), ge1(txd3), spi1(mosi)
+mpp24         24       gpio, ge0(col), ge1(txctl), spi1(cs0)
+mpp25         25       gpio, ge0(rxerr), ge1(rxd0), uart1(rxd)
+mpp26         26       gpio, ge0(crs), ge1(rxd1), spi1(miso)
+mpp27         27       gpio, ge0(rxd4), ge1(rxd2), uart0(cts)
+mpp28         28       gpio, ge0(rxd5), ge1(rxd3)
+mpp29         29       gpio, ge0(rxd6), ge1(rxctl), i2c1(sda)
+mpp30         30       gpio, ge0(rxd7), ge1(rxclk), i2c1(sck)
+mpp31         31       gpio, tclk, ge0(txerr)
+mpp32         32       gpio, spi0(cs0)
+mpp33         33       gpio, dev(bootcs), spi0(cs0)
+mpp34         34       gpo, dev(wen0), spi0(mosi)
+mpp35         35       gpo, dev(oen), spi0(sck)
+mpp36         36       gpo, dev(a1), spi0(miso)
+mpp37         37       gpo, dev(a0), sata0(prsnt)
+mpp38         38       gpio, dev(ready), uart1(cts), uart0(cts)
+mpp39         39       gpo, dev(ad0), audio(spdifo)
+mpp40         40       gpio, dev(ad1), uart1(rts), uart0(rts)
+mpp41         41       gpio, dev(ad2), uart1(rxd)
+mpp42         42       gpo, dev(ad3), uart1(txd)
+mpp43         43       gpo, dev(ad4), audio(bclk)
+mpp44         44       gpo, dev(ad5), audio(mclk)
+mpp45         45       gpo, dev(ad6), audio(lrclk)
+mpp46         46       gpo, dev(ad7), audio(sdo)
+mpp47         47       gpo, dev(ad8), sd0(clk), audio(spdifo)
+mpp48         48       gpio, dev(ad9), uart0(rts), sd0(cmd), sata1(prsnt),
+                       spi0(cs1)
+mpp49         49       gpio, dev(ad10), pcie(clkreq1), sd0(d0), spi1(cs0),
+                       audio(spdifi)
+mpp50         50       gpio, dev(ad11), uart0(cts), sd0(d1), spi1(miso),
+                       audio(rmclk)
+mpp51         51       gpio, dev(ad12), i2c1(sda), sd0(d2), spi1(mosi)
+mpp52         52       gpio, dev(ad13), i2c1(sck), sd0(d3), spi1(sck)
+mpp53         53       gpio, dev(ad14), sd0(clk), tdm(pclk), spi0(cs2),
+                       pcie(clkreq1)
+mpp54         54       gpo, dev(ad15), tdm(dtx)
+mpp55         55       gpio, dev(cs1), uart1(txd), tdm(rst), sata1(prsnt),
+                       sata0(prsnt)
+mpp56         56       gpio, dev(cs2), uart1(cts), uart0(cts), spi0(cs3),
+                       pcie(clkreq0), spi1(cs1)
+mpp57         57       gpio, dev(cs3), uart1(rxd), tdm(fsync), sata0(prsnt),
+                       audio(sdo)
+mpp58         58       gpio, dev(cs0), uart1(rts), tdm(int), audio(extclk),
+                       uart0(rts)
+mpp59         59       gpo, dev(ale0), uart1(rts), uart0(rts), audio(bclk)
+mpp60         60       gpio, dev(ale1), uart1(rxd), sata0(prsnt), pcie(rst-out),
+                       audio(sdi)
+mpp61         61       gpo, dev(wen1), uart1(txd), audio(rclk)
+mpp62         62       gpio, dev(a2), uart1(cts), tdm(drx), pcie(clkreq0),
+                       audio(mclk), uart0(cts)
+mpp63         63       gpo, spi0(sck), tclk
+mpp64         64       gpio, spi0(miso), spi0-1(cs1)
+mpp65         65       gpio, spi0(mosi), spi0-1(cs2)
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-xp-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-xp-pinctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bfa0a2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-xp-pinctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+* Marvell Armada XP SoC pinctrl driver for mpp
+
+Please refer to marvell,mvebu-pinctrl.txt in this directory for common binding
+part and usage.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "marvell,mv78230-pinctrl", "marvell,mv78260-pinctrl",
+              "marvell,mv78460-pinctrl"
+
+This driver supports all Armada XP variants, i.e. mv78230, mv78260, and mv78460.
+
+Available mpp pins/groups and functions:
+Note: brackets (x) are not part of the mpp name for marvell,function and given
+only for more detailed description in this document.
+
+* Marvell Armada XP (all variants)
+
+name          pins     functions
+================================================================================
+mpp0          0        gpio, ge0(txclko), lcd(d0)
+mpp1          1        gpio, ge0(txd0), lcd(d1)
+mpp2          2        gpio, ge0(txd1), lcd(d2)
+mpp3          3        gpio, ge0(txd2), lcd(d3)
+mpp4          4        gpio, ge0(txd3), lcd(d4)
+mpp5          5        gpio, ge0(txctl), lcd(d5)
+mpp6          6        gpio, ge0(rxd0), lcd(d6)
+mpp7          7        gpio, ge0(rxd1), lcd(d7)
+mpp8          8        gpio, ge0(rxd2), lcd(d8)
+mpp9          9        gpio, ge0(rxd3), lcd(d9)
+mpp10         10       gpio, ge0(rxctl), lcd(d10)
+mpp11         11       gpio, ge0(rxclk), lcd(d11)
+mpp12         12       gpio, ge0(txd4), ge1(txd0), lcd(d12)
+mpp13         13       gpio, ge0(txd5), ge1(txd1), lcd(d13)
+mpp14         14       gpio, ge0(txd6), ge1(txd2), lcd(d15)
+mpp15         15       gpio, ge0(txd7), ge1(txd3), lcd(d16)
+mpp16         16       gpio, ge0(txd7), ge1(txd3), lcd(d16)
+mpp17         17       gpio, ge0(col), ge1(txctl), lcd(d17)
+mpp18         18       gpio, ge0(rxerr), ge1(rxd0), lcd(d18), ptp(trig)
+mpp19         19       gpio, ge0(crs), ge1(rxd1), lcd(d19), ptp(evreq)
+mpp20         20       gpio, ge0(rxd4), ge1(rxd2), lcd(d20), ptp(clk)
+mpp21         21       gpio, ge0(rxd5), ge1(rxd3), lcd(d21), mem(bat)
+mpp22         22       gpio, ge0(rxd6), ge1(rxctl), lcd(d22), sata0(prsnt)
+mpp23         23       gpio, ge0(rxd7), ge1(rxclk), lcd(d23), sata1(prsnt)
+mpp24         24       gpio, lcd(hsync), sata1(prsnt), nf(bootcs-re), tdm(rst)
+mpp25         25       gpio, lcd(vsync), sata0(prsnt), nf(bootcs-we), tdm(pclk)
+mpp26         26       gpio, lcd(clk), tdm(fsync), vdd(cpu1-pd)
+mpp27         27       gpio, lcd(e), tdm(dtx), ptp(trig)
+mpp28         28       gpio, lcd(pwm), tdm(drx), ptp(evreq)
+mpp29         29       gpio, lcd(ref-clk), tdm(int0), ptp(clk), vdd(cpu0-pd)
+mpp30         30       gpio, tdm(int1), sd0(clk)
+mpp31         31       gpio, tdm(int2), sd0(cmd), vdd(cpu0-pd)
+mpp32         32       gpio, tdm(int3), sd0(d0), vdd(cpu1-pd)
+mpp33         33       gpio, tdm(int4), sd0(d1), mem(bat)
+mpp34         34       gpio, tdm(int5), sd0(d2), sata0(prsnt)
+mpp35         35       gpio, tdm(int6), sd0(d3), sata1(prsnt)
+mpp36         36       gpio, spi(mosi)
+mpp37         37       gpio, spi(miso)
+mpp38         38       gpio, spi(sck)
+mpp39         39       gpio, spi(cs0)
+mpp40         40       gpio, spi(cs1), uart2(cts), lcd(vga-hsync), vdd(cpu1-pd),
+                       pcie(clkreq0)
+mpp41         41       gpio, spi(cs2), uart2(rts), lcd(vga-vsync), sata1(prsnt),
+                       pcie(clkreq1)
+mpp42         42       gpio, uart2(rxd), uart0(cts), tdm(int7), tdm-1(timer),
+                       vdd(cpu0-pd)
+mpp43         43       gpio, uart2(txd), uart0(rts), spi(cs3), pcie(rstout),
+                       vdd(cpu2-3-pd){1}
+mpp44         44       gpio, uart2(cts), uart3(rxd), spi(cs4), pcie(clkreq2),
+                       mem(bat)
+mpp45         45       gpio, uart2(rts), uart3(txd), spi(cs5), sata1(prsnt)
+mpp46         46       gpio, uart3(rts), uart1(rts), spi(cs6), sata0(prsnt)
+mpp47         47       gpio, uart3(cts), uart1(cts), spi(cs7), pcie(clkreq3),
+                       ref(clkout)
+mpp48         48       gpio, tclk, dev(burst/last)
+
+* Marvell Armada XP (mv78260 and mv78460 only)
+
+name          pins     functions
+================================================================================
+mpp49         49       gpio, dev(we3)
+mpp50         50       gpio, dev(we2)
+mpp51         51       gpio, dev(ad16)
+mpp52         52       gpio, dev(ad17)
+mpp53         53       gpio, dev(ad18)
+mpp54         54       gpio, dev(ad19)
+mpp55         55       gpio, dev(ad20), vdd(cpu0-pd)
+mpp56         56       gpio, dev(ad21), vdd(cpu1-pd)
+mpp57         57       gpio, dev(ad22), vdd(cpu2-3-pd){1}
+mpp58         58       gpio, dev(ad23)
+mpp59         59       gpio, dev(ad24)
+mpp60         60       gpio, dev(ad25)
+mpp61         61       gpio, dev(ad26)
+mpp62         62       gpio, dev(ad27)
+mpp63         63       gpio, dev(ad28)
+mpp64         64       gpio, dev(ad29)
+mpp65         65       gpio, dev(ad30)
+mpp66         66       gpio, dev(ad31)
+
+Notes:
+* {1} vdd(cpu2-3-pd) only available on mv78460.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,dove-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,dove-pinctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a648aaa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,dove-pinctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+* Marvell Dove SoC pinctrl driver for mpp
+
+Please refer to marvell,mvebu-pinctrl.txt in this directory for common binding
+part and usage.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "marvell,dove-pinctrl"
+- clocks: (optional) phandle of pdma clock
+
+Available mpp pins/groups and functions:
+Note: brackets (x) are not part of the mpp name for marvell,function and given
+only for more detailed description in this document.
+
+name          pins     functions
+================================================================================
+mpp0          0        gpio, pmu, uart2(rts), sdio0(cd), lcd0(pwm)
+mpp1          1        gpio, pmu, uart2(cts), sdio0(wp), lcd1(pwm)
+mpp2          2        gpio, pmu, uart2(txd), sdio0(buspwr), sata(prsnt),
+                       uart1(rts)
+mpp3          3        gpio, pmu, uart2(rxd), sdio0(ledctrl), sata(act),
+                       uart1(cts), lcd-spi(cs1)
+mpp4          4        gpio, pmu, uart3(rts), sdio1(cd), spi1(miso)
+mpp5          5        gpio, pmu, uart3(cts), sdio1(wp), spi1(cs)
+mpp6          6        gpio, pmu, uart3(txd), sdio1(buspwr), spi1(mosi)
+mpp7          7        gpio, pmu, uart3(rxd), sdio1(ledctrl), spi1(sck)
+mpp8          8        gpio, pmu, watchdog(rstout)
+mpp9          9        gpio, pmu, pex1(clkreq)
+mpp10         10       gpio, pmu, ssp(sclk)
+mpp11         11       gpio, pmu, sata(prsnt), sata-1(act), sdio0(ledctrl),
+                       sdio1(ledctrl), pex0(clkreq)
+mpp12         12       gpio, pmu, uart2(rts), audio0(extclk), sdio1(cd), sata(act)
+mpp13         13       gpio, pmu, uart2(cts), audio1(extclk), sdio1(wp),
+                       ssp(extclk)
+mpp14         14       gpio, pmu, uart2(txd), sdio1(buspwr), ssp(rxd)
+mpp15         15       gpio, pmu, uart2(rxd), sdio1(ledctrl), ssp(sfrm)
+mpp16         16       gpio, uart3(rts), sdio0(cd), ac97(sdi1), lcd-spi(cs1)
+mpp17         17       gpio, uart3(cts), sdio0(wp), ac97(sdi2), twsi(sda),
+                       ac97-1(sysclko)
+mpp18         18       gpio, uart3(txd), sdio0(buspwr), ac97(sdi3), lcd0(pwm)
+mpp19         19       gpio, uart3(rxd), sdio0(ledctrl), twsi(sck)
+mpp20         20       gpio, sdio0(cd), sdio1(cd), spi1(miso), lcd-spi(miso),
+                       ac97(sysclko)
+mpp21         21       gpio, sdio0(wp), sdio1(wp), spi1(cs), lcd-spi(cs0),
+                       uart1(cts), ssp(sfrm)
+mpp22         22       gpio, sdio0(buspwr), sdio1(buspwr), spi1(mosi),
+                       lcd-spi(mosi), uart1(cts), ssp(txd)
+mpp23         23       gpio, sdio0(ledctrl), sdio1(ledctrl), spi1(sck),
+                       lcd-spi(sck), ssp(sclk)
+mpp_camera    24-39    gpio, camera
+mpp_sdio0     40-45    gpio, sdio0
+mpp_sdio1     46-51    gpio, sdio1
+mpp_audio1    52-57    gpio, i2s1/spdifo, i2s1, spdifo, twsi, ssp/spdifo, ssp,
+                       ssp/twsi
+mpp_spi0      58-61    gpio, spi0
+mpp_uart1     62-63    gpio, uart1
+mpp_nand      64-71    gpo, nand
+audio0        -        i2s, ac97
+twsi          -        none, opt1, opt2, opt3
+
+Notes:
+* group "mpp_audio1" allows the following functions and gpio pins:
+  - gpio          : gpio on pins 52-57
+  - i2s1/spdifo   : audio1 i2s on pins 52-55 and spdifo on 57, no gpios
+  - i2s1          : audio1 i2s on pins 52-55, gpio on pins 56,57
+  - spdifo        : spdifo on pin 57, gpio on pins 52-55
+  - twsi          : twsi on pins 56,57, gpio on pins 52-55
+  - ssp/spdifo    : ssp on pins 52-55, spdifo on pin 57, no gpios
+  - ssp           : ssp on pins 52-55, gpio on pins 56,57
+  - ssp/twsi      : ssp on pins 52-55, twsi on pins 56,57, no gpios
+* group "audio0" internally muxes i2s0 or ac97 controller to the dedicated
+  audio0 pins.
+* group "twsi" internally muxes twsi controller to the dedicated or option pins.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,kirkwood-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,kirkwood-pinctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..361bccb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,kirkwood-pinctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
+* Marvell Kirkwood SoC pinctrl driver for mpp
+
+Please refer to marvell,mvebu-pinctrl.txt in this directory for common binding
+part and usage.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "marvell,88f6180-pinctrl",
+              "marvell,88f6190-pinctrl", "marvell,88f6192-pinctrl",
+              "marvell,88f6281-pinctrl", "marvell,88f6282-pinctrl"
+
+This driver supports all kirkwood variants, i.e. 88f6180, 88f619x, and 88f628x.
+
+Available mpp pins/groups and functions:
+Note: brackets (x) are not part of the mpp name for marvell,function and given
+only for more detailed description in this document.
+
+* Marvell Kirkwood 88f6180
+
+name          pins     functions
+================================================================================
+mpp0          0        gpio, nand(io2), spi(cs)
+mpp1          1        gpo, nand(io3), spi(mosi)
+mpp2          2        gpo, nand(io4), spi(sck)
+mpp3          3        gpo, nand(io5), spi(miso)
+mpp4          4        gpio, nand(io6), uart0(rxd), ptp(clk)
+mpp5          5        gpo, nand(io7), uart0(txd), ptp(trig)
+mpp6          6        sysrst(out), spi(mosi), ptp(trig)
+mpp7          7        gpo, pex(rsto), spi(cs), ptp(trig)
+mpp8          8        gpio, twsi0(sda), uart0(rts), uart1(rts), ptp(clk),
+                       mii(col)
+mpp9          9        gpio, twsi(sck), uart0(cts), uart1(cts), ptp(evreq),
+                       mii(crs)
+mpp10         10       gpo, spi(sck), uart0(txd), ptp(trig)
+mpp11         11       gpio, spi(miso), uart0(rxd), ptp(clk), ptp-1(evreq),
+                       ptp-2(trig)
+mpp12         12       gpo, sdio(clk)
+mpp13         13       gpio, sdio(cmd), uart1(txd)
+mpp14         14       gpio, sdio(d0), uart1(rxd), mii(col)
+mpp15         15       gpio, sdio(d1), uart0(rts), uart1(txd)
+mpp16         16       gpio, sdio(d2), uart0(cts), uart1(rxd), mii(crs)
+mpp17         17       gpio, sdio(d3)
+mpp18         18       gpo, nand(io0)
+mpp19         19       gpo, nand(io1)
+mpp20         20       gpio, mii(rxerr)
+mpp21         21       gpio, audio(spdifi)
+mpp22         22       gpio, audio(spdifo)
+mpp23         23       gpio, audio(rmclk)
+mpp24         24       gpio, audio(bclk)
+mpp25         25       gpio, audio(sdo)
+mpp26         26       gpio, audio(lrclk)
+mpp27         27       gpio, audio(mclk)
+mpp28         28       gpio, audio(sdi)
+mpp29         29       gpio, audio(extclk)
+
+* Marvell Kirkwood 88f6190
+
+name          pins     functions
+================================================================================
+mpp0          0        gpio, nand(io2), spi(cs)
+mpp1          1        gpo, nand(io3), spi(mosi)
+mpp2          2        gpo, nand(io4), spi(sck)
+mpp3          3        gpo, nand(io5), spi(miso)
+mpp4          4        gpio, nand(io6), uart0(rxd), ptp(clk)
+mpp5          5        gpo, nand(io7), uart0(txd), ptp(trig), sata0(act)
+mpp6          6        sysrst(out), spi(mosi), ptp(trig)
+mpp7          7        gpo, pex(rsto), spi(cs), ptp(trig)
+mpp8          8        gpio, twsi0(sda), uart0(rts), uart1(rts), ptp(clk),
+                       mii(col), mii-1(rxerr)
+mpp9          9        gpio, twsi(sck), uart0(cts), uart1(cts), ptp(evreq),
+                       mii(crs), sata0(prsnt)
+mpp10         10       gpo, spi(sck), uart0(txd), ptp(trig)
+mpp11         11       gpio, spi(miso), uart0(rxd), ptp(clk), ptp-1(evreq),
+                       ptp-2(trig), sata0(act)
+mpp12         12       gpo, sdio(clk)
+mpp13         13       gpio, sdio(cmd), uart1(txd)
+mpp14         14       gpio, sdio(d0), uart1(rxd), mii(col)
+mpp15         15       gpio, sdio(d1), uart0(rts), uart1(txd), sata0(act)
+mpp16         16       gpio, sdio(d2), uart0(cts), uart1(rxd), mii(crs)
+mpp17         17       gpio, sdio(d3), sata0(prsnt)
+mpp18         18       gpo, nand(io0)
+mpp19         19       gpo, nand(io1)
+mpp20         20       gpio, ge1(txd0)
+mpp21         21       gpio, ge1(txd1), sata0(act)
+mpp22         22       gpio, ge1(txd2)
+mpp23         23       gpio, ge1(txd3), sata0(prsnt)
+mpp24         24       gpio, ge1(rxd0)
+mpp25         25       gpio, ge1(rxd1)
+mpp26         26       gpio, ge1(rxd2)
+mpp27         27       gpio, ge1(rxd3)
+mpp28         28       gpio, ge1(col)
+mpp29         29       gpio, ge1(txclk)
+mpp30         30       gpio, ge1(rxclk)
+mpp31         31       gpio, ge1(rxclk)
+mpp32         32       gpio, ge1(txclko)
+mpp33         33       gpo, ge1(txclk)
+mpp34         34       gpio, ge1(txen)
+mpp35         35       gpio, ge1(rxerr), sata0(act), mii(rxerr)
+
+* Marvell Kirkwood 88f6192
+
+name          pins     functions
+================================================================================
+mpp0          0        gpio, nand(io2), spi(cs)
+mpp1          1        gpo, nand(io3), spi(mosi)
+mpp2          2        gpo, nand(io4), spi(sck)
+mpp3          3        gpo, nand(io5), spi(miso)
+mpp4          4        gpio, nand(io6), uart0(rxd), ptp(clk), sata1(act)
+mpp5          5        gpo, nand(io7), uart0(txd), ptp(trig), sata0(act)
+mpp6          6        sysrst(out), spi(mosi), ptp(trig)
+mpp7          7        gpo, pex(rsto), spi(cs), ptp(trig)
+mpp8          8        gpio, twsi0(sda), uart0(rts), uart1(rts), ptp(clk),
+                       mii(col), mii-1(rxerr), sata1(prsnt)
+mpp9          9        gpio, twsi(sck), uart0(cts), uart1(cts), ptp(evreq),
+                       mii(crs), sata0(prsnt)
+mpp10         10       gpo, spi(sck), uart0(txd), ptp(trig), sata1(act)
+mpp11         11       gpio, spi(miso), uart0(rxd), ptp(clk), ptp-1(evreq),
+                       ptp-2(trig), sata0(act)
+mpp12         12       gpo, sdio(clk)
+mpp13         13       gpio, sdio(cmd), uart1(txd)
+mpp14         14       gpio, sdio(d0), uart1(rxd), mii(col), sata1(prsnt)
+mpp15         15       gpio, sdio(d1), uart0(rts), uart1(txd), sata0(act)
+mpp16         16       gpio, sdio(d2), uart0(cts), uart1(rxd), mii(crs),
+                       sata1(act)
+mpp17         17       gpio, sdio(d3), sata0(prsnt)
+mpp18         18       gpo, nand(io0)
+mpp19         19       gpo, nand(io1)
+mpp20         20       gpio, ge1(txd0), ts(mp0), tdm(tx0ql), audio(spdifi),
+                       sata1(act)
+mpp21         21       gpio, ge1(txd1), sata0(act), ts(mp1), tdm(rx0ql),
+                       audio(spdifo)
+mpp22         22       gpio, ge1(txd2), ts(mp2), tdm(tx2ql), audio(rmclk),
+                       sata1(prsnt)
+mpp23         23       gpio, ge1(txd3), sata0(prsnt), ts(mp3), tdm(rx2ql),
+                       audio(bclk)
+mpp24         24       gpio, ge1(rxd0), ts(mp4), tdm(spi-cs0), audio(sdo)
+mpp25         25       gpio, ge1(rxd1), ts(mp5), tdm(spi-sck), audio(lrclk)
+mpp26         26       gpio, ge1(rxd2), ts(mp6), tdm(spi-miso), audio(mclk)
+mpp27         27       gpio, ge1(rxd3), ts(mp7), tdm(spi-mosi), audio(sdi)
+mpp28         28       gpio, ge1(col), ts(mp8), tdm(int), audio(extclk)
+mpp29         29       gpio, ge1(txclk), ts(mp9), tdm(rst)
+mpp30         30       gpio, ge1(rxclk), ts(mp10), tdm(pclk)
+mpp31         31       gpio, ge1(rxclk), ts(mp11), tdm(fs)
+mpp32         32       gpio, ge1(txclko), ts(mp12), tdm(drx)
+mpp33         33       gpo, ge1(txclk), tdm(drx)
+mpp34         34       gpio, ge1(txen), tdm(spi-cs1)
+mpp35         35       gpio, ge1(rxerr), sata0(act), mii(rxerr), tdm(tx0ql)
+
+* Marvell Kirkwood 88f6281
+
+name          pins     functions
+================================================================================
+mpp0          0        gpio, nand(io2), spi(cs)
+mpp1          1        gpo, nand(io3), spi(mosi)
+mpp2          2        gpo, nand(io4), spi(sck)
+mpp3          3        gpo, nand(io5), spi(miso)
+mpp4          4        gpio, nand(io6), uart0(rxd), ptp(clk), sata1(act)
+mpp5          5        gpo, nand(io7), uart0(txd), ptp(trig), sata0(act)
+mpp6          6        sysrst(out), spi(mosi), ptp(trig)
+mpp7          7        gpo, pex(rsto), spi(cs), ptp(trig)
+mpp8          8        gpio, twsi0(sda), uart0(rts), uart1(rts), ptp(clk),
+                       mii(col), mii-1(rxerr), sata1(prsnt)
+mpp9          9        gpio, twsi(sck), uart0(cts), uart1(cts), ptp(evreq),
+                       mii(crs), sata0(prsnt)
+mpp10         10       gpo, spi(sck), uart0(txd), ptp(trig), sata1(act)
+mpp11         11       gpio, spi(miso), uart0(rxd), ptp(clk), ptp-1(evreq),
+                       ptp-2(trig), sata0(act)
+mpp12         12       gpio, sdio(clk)
+mpp13         13       gpio, sdio(cmd), uart1(txd)
+mpp14         14       gpio, sdio(d0), uart1(rxd), mii(col), sata1(prsnt)
+mpp15         15       gpio, sdio(d1), uart0(rts), uart1(txd), sata0(act)
+mpp16         16       gpio, sdio(d2), uart0(cts), uart1(rxd), mii(crs),
+                       sata1(act)
+mpp17         17       gpio, sdio(d3), sata0(prsnt)
+mpp18         18       gpo, nand(io0)
+mpp19         19       gpo, nand(io1)
+mpp20         20       gpio, ge1(txd0), ts(mp0), tdm(tx0ql), audio(spdifi),
+                       sata1(act)
+mpp21         21       gpio, ge1(txd1), sata0(act), ts(mp1), tdm(rx0ql),
+                       audio(spdifo)
+mpp22         22       gpio, ge1(txd2), ts(mp2), tdm(tx2ql), audio(rmclk),
+                       sata1(prsnt)
+mpp23         23       gpio, ge1(txd3), sata0(prsnt), ts(mp3), tdm(rx2ql),
+                       audio(bclk)
+mpp24         24       gpio, ge1(rxd0), ts(mp4), tdm(spi-cs0), audio(sdo)
+mpp25         25       gpio, ge1(rxd1), ts(mp5), tdm(spi-sck), audio(lrclk)
+mpp26         26       gpio, ge1(rxd2), ts(mp6), tdm(spi-miso), audio(mclk)
+mpp27         27       gpio, ge1(rxd3), ts(mp7), tdm(spi-mosi), audio(sdi)
+mpp28         28       gpio, ge1(col), ts(mp8), tdm(int), audio(extclk)
+mpp29         29       gpio, ge1(txclk), ts(mp9), tdm(rst)
+mpp30         30       gpio, ge1(rxclk), ts(mp10), tdm(pclk)
+mpp31         31       gpio, ge1(rxclk), ts(mp11), tdm(fs)
+mpp32         32       gpio, ge1(txclko), ts(mp12), tdm(drx)
+mpp33         33       gpo, ge1(txclk), tdm(drx)
+mpp34         34       gpio, ge1(txen), tdm(spi-cs1), sata1(act)
+mpp35         35       gpio, ge1(rxerr), sata0(act), mii(rxerr), tdm(tx0ql)
+mpp36         36       gpio, ts(mp0), tdm(spi-cs1), audio(spdifi)
+mpp37         37       gpio, ts(mp1), tdm(tx2ql), audio(spdifo)
+mpp38         38       gpio, ts(mp2), tdm(rx2ql), audio(rmclk)
+mpp39         39       gpio, ts(mp3), tdm(spi-cs0), audio(bclk)
+mpp40         40       gpio, ts(mp4), tdm(spi-sck), audio(sdo)
+mpp41         41       gpio, ts(mp5), tdm(spi-miso), audio(lrclk)
+mpp42         42       gpio, ts(mp6), tdm(spi-mosi), audio(mclk)
+mpp43         43       gpio, ts(mp7), tdm(int), audio(sdi)
+mpp44         44       gpio, ts(mp8), tdm(rst), audio(extclk)
+mpp45         45       gpio, ts(mp9), tdm(pclk)
+mpp46         46       gpio, ts(mp10), tdm(fs)
+mpp47         47       gpio, ts(mp11), tdm(drx)
+mpp48         48       gpio, ts(mp12), tdm(dtx)
+mpp49         49       gpio, ts(mp9), tdm(rx0ql), ptp(clk)
+
+* Marvell Kirkwood 88f6282
+
+name          pins     functions
+================================================================================
+mpp0          0        gpio, nand(io2), spi(cs)
+mpp1          1        gpo, nand(io3), spi(mosi)
+mpp2          2        gpo, nand(io4), spi(sck)
+mpp3          3        gpo, nand(io5), spi(miso)
+mpp4          4        gpio, nand(io6), uart0(rxd), sata1(act), lcd(hsync)
+mpp5          5        gpo, nand(io7), uart0(txd), sata0(act), lcd(vsync)
+mpp6          6        sysrst(out), spi(mosi)
+mpp7          7        gpo, spi(cs), lcd(pwm)
+mpp8          8        gpio, twsi0(sda), uart0(rts), uart1(rts), mii(col),
+                       mii-1(rxerr), sata1(prsnt)
+mpp9          9        gpio, twsi(sck), uart0(cts), uart1(cts), mii(crs),
+                       sata0(prsnt)
+mpp10         10       gpo, spi(sck), uart0(txd), sata1(act)
+mpp11         11       gpio, spi(miso), uart0(rxd), sata0(act)
+mpp12         12       gpo, sdio(clk), audio(spdifo), spi(mosi), twsi(sda)
+mpp13         13       gpio, sdio(cmd), uart1(txd), audio(rmclk), lcd(pwm)
+mpp14         14       gpio, sdio(d0), uart1(rxd), mii(col), sata1(prsnt),
+                       audio(spdifi), audio-1(sdi)
+mpp15         15       gpio, sdio(d1), uart0(rts), uart1(txd), sata0(act),
+                       spi(cs)
+mpp16         16       gpio, sdio(d2), uart0(cts), uart1(rxd), mii(crs),
+                       sata1(act), lcd(extclk)
+mpp17         17       gpio, sdio(d3), sata0(prsnt), sata1(act), twsi1(sck)
+mpp18         18       gpo, nand(io0), pex(clkreq)
+mpp19         19       gpo, nand(io1)
+mpp20         20       gpio, ge1(txd0), ts(mp0), tdm(tx0ql), audio(spdifi),
+                       sata1(act), lcd(d0)
+mpp21         21       gpio, ge1(txd1), sata0(act), ts(mp1), tdm(rx0ql),
+                       audio(spdifo), lcd(d1)
+mpp22         22       gpio, ge1(txd2), ts(mp2), tdm(tx2ql), audio(rmclk),
+                       sata1(prsnt), lcd(d2)
+mpp23         23       gpio, ge1(txd3), sata0(prsnt), ts(mp3), tdm(rx2ql),
+                       audio(bclk), lcd(d3)
+mpp24         24       gpio, ge1(rxd0), ts(mp4), tdm(spi-cs0), audio(sdo),
+                       lcd(d4)
+mpp25         25       gpio, ge1(rxd1), ts(mp5), tdm(spi-sck), audio(lrclk),
+                       lcd(d5)
+mpp26         26       gpio, ge1(rxd2), ts(mp6), tdm(spi-miso), audio(mclk),
+                       lcd(d6)
+mpp27         27       gpio, ge1(rxd3), ts(mp7), tdm(spi-mosi), audio(sdi),
+                       lcd(d7)
+mpp28         28       gpio, ge1(col), ts(mp8), tdm(int), audio(extclk),
+                       lcd(d8)
+mpp29         29       gpio, ge1(txclk), ts(mp9), tdm(rst), lcd(d9)
+mpp30         30       gpio, ge1(rxclk), ts(mp10), tdm(pclk), lcd(d10)
+mpp31         31       gpio, ge1(rxclk), ts(mp11), tdm(fs), lcd(d11)
+mpp32         32       gpio, ge1(txclko), ts(mp12), tdm(drx), lcd(d12)
+mpp33         33       gpo, ge1(txclk), tdm(drx), lcd(d13)
+mpp34         34       gpio, ge1(txen), tdm(spi-cs1), sata1(act), lcd(d14)
+mpp35         35       gpio, ge1(rxerr), sata0(act), mii(rxerr), tdm(tx0ql),
+                       lcd(d15)
+mpp36         36       gpio, ts(mp0), tdm(spi-cs1), audio(spdifi), twsi1(sda)
+mpp37         37       gpio, ts(mp1), tdm(tx2ql), audio(spdifo), twsi1(sck)
+mpp38         38       gpio, ts(mp2), tdm(rx2ql), audio(rmclk), lcd(d18)
+mpp39         39       gpio, ts(mp3), tdm(spi-cs0), audio(bclk), lcd(d19)
+mpp40         40       gpio, ts(mp4), tdm(spi-sck), audio(sdo), lcd(d20)
+mpp41         41       gpio, ts(mp5), tdm(spi-miso), audio(lrclk), lcd(d21)
+mpp42         42       gpio, ts(mp6), tdm(spi-mosi), audio(mclk), lcd(d22)
+mpp43         43       gpio, ts(mp7), tdm(int), audio(sdi), lcd(d23)
+mpp44         44       gpio, ts(mp8), tdm(rst), audio(extclk), lcd(clk)
+mpp45         45       gpio, ts(mp9), tdm(pclk), lcd(e)
+mpp46         46       gpio, ts(mp10), tdm(fs), lcd(hsync)
+mpp47         47       gpio, ts(mp11), tdm(drx), lcd(vsync)
+mpp48         48       gpio, ts(mp12), tdm(dtx), lcd(d16)
+mpp49         49       gpo, tdm(rx0ql), pex(clkreq), lcd(d17)
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,mvebu-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,mvebu-pinctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a26c3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,mvebu-pinctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+* Marvell SoC pinctrl core driver for mpp
+
+The pinctrl driver enables Marvell SoCs to configure the multi-purpose pins
+(mpp) to a specific function. For each SoC family there is a SoC specific
+driver using this core driver.
+
+Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the
+common pinctrl bindings used by client devices, including the meaning of the
+phrase "pin configuration node".
+
+A Marvell SoC pin configuration node is a node of a group of pins which can
+be used for a specific device or function. Each node requires one or more
+mpp pins or group of pins and a mpp function common to all pins.
+
+Required properties for pinctrl driver:
+- compatible: "marvell,<soc>-pinctrl"
+  Please refer to each marvell,<soc>-pinctrl.txt binding doc for supported SoCs.
+
+Required properties for pin configuration node:
+- marvell,pins: string array of mpp pins or group of pins to be muxed.
+- marvell,function: string representing a function to mux to for all
+    marvell,pins given in this pin configuration node. The function has to be
+    common for all marvell,pins. Please refer to marvell,<soc>-pinctrl.txt for
+    valid pin/pin group names and available function names for each SoC.
+
+Examples:
+
+uart1: serial@12100 {
+	compatible = "ns16550a";
+	reg = <0x12100 0x100>;
+	reg-shift = <2>;
+	interrupts = <7>;
+
+	pinctrl-0 = <&pmx_uart1_sw>;
+	pinctrl-names = "default";
+};
+
+pinctrl: pinctrl@d0200 {
+	compatible = "marvell,dove-pinctrl";
+	reg = <0xd0200 0x20>;
+
+	pmx_uart1_sw: pmx-uart1-sw {
+		marvell,pins = "mpp_uart1";
+		marvell,function = "uart1";
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/ifc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/ifc.txt
index 939a26d..d5e3704 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/ifc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/ifc.txt
@@ -12,9 +12,12 @@
 - #size-cells : Either one or two, depending on how large each chipselect
                 can be.
 - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
-- interrupts : IFC has two interrupts. The first one is the "common"
-               interrupt(CM_EVTER_STAT), and second is the NAND interrupt
-               (NAND_EVTER_STAT).
+- interrupts: IFC may have one or two interrupts.  If two interrupt
+              specifiers are present, the first is the "common"
+              interrupt (CM_EVTER_STAT), and the second is the NAND
+              interrupt (NAND_EVTER_STAT).  If there is only one,
+              that interrupt reports both types of event.
+
 
 - ranges : Each range corresponds to a single chipselect, and covers
            the entire access window as configured.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/imx-pwm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/imx-pwm.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8522bfb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/imx-pwm.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+Freescale i.MX PWM controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "fsl,<soc>-pwm"
+- reg: physical base address and length of the controller's registers
+- #pwm-cells: should be 2.  The first cell specifies the per-chip index
+  of the PWM to use and the second cell is the period in nanoseconds.
+- interrupts: The interrupt for the pwm controller
+
+Example:
+
+pwm1: pwm@53fb4000 {
+	#pwm-cells = <2>;
+	compatible = "fsl,imx53-pwm", "fsl,imx27-pwm";
+	reg = <0x53fb4000 0x4000>;
+	interrupts = <61>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/mxs-pwm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/mxs-pwm.txt
index 11963e4..9e3f8f1 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/mxs-pwm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/mxs-pwm.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 - compatible: should be "fsl,imx23-pwm"
 - reg: physical base address and length of the controller's registers
 - #pwm-cells: should be 2.  The first cell specifies the per-chip index
-  of the PWM to use and the second cell is the duty cycle in nanoseconds.
+  of the PWM to use and the second cell is the period in nanoseconds.
 - fsl,pwm-number: the number of PWM devices
 
 Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/nvidia,tegra20-pwm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/nvidia,tegra20-pwm.txt
index bbbeedb..01438ec 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/nvidia,tegra20-pwm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/nvidia,tegra20-pwm.txt
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 - reg: physical base address and length of the controller's registers
 - #pwm-cells: On Tegra the number of cells used to specify a PWM is 2. The
   first cell specifies the per-chip index of the PWM to use and the second
-  cell is the duty cycle in nanoseconds.
+  cell is the period in nanoseconds.
 
 Example:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/88pm860x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/88pm860x.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1267b3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/88pm860x.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+Marvell 88PM860x regulator
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "marvell,88pm860x"
+- reg: I2C slave address
+- regulators: A node that houses a sub-node for each regulator within the
+  device. Each sub-node is identified using the regulator-compatible
+  property, with valid values listed below.
+
+Example:
+
+	pmic: 88pm860x@34 {
+		compatible = "marvell,88pm860x";
+		reg = <0x34>;
+
+		regulators {
+			BUCK1 {
+			        regulator-min-microvolt = <1000000>;
+			        regulator-max-microvolt = <1500000>;
+			        regulator-boot-on;
+			        regulator-always-on;
+			};
+			BUCK3 {
+			        regulator-min-microvolt = <1000000>;
+			        regulator-max-microvolt = <3000000>;
+			        regulator-boot-on;
+			        regulator-always-on;
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max8907.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max8907.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..371eccd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max8907.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+MAX8907 regulator
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "maxim,max8907"
+- reg: I2C slave address
+- interrupts: The interrupt output of the controller
+- mbatt-supply: The input supply for MBATT, BBAT, SDBY, VRTC.
+- in-v1-supply: The input supply for SD1.
+- in-v2-supply: The input supply for SD2.
+- in-v3-supply: The input supply for SD3.
+- in1-supply: The input supply for LDO1.
+...
+- in20-supply: The input supply for LDO20.
+- regulators: A node that houses a sub-node for each regulator within the
+  device. Each sub-node is identified using the node's name (or the deprecated
+  regulator-compatible property if present), with valid values listed below.
+  The content of each sub-node is defined by the standard binding for
+  regulators; see regulator.txt.
+
+Optional properties:
+- maxim,system-power-controller: Boolean property indicating that the PMIC
+  controls the overall system power.
+
+The valid names for regulators are:
+
+  sd1, sd2, sd3, ldo1, ldo2, ldo3, ldo4, ldo5, ldo6, ldo7, ldo8, ldo9, ldo10,
+  ldo11, ldo12, ldo13, ldo14, ldo15, ldo16, ldo17, ldo18, ldo19, ldo20, out5v,
+  out33v, bbat, sdby, vrtc.
+
+Example:
+
+		max8907@3c {
+			compatible = "maxim,max8907";
+			reg = <0x3c>;
+			interrupts = <0 86 0x4>;
+
+			maxim,system-power-controller;
+
+			mbatt-supply = <&some_reg>;
+			in-v1-supply = <&mbatt_reg>;
+			...
+			in1-supply = <&mbatt_reg>;
+			...
+
+			regulators {
+				mbatt_reg: mbatt {
+					regulator-name = "vbat_pmu";
+					regulator-min-microvolt = <5000000>;
+					regulator-max-microvolt = <5000000>;
+					regulator-always-on;
+				};
+
+				sd1 {
+					regulator-name = "nvvdd_sv1,vdd_cpu_pmu";
+					regulator-min-microvolt = <1000000>;
+					regulator-max-microvolt = <1000000>;
+					regulator-always-on;
+				};
+
+				sd2 {
+					regulator-name = "nvvdd_sv2,vdd_core";
+					regulator-min-microvolt = <1200000>;
+					regulator-max-microvolt = <1200000>;
+					regulator-always-on;
+				};
+...
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps6586x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps6586x.txt
index 07b9ef6..8b40cac 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps6586x.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps6586x.txt
@@ -22,6 +22,10 @@
 - vinldo678-supply: The input supply for the LDO6, LDO7 and LDO8
 - vinldo9-supply: The input supply for the LDO9
 
+Optional properties:
+- ti,system-power-controller: Telling whether or not this pmic is controlling
+  the system power.
+
 Each regulator is defined using the standard binding for regulators.
 
 Note: LDO5 and LDO_RTC is supplied by SYS regulator internally and driver
@@ -37,6 +41,8 @@
 		#gpio-cells = <2>;
 		gpio-controller;
 
+		ti,system-power-controller;
+
 		sys-supply = <&some_reg>;
 		vin-sm0-supply = <&some_reg>;
 		vin-sm1-supply = <&some_reg>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/snvs-rtc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/snvs-rtc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb61ed7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/snvs-rtc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec4.txt for details.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4270.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4270.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b222f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4270.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+CS4270 audio CODEC
+
+The driver for this device currently only supports I2C.
+
+Required properties:
+
+  - compatible : "cirrus,cs4270"
+
+  - reg : the I2C address of the device for I2C
+
+Optional properties:
+
+  - reset-gpio : a GPIO spec for the reset pin. If specified, it will be
+		 deasserted before communication to the codec starts.
+
+Example:
+
+codec: cs4270@48 {
+	compatible = "cirrus,cs4270";
+	reg = <0x48>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4271.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4271.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c81b5fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4271.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+Cirrus Logic CS4271 DT bindings
+
+This driver supports both the I2C and the SPI bus.
+
+Required properties:
+
+ - compatible: "cirrus,cs4271"
+
+For required properties on SPI, please consult
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt
+
+Required properties on I2C:
+
+ - reg: the i2c address
+
+
+Optional properties:
+
+ - reset-gpio: 	a GPIO spec to define which pin is connected to the chip's
+		!RESET pin
+
+Examples:
+
+	codec_i2c: cs4271@10 {
+		compatible = "cirrus,cs4271";
+		reg = <0x10>;
+		reset-gpio = <&gpio 23 0>;
+	};
+
+	codec_spi: cs4271@0 {
+		compatible = "cirrus,cs4271";
+		reg = <0x0>;
+		reset-gpio = <&gpio 23 0>;
+		spi-max-frequency = <6000000>;
+	};
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/davinci-mcasp-audio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/davinci-mcasp-audio.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..374e145
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/davinci-mcasp-audio.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+Texas Instruments McASP controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible :
+	"ti,dm646x-mcasp-audio"	: for DM646x platforms
+	"ti,da830-mcasp-audio"	: for both DA830 & DA850 platforms
+	"ti,omap2-mcasp-audio"	: for OMAP2 platforms (TI81xx, AM33xx)
+
+- reg : Should contain McASP registers offset and length
+- interrupts : Interrupt number for McASP
+- op-mode : I2S/DIT ops mode.
+- tdm-slots : Slots for TDM operation.
+- num-serializer : Serializers used by McASP.
+- serial-dir : A list of serializer pin mode. The list number should be equal
+		to "num-serializer" parameter. Each entry is a number indication
+		serializer pin direction. (0 - INACTIVE, 1 - TX, 2 - RX)
+
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- ti,hwmods : Must be "mcasp<n>", n is controller instance starting 0
+- tx-num-evt : FIFO levels.
+- rx-num-evt : FIFO levels.
+- sram-size-playback : size of sram to be allocated during playback
+- sram-size-capture  : size of sram to be allocated during capture
+
+Example:
+
+mcasp0: mcasp0@1d00000 {
+	compatible = "ti,da830-mcasp-audio";
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <0>;
+	reg = <0x100000 0x3000>;
+	interrupts = <82 83>;
+	op-mode = <0>;		/* MCASP_IIS_MODE */
+	tdm-slots = <2>;
+	num-serializer = <16>;
+	serial-dir = <
+			0 0 0 0	/* 0: INACTIVE, 1: TX, 2: RX */
+			0 0 0 0
+			0 0 0 1
+			2 0 0 0 >;
+	tx-num-evt = <1>;
+	rx-num-evt = <1>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-abe-twl6040.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-abe-twl6040.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65dec87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-abe-twl6040.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+* Texas Instruments OMAP4+ and twl6040 based audio setups
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "ti,abe-twl6040"
+- ti,model: Name of the sound card ( for example "SDP4430")
+- ti,mclk-freq: MCLK frequency for HPPLL operation
+- ti,mcpdm: phandle for the McPDM node
+- ti,twl6040: phandle for the twl6040 core node
+- ti,audio-routing: List of connections between audio components.
+  Each entry is a pair of strings, the first being the connection's sink,
+  the second being the connection's source.
+
+Optional properties:
+- ti,dmic: phandle for the OMAP dmic node if the machine have it connected
+- ti,jack_detection: Need to be set to <1> if the board capable to detect jack
+  insertion, removal.
+
+Available audio endpoints for the audio-routing table:
+
+Board connectors:
+ * Headset Stereophone
+ * Earphone Spk
+ * Ext Spk
+ * Line Out
+ * Vibrator
+ * Headset Mic
+ * Main Handset Mic
+ * Sub Handset Mic
+ * Line In
+ * Digital Mic
+
+twl6040 pins:
+ * HSOL
+ * HSOR
+ * EP
+ * HFL
+ * HFR
+ * AUXL
+ * AUXR
+ * VIBRAL
+ * VIBRAR
+ * HSMIC
+ * MAINMIC
+ * SUBMIC
+ * AFML
+ * AFMR
+
+ * Headset Mic Bias
+ * Main Mic Bias
+ * Digital Mic1 Bias
+ * Digital Mic2 Bias
+
+Digital mic pins:
+ * DMic
+
+Example:
+
+sound {
+	compatible = "ti,abe-twl6040";
+	ti,model = "SDP4430";
+
+	ti,jack-detection = <1>;
+	ti,mclk-freq = <38400000>;
+
+	ti,mcpdm = <&mcpdm>;
+	ti,dmic = <&dmic>;
+
+	ti,twl6040 = <&twl6040>;
+
+	/* Audio routing */
+	ti,audio-routing =
+		"Headset Stereophone", "HSOL",
+		"Headset Stereophone", "HSOR",
+		"Earphone Spk", "EP",
+		"Ext Spk", "HFL",
+		"Ext Spk", "HFR",
+		"Line Out", "AUXL",
+		"Line Out", "AUXR",
+		"Vibrator", "VIBRAL",
+		"Vibrator", "VIBRAR",
+		"HSMIC", "Headset Mic",
+		"Headset Mic", "Headset Mic Bias",
+		"MAINMIC", "Main Handset Mic",
+		"Main Handset Mic", "Main Mic Bias",
+		"SUBMIC", "Sub Handset Mic",
+		"Sub Handset Mic", "Main Mic Bias",
+		"AFML", "Line In",
+		"AFMR", "Line In",
+		"DMic", "Digital Mic",
+		"Digital Mic", "Digital Mic1 Bias";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-mcbsp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-mcbsp.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17cce44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-mcbsp.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+* Texas Instruments OMAP2+ McBSP module
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "ti,omap2420-mcbsp" for McBSP on OMAP2420
+	      "ti,omap2430-mcbsp" for McBSP on OMAP2430
+	      "ti,omap3-mcbsp" for McBSP on OMAP3
+	      "ti,omap4-mcbsp" for McBSP on OMAP4 and newer SoC
+- reg: Register location and size, for OMAP4+ as an array:
+       <MPU access base address, size>,
+       <L3 interconnect address, size>;
+- reg-names: Array of strings associated with the address space
+- interrupts: Interrupt numbers for the McBSP port, as an array in case the
+	      McBSP IP have more interrupt lines:
+	<OCP compliant irq>,
+	<TX irq>,
+	<RX irq>;
+- interrupt-names: Array of strings associated with the interrupt numbers
+- interrupt-parent: The parent interrupt controller
+- ti,buffer-size: Size of the FIFO on the port (OMAP2430 and newer SoC)
+- ti,hwmods: Name of the hwmod associated to the McBSP port
+
+Example:
+
+mcbsp2: mcbsp@49022000 {
+	compatible = "ti,omap3-mcbsp";
+	reg = <0x49022000 0xff>,
+	      <0x49028000 0xff>;
+	reg-names = "mpu", "sidetone";
+	interrupts = <0 17 0x4>, /* OCP compliant interrupt */
+		     <0 62 0x4>, /* TX interrupt */
+		     <0 63 0x4>, /* RX interrupt */
+		     <0 4 0x4>;  /* Sidetone */
+	interrupt-names = "common", "tx", "rx", "sidetone";
+	interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
+	ti,buffer-size = <1280>;
+	ti,hwmods = "mcbsp2";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-twl4030.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-twl4030.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6fae51c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-twl4030.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+* Texas Instruments SoC with twl4030 based audio setups
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "ti,omap-twl4030"
+- ti,model: Name of the sound card (for example "omap3beagle")
+- ti,mcbsp: phandle for the McBSP node
+- ti,codec: phandle for the twl4030 audio node
+
+Example:
+
+sound {
+	compatible = "ti,omap-twl4030";
+	ti,model = "omap3beagle";
+
+	ti,mcbsp = <&mcbsp2>;
+	ti,codec = <&twl_audio>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic3x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic3x.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7b98f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic3x.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+Texas Instruments - tlv320aic3x Codec module
+
+The tlv320aic3x serial control bus communicates through I2C protocols
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible - "string" -  "ti,tlv320aic3x"
+- reg - <int> -  I2C slave address
+
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- gpio-reset - gpio pin number used for codec reset
+- ai3x-gpio-func - <array of 2 int> - AIC3X_GPIO1 & AIC3X_GPIO2 Functionality
+
+Example:
+
+tlv320aic3x: tlv320aic3x@1b {
+	compatible = "ti,tlv320aic3x";
+	reg = <0x1b>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-octeon.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-octeon.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..431add1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-octeon.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+Cavium, Inc. OCTEON SOC SPI master controller.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "cavium,octeon-3010-spi"
+- reg : The register base for the controller.
+- interrupts : One interrupt, used by the controller.
+- #address-cells : <1>, as required by generic SPI binding.
+- #size-cells : <0>, also as required by generic SPI binding.
+
+Child nodes as per the generic SPI binding.
+
+Example:
+
+	spi@1070000001000 {
+		compatible = "cavium,octeon-3010-spi";
+		reg = <0x10700 0x00001000 0x0 0x100>;
+		interrupts = <0 58>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+
+		eeprom@0 {
+			compatible = "st,m95256", "atmel,at25";
+			reg = <0>;
+			spi-max-frequency = <5000000>;
+			spi-cpha;
+			spi-cpol;
+
+			pagesize = <64>;
+			size = <32768>;
+			address-width = <16>;
+		};
+	};
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/brcm,bcm2835-system-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/brcm,bcm2835-system-timer.txt
index 2de21c2..844bd5f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/brcm,bcm2835-system-timer.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/brcm,bcm2835-system-timer.txt
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 
 Required properties:
 
-- compatible : should be "brcm,bcm2835-system-timer.txt"
+- compatible : should be "brcm,bcm2835-system-timer"
 - reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers.
 - interrupts : A list of 4 interrupt sinks; one per timer channel.
 - clock-frequency : The frequency of the clock that drives the counter, in Hz.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/backlight/88pm860x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/backlight/88pm860x.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..261df27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/backlight/88pm860x.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+88pm860x-backlight bindings
+
+Optional properties:
+  - marvell,88pm860x-iset: Current supplies on backlight device.
+  - marvell,88pm860x-pwm: PWM frequency on backlight device.
+
+Example:
+
+	backlights {
+		backlight-0 {
+			marvell,88pm860x-iset = <4>;
+			marvell,88pm860x-pwm = <3>;
+		};
+		backlight-2 {
+		};
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt b/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt
index 950856b..43cff70 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt
+++ b/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt
@@ -284,3 +284,7 @@
 PINCTRL
   devm_pinctrl_get()
   devm_pinctrl_put()
+
+PWM
+  devm_pwm_get()
+  devm_pwm_put()
diff --git a/Documentation/dvb/README.dvb-usb b/Documentation/dvb/README.dvb-usb
index c4d963a..8eb9226 100644
--- a/Documentation/dvb/README.dvb-usb
+++ b/Documentation/dvb/README.dvb-usb
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
 is done via callbacks, assigned in a static device-description (struct
 dvb_usb_device) each device-driver has to have.
 
-For an example have a look in drivers/media/dvb/dvb-usb/vp7045*.
+For an example have a look in drivers/media/usb/dvb-usb/vp7045*.
 
 Objective is to migrate all the usb-devices (dibusb, cinergyT2, maybe the
 ttusb; flexcop-usb already benefits from the generic flexcop-device) to use
diff --git a/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware b/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware
index 12d3952e..32bc56b 100755
--- a/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware
+++ b/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
 
 sub tda10046 {
 	my $sourcefile = "TT_PCI_2.19h_28_11_2006.zip";
-	my $url = "http://www.tt-download.com/download/updates/219/$sourcefile";
+	my $url = "http://technotrend.com.ua/download/software/219/$sourcefile";
 	my $hash = "6a7e1e2f2644b162ff0502367553c72d";
 	my $outfile = "dvb-fe-tda10046.fw";
 	my $tmpdir = tempdir(DIR => "/tmp", CLEANUP => 1);
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt
index 1b7f9ac..104322b 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt
@@ -375,6 +375,16 @@
 			Because of the restrictions this options comprises
 			it is off by default (e.g. dioread_lock).
 
+max_dir_size_kb=n	This limits the size of directories so that any
+			attempt to expand them beyond the specified
+			limit in kilobytes will cause an ENOSPC error.
+			This is useful in memory constrained
+			environments, where a very large directory can
+			cause severe performance problems or even
+			provoke the Out Of Memory killer.  (For example,
+			if there is only 512mb memory available, a 176mb
+			directory may seriously cramp the system's style.)
+
 i_version		Enable 64-bit inode version support. This option is
 			off by default.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs.txt
index f50f26c..f2571c8 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs.txt
@@ -12,9 +12,47 @@
 protocol.
 
 The purpose of this document is to provide information on some of the
-upcall interfaces that are used in order to provide the NFS client with
-some of the information that it requires in order to fully comply with
-the NFS spec.
+special features of the NFS client that can be configured by system
+administrators.
+
+
+The nfs4_unique_id parameter
+============================
+
+NFSv4 requires clients to identify themselves to servers with a unique
+string.  File open and lock state shared between one client and one server
+is associated with this identity.  To support robust NFSv4 state recovery
+and transparent state migration, this identity string must not change
+across client reboots.
+
+Without any other intervention, the Linux client uses a string that contains
+the local system's node name.  System administrators, however, often do not
+take care to ensure that node names are fully qualified and do not change
+over the lifetime of a client system.  Node names can have other
+administrative requirements that require particular behavior that does not
+work well as part of an nfs_client_id4 string.
+
+The nfs.nfs4_unique_id boot parameter specifies a unique string that can be
+used instead of a system's node name when an NFS client identifies itself to
+a server.  Thus, if the system's node name is not unique, or it changes, its
+nfs.nfs4_unique_id stays the same, preventing collision with other clients
+or loss of state during NFS reboot recovery or transparent state migration.
+
+The nfs.nfs4_unique_id string is typically a UUID, though it can contain
+anything that is believed to be unique across all NFS clients.  An
+nfs4_unique_id string should be chosen when a client system is installed,
+just as a system's root file system gets a fresh UUID in its label at
+install time.
+
+The string should remain fixed for the lifetime of the client.  It can be
+changed safely if care is taken that the client shuts down cleanly and all
+outstanding NFSv4 state has expired, to prevent loss of NFSv4 state.
+
+This string can be stored in an NFS client's grub.conf, or it can be provided
+via a net boot facility such as PXE.  It may also be specified as an nfs.ko
+module parameter.  Specifying a uniquifier string is not support for NFS
+clients running in containers.
+
 
 The DNS resolver
 ================
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsd-admin-interfaces.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsd-admin-interfaces.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..56a96fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsd-admin-interfaces.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+Administrative interfaces for nfsd
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+Note that normally these interfaces are used only by the utilities in
+nfs-utils.
+
+nfsd is controlled mainly by pseudofiles under the "nfsd" filesystem,
+which is normally mounted at /proc/fs/nfsd/.
+
+The server is always started by the first write of a nonzero value to
+nfsd/threads.
+
+Before doing that, NFSD can be told which sockets to listen on by
+writing to nfsd/portlist; that write may be:
+
+	- an ascii-encoded file descriptor, which should refer to a
+	  bound (and listening, for tcp) socket, or
+	- "transportname port", where transportname is currently either
+	  "udp", "tcp", or "rdma".
+
+If nfsd is started without doing any of these, then it will create one
+udp and one tcp listener at port 2049 (see nfsd_init_socks).
+
+On startup, nfsd and lockd grace periods start.
+
+nfsd is shut down by a write of 0 to nfsd/threads.  All locks and state
+are thrown away at that point.
+
+Between startup and shutdown, the number of threads may be adjusted up
+or down by additional writes to nfsd/threads or by writes to
+nfsd/pool_threads.
+
+For more detail about files under nfsd/ and what they control, see
+fs/nfsd/nfsctl.c; most of them have detailed comments.
+
+Implementation notes
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+Note that the rpc server requires the caller to serialize addition and
+removal of listening sockets, and startup and shutdown of the server.
+For nfsd this is done using nfsd_mutex.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
index fb0a6ae..a1793d6 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
   2	Modifying System Parameters
 
   3	Per-Process Parameters
-  3.1	/proc/<pid>/oom_adj & /proc/<pid>/oom_score_adj - Adjust the oom-killer
+  3.1	/proc/<pid>/oom_score_adj - Adjust the oom-killer
 								score
   3.2	/proc/<pid>/oom_score - Display current oom-killer score
   3.3	/proc/<pid>/io - Display the IO accounting fields
@@ -1320,10 +1320,10 @@
 CHAPTER 3: PER-PROCESS PARAMETERS
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-3.1 /proc/<pid>/oom_adj & /proc/<pid>/oom_score_adj- Adjust the oom-killer score
+3.1 /proc/<pid>/oom_score_adj- Adjust the oom-killer score
 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-These file can be used to adjust the badness heuristic used to select which
+This file can be used to adjust the badness heuristic used to select which
 process gets killed in out of memory conditions.
 
 The badness heuristic assigns a value to each candidate task ranging from 0
@@ -1361,22 +1361,10 @@
 equivalent to discounting 50% of the task's allowed memory from being considered
 as scoring against the task.
 
-For backwards compatibility with previous kernels, /proc/<pid>/oom_adj may also
-be used to tune the badness score.  Its acceptable values range from -16
-(OOM_ADJUST_MIN) to +15 (OOM_ADJUST_MAX) and a special value of -17
-(OOM_DISABLE) to disable oom killing entirely for that task.  Its value is
-scaled linearly with /proc/<pid>/oom_score_adj.
-
-Writing to /proc/<pid>/oom_score_adj or /proc/<pid>/oom_adj will change the
-other with its scaled value.
-
 The value of /proc/<pid>/oom_score_adj may be reduced no lower than the last
 value set by a CAP_SYS_RESOURCE process. To reduce the value any lower
 requires CAP_SYS_RESOURCE.
 
-NOTICE: /proc/<pid>/oom_adj is deprecated and will be removed, please see
-Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt.
-
 Caveat: when a parent task is selected, the oom killer will sacrifice any first
 generation children with separate address spaces instead, if possible.  This
 avoids servers and important system daemons from being killed and loses the
@@ -1387,9 +1375,7 @@
 -------------------------------------------------------------
 
 This file can be used to check the current score used by the oom-killer is for
-any given <pid>. Use it together with /proc/<pid>/oom_adj to tune which
-process should be killed in an out-of-memory situation.
-
+any given <pid>.
 
 3.3  /proc/<pid>/io - Display the IO accounting fields
 -------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/coretemp b/Documentation/hwmon/coretemp
index c86b50c..f17256f 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/coretemp
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/coretemp
@@ -105,6 +105,7 @@
 		330/230						125
 		E680/660/640/620				90
 		E680T/660T/640T/620T				110
+		CE4170/4150/4110				110
 
 45nm		Core2 Processors
 		Solo ULV SU3500/3300				100
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/da9052 b/Documentation/hwmon/da9052
index ef89855..5bc5134 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/da9052
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/da9052
@@ -56,6 +56,6 @@
 The junction temperature attribute is supported by the driver.
 
 The battery temperature is calculated:
-	Degree Celcius = 1 / (t1 + 1/298)- 273
+	Degree Celsius = 1 / (t1 + 1/298)- 273
 where t1 = (1/B)* ln(( ADCval * 2.5)/(R25*ITBAT*255))
 Default values of R25, B, ITBAT are 10e3, 3380 and 50e-6 respectively.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/exynos4_tmu b/Documentation/hwmon/exynos4_tmu
deleted file mode 100644
index c3c6b41..0000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/exynos4_tmu
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver exynos4_tmu
-=================
-
-Supported chips:
-* ARM SAMSUNG EXYNOS4 series of SoC
-  Prefix: 'exynos4-tmu'
-  Datasheet: Not publicly available
-
-Authors: Donggeun Kim <dg77.kim@samsung.com>
-
-Description
------------
-
-This driver allows to read temperature inside SAMSUNG EXYNOS4 series of SoC.
-
-The chip only exposes the measured 8-bit temperature code value
-through a register.
-Temperature can be taken from the temperature code.
-There are three equations converting from temperature to temperature code.
-
-The three equations are:
-  1. Two point trimming
-	Tc = (T - 25) * (TI2 - TI1) / (85 - 25) + TI1
-
-  2. One point trimming
-	Tc = T + TI1 - 25
-
-  3. No trimming
-	Tc = T + 50
-
-  Tc: Temperature code, T: Temperature,
-  TI1: Trimming info for 25 degree Celsius (stored at TRIMINFO register)
-       Temperature code measured at 25 degree Celsius which is unchanged
-  TI2: Trimming info for 85 degree Celsius (stored at TRIMINFO register)
-       Temperature code measured at 85 degree Celsius which is unchanged
-
-TMU(Thermal Management Unit) in EXYNOS4 generates interrupt
-when temperature exceeds pre-defined levels.
-The maximum number of configurable threshold is four.
-The threshold levels are defined as follows:
-  Level_0: current temperature > trigger_level_0 + threshold
-  Level_1: current temperature > trigger_level_1 + threshold
-  Level_2: current temperature > trigger_level_2 + threshold
-  Level_3: current temperature > trigger_level_3 + threshold
-
-  The threshold and each trigger_level are set
-  through the corresponding registers.
-
-When an interrupt occurs, this driver notify user space of
-one of four threshold levels for the interrupt
-through kobject_uevent_env and sysfs_notify functions.
-Although an interrupt condition for level_0 can be set,
-it is not notified to user space through sysfs_notify function.
-
-Sysfs Interface
----------------
-name		name of the temperature sensor
-		RO
-
-temp1_input	temperature
-		RO
-
-temp1_max	temperature for level_1 interrupt
-		RO
-
-temp1_crit	temperature for level_2 interrupt
-		RO
-
-temp1_emergency	temperature for level_3 interrupt
-		RO
-
-temp1_max_alarm	alarm for level_1 interrupt
-		RO
-
-temp1_crit_alarm
-		alarm for level_2 interrupt
-		RO
-
-temp1_emergency_alarm
-		alarm for level_3 interrupt
-		RO
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/max1619 b/Documentation/hwmon/max1619
index d6f8d9c..e6d8739 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/max1619
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/max1619
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
                http://pdfserv.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX1619.pdf
 
 Authors:
-        Alexey Fisher <fishor@mail.ru>,
+        Oleksij Rempel <bug-track@fisher-privat.net>,
         Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
 
 Description
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/submitting-patches b/Documentation/hwmon/submitting-patches
index 790f774..843751c 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/submitting-patches
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/submitting-patches
@@ -60,8 +60,7 @@
 
 * Add the driver to Kconfig and Makefile in alphabetical order.
 
-* Make sure that all dependencies are listed in Kconfig. For new drivers, it
-  is most likely prudent to add a dependency on EXPERIMENTAL.
+* Make sure that all dependencies are listed in Kconfig.
 
 * Avoid forward declarations if you can. Rearrange the code if necessary.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/twl4030-madc-hwmon b/Documentation/hwmon/twl4030-madc-hwmon
index ef79843..c3a3a5b 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/twl4030-madc-hwmon
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/twl4030-madc-hwmon
@@ -41,5 +41,5 @@
 
 The Sysfs nodes will represent the voltage in the units of mV,
 the temperature channel shows the converted temperature in
-degree celcius. The Battery charging current channel represents
+degree Celsius. The Battery charging current channel represents
 battery charging current in mA.
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-viapro b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-viapro
index 2e758b0..b88f91a 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-viapro
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-viapro
@@ -20,7 +20,10 @@
     Datasheet: available on http://linux.via.com.tw
 
   * VIA Technologies, Inc. VX855/VX875
-    Datasheet: Availability unknown
+    Datasheet: available on http://linux.via.com.tw
+
+  * VIA Technologies, Inc. VX900
+    Datasheet: available on http://linux.via.com.tw
 
 Authors:
 	Kyösti Mälkki <kmalkki@cc.hut.fi>,
@@ -57,6 +60,7 @@
  device 1106:8324   (CX700)
  device 1106:8353   (VX800/VX820)
  device 1106:8409   (VX855/VX875)
+ device 1106:8410   (VX900)
 
 If none of these show up, you should look in the BIOS for settings like
 enable ACPI / SMBus or even USB.
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/muxes/i2c-mux-gpio b/Documentation/i2c/muxes/i2c-mux-gpio
index bd9b229..d4d91a5 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/muxes/i2c-mux-gpio
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/muxes/i2c-mux-gpio
@@ -63,3 +63,21 @@
 		.platform_data	= &myboard_i2cmux_data,
 	},
 };
+
+If you don't know the absolute GPIO pin numbers at registration time,
+you can instead provide a chip name (.chip_name) and relative GPIO pin
+numbers, and the i2c-gpio-mux driver will do the work for you,
+including deferred probing if the GPIO chip isn't immediately
+available.
+
+Device Registration
+-------------------
+
+When registering your i2c-gpio-mux device, you should pass the number
+of any GPIO pin it uses as the device ID. This guarantees that every
+instance has a different ID.
+
+Alternatively, if you don't need a stable device name, you can simply
+pass PLATFORM_DEVID_AUTO as the device ID, and the platform core will
+assign a dynamic ID to your device. If you do not know the absolute
+GPIO pin numbers at registration time, this is even the only option.
diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
index 849b771..2152b0e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
+++ b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
@@ -178,7 +178,6 @@
 'V'	C0	linux/ivtv.h		conflict!
 'V'	C0	media/davinci/vpfe_capture.h	conflict!
 'V'	C0	media/si4713.h		conflict!
-'V'	C0-CF	drivers/media/video/mxb.h	conflict!
 'W'	00-1F	linux/watchdog.h	conflict!
 'W'	00-1F	linux/wanrouter.h	conflict!
 'W'	00-3F	sound/asound.h		conflict!
@@ -204,8 +203,6 @@
 'c'	A0-AF   arch/x86/include/asm/msr.h	conflict!
 'd'	00-FF	linux/char/drm/drm/h	conflict!
 'd'	02-40	pcmcia/ds.h		conflict!
-'d'	10-3F	drivers/media/video/dabusb.h	conflict!
-'d'	C0-CF	drivers/media/video/saa7191.h	conflict!
 'd'	F0-FF	linux/digi1.h
 'e'	all	linux/digi1.h		conflict!
 'e'	00-1F	drivers/net/irda/irtty-sir.h	conflict!
@@ -267,9 +264,7 @@
 'v'	00-1F	linux/ext2_fs.h		conflict!
 'v'	00-1F	linux/fs.h		conflict!
 'v'	00-0F	linux/sonypi.h		conflict!
-'v'	C0-DF	media/pwc-ioctl.h	conflict!
 'v'	C0-FF	linux/meye.h		conflict!
-'v'	D0-DF	drivers/media/video/cpia2/cpia2dev.h	conflict!
 'w'	all				CERN SCI driver
 'y'	00-1F				packet based user level communications
 					<mailto:zapman@interlan.net>
diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
index f777fa9..9776f06 100644
--- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
@@ -1593,6 +1593,12 @@
 			log everything. Information is printed at KERN_DEBUG
 			so loglevel=8 may also need to be specified.
 
+	module.sig_enforce
+			[KNL] When CONFIG_MODULE_SIG is set, this means that
+			modules without (valid) signatures will fail to load.
+			Note that if CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_ENFORCE is set, that
+			is always true, so this option does nothing.
+
 	mousedev.tap_time=
 			[MOUSE] Maximum time between finger touching and
 			leaving touchpad surface for touch to be considered
@@ -1730,6 +1736,11 @@
 			will be autodetected by the client, and it will fall
 			back to using the idmapper.
 			To turn off this behaviour, set the value to '0'.
+	nfs.nfs4_unique_id=
+			[NFS4] Specify an additional fixed unique ident-
+			ification string that NFSv4 clients can insert into
+			their nfs_client_id4 string.  This is typically a
+			UUID that is generated at system install time.
 
 	nfs.send_implementation_id =
 			[NFSv4.1] Send client implementation identification
diff --git a/Documentation/leds/leds-lp5523.txt b/Documentation/leds/leds-lp5523.txt
index fad2feb..c2743f5 100644
--- a/Documentation/leds/leds-lp5523.txt
+++ b/Documentation/leds/leds-lp5523.txt
@@ -10,8 +10,22 @@
 Description
 -----------
 LP5523 can drive up to 9 channels. Leds can be controlled directly via
-the led class control interface. Channels have generic names:
-lp5523:channelx where x is 0...8
+the led class control interface.
+The name of each channel is configurable in the platform data - name and label.
+There are three options to make the channel name.
+
+a) Define the 'name' in the platform data
+To make specific channel name, then use 'name' platform data.
+/sys/class/leds/R1               (name: 'R1')
+/sys/class/leds/B1               (name: 'B1')
+
+b) Use the 'label' with no 'name' field
+For one device name with channel number, then use 'label'.
+/sys/class/leds/RGB:channelN     (label: 'RGB', N: 0 ~ 8)
+
+c) Default
+If both fields are NULL, 'lp5523' is used by default.
+/sys/class/leds/lp5523:channelN  (N: 0 ~ 8)
 
 The chip provides 3 engines. Each engine can control channels without
 interaction from the main CPU. Details of the micro engine code can be found
@@ -46,12 +60,13 @@
 
 static struct lp5523_led_config lp5523_led_config[] = {
         {
+		.name		= "D1",
                 .chan_nr        = 0,
                 .led_current    = 50,
 		.max_current    = 130,
         },
 ...
-        }, {
+        {
                 .chan_nr        = 8,
                 .led_current    = 50,
 		.max_current    = 130,
diff --git a/Documentation/memory.txt b/Documentation/memory.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 802efe5..0000000
--- a/Documentation/memory.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-There are several classic problems related to memory on Linux
-systems.
-
-	1) There are some motherboards that will not cache above
-	   a certain quantity of memory.  If you have one of these
-	   motherboards, your system will be SLOWER, not faster
-	   as you add more memory.  Consider exchanging your 
-           motherboard.
-
-All of these problems can be addressed with the "mem=XXXM" boot option
-(where XXX is the size of RAM to use in megabytes).  
-It can also tell Linux to use less memory than is actually installed.
-If you use "mem=" on a machine with PCI, consider using "memmap=" to avoid
-physical address space collisions.
-
-See the documentation of your boot loader (LILO, grub, loadlin, etc.) about
-how to pass options to the kernel.
-
-There are other memory problems which Linux cannot deal with.  Random
-corruption of memory is usually a sign of serious hardware trouble.
-Try:
-
-	* Reducing memory settings in the BIOS to the most conservative 
-          timings.
-
-	* Adding a cooling fan.
-
-	* Not overclocking your CPU.
-
-	* Having the memory tested in a memory tester or exchanged
-	  with the vendor. Consider testing it with memtest86 yourself.
-	
-	* Exchanging your CPU, cache, or motherboard for one that works.
diff --git a/Documentation/percpu-rw-semaphore.txt b/Documentation/percpu-rw-semaphore.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d3c824
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/percpu-rw-semaphore.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+Percpu rw semaphores
+--------------------
+
+Percpu rw semaphores is a new read-write semaphore design that is
+optimized for locking for reading.
+
+The problem with traditional read-write semaphores is that when multiple
+cores take the lock for reading, the cache line containing the semaphore
+is bouncing between L1 caches of the cores, causing performance
+degradation.
+
+Locking for reading is very fast, it uses RCU and it avoids any atomic
+instruction in the lock and unlock path. On the other hand, locking for
+writing is very expensive, it calls synchronize_rcu() that can take
+hundreds of milliseconds.
+
+The lock is declared with "struct percpu_rw_semaphore" type.
+The lock is initialized percpu_init_rwsem, it returns 0 on success and
+-ENOMEM on allocation failure.
+The lock must be freed with percpu_free_rwsem to avoid memory leak.
+
+The lock is locked for read with percpu_down_read, percpu_up_read and
+for write with percpu_down_write, percpu_up_write.
+
+The idea of using RCU for optimized rw-lock was introduced by
+Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>.
+The code was written by Mikulas Patocka <mpatocka@redhat.com>
diff --git a/Documentation/power/power_supply_class.txt b/Documentation/power/power_supply_class.txt
index 2f0ddc1..9c647bd 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/power_supply_class.txt
+++ b/Documentation/power/power_supply_class.txt
@@ -81,6 +81,9 @@
 are already charged or discharging, 'n/a' can be displayed (or
 'unknown', if the status is not known).
 
+AUTHENTIC - indicates the power supply (battery or charger) connected
+to the platform is authentic(1) or non authentic(0).
+
 HEALTH - represents health of the battery, values corresponds to
 POWER_SUPPLY_HEALTH_*, defined in battery.h.
 
@@ -113,8 +116,12 @@
 relative, time-based measurements.
 
 CONSTANT_CHARGE_CURRENT - constant charge current programmed by charger.
+CONSTANT_CHARGE_CURRENT_MAX - maximum charge current supported by the
+power supply object.
 
 CONSTANT_CHARGE_VOLTAGE - constant charge voltage programmed by charger.
+CONSTANT_CHARGE_VOLTAGE_MAX - maximum charge voltage supported by the
+power supply object.
 
 ENERGY_FULL, ENERGY_EMPTY - same as above but for energy.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/printk-formats.txt b/Documentation/printk-formats.txt
index 7561d7e..8ffb274 100644
--- a/Documentation/printk-formats.txt
+++ b/Documentation/printk-formats.txt
@@ -69,6 +69,7 @@
 	%pMR	05:04:03:02:01:00
 	%pMF	00-01-02-03-04-05
 	%pm	000102030405
+	%pmR	050403020100
 
 	For printing 6-byte MAC/FDDI addresses in hex notation. The 'M' and 'm'
 	specifiers result in a printed address with ('M') or without ('m') byte
diff --git a/Documentation/prio_tree.txt b/Documentation/prio_tree.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 3aa68f9..0000000
--- a/Documentation/prio_tree.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
-The prio_tree.c code indexes vmas using 3 different indexes:
-	* heap_index  = vm_pgoff + vm_size_in_pages : end_vm_pgoff
-	* radix_index = vm_pgoff : start_vm_pgoff
-	* size_index = vm_size_in_pages
-
-A regular radix-priority-search-tree indexes vmas using only heap_index and
-radix_index. The conditions for indexing are:
-	* ->heap_index >= ->left->heap_index &&
-		->heap_index >= ->right->heap_index
-	* if (->heap_index == ->left->heap_index)
-		then ->radix_index < ->left->radix_index;
-	* if (->heap_index == ->right->heap_index)
-		then ->radix_index < ->right->radix_index;
-	* nodes are hashed to left or right subtree using radix_index
-	  similar to a pure binary radix tree.
-
-A regular radix-priority-search-tree helps to store and query
-intervals (vmas). However, a regular radix-priority-search-tree is only
-suitable for storing vmas with different radix indices (vm_pgoff).
-
-Therefore, the prio_tree.c extends the regular radix-priority-search-tree
-to handle many vmas with the same vm_pgoff. Such vmas are handled in
-2 different ways: 1) All vmas with the same radix _and_ heap indices are
-linked using vm_set.list, 2) if there are many vmas with the same radix
-index, but different heap indices and if the regular radix-priority-search
-tree cannot index them all, we build an overflow-sub-tree that indexes such
-vmas using heap and size indices instead of heap and radix indices. For
-example, in the figure below some vmas with vm_pgoff = 0 (zero) are
-indexed by regular radix-priority-search-tree whereas others are pushed
-into an overflow-subtree. Note that all vmas in an overflow-sub-tree have
-the same vm_pgoff (radix_index) and if necessary we build different
-overflow-sub-trees to handle each possible radix_index. For example,
-in figure we have 3 overflow-sub-trees corresponding to radix indices
-0, 2, and 4.
-
-In the final tree the first few (prio_tree_root->index_bits) levels
-are indexed using heap and radix indices whereas the overflow-sub-trees below
-those levels (i.e. levels prio_tree_root->index_bits + 1 and higher) are
-indexed using heap and size indices. In overflow-sub-trees the size_index
-is used for hashing the nodes to appropriate places.
-
-Now, an example prio_tree:
-
-  vmas are represented [radix_index, size_index, heap_index]
-                 i.e., [start_vm_pgoff, vm_size_in_pages, end_vm_pgoff]
-
-level  prio_tree_root->index_bits = 3
------
-												_
-  0			 				[0,7,7]					 |
-  							/     \					 |
-				      ------------------       ------------			 |     Regular
-  				     /					   \			 |  radix priority
-  1		 		[1,6,7]					  [4,3,7]		 |   search tree
-  				/     \					  /     \		 |
-			 -------       -----			    ------       -----		 |  heap-and-radix
-			/		    \			   /		      \		 |      indexed
-  2		    [0,6,6]	 	   [2,5,7]		[5,2,7]		    [6,1,7]	 |
-		    /     \		   /     \		/     \		    /     \	 |
-  3		[0,5,5]	[1,5,6]		[2,4,6]	[3,4,7]	    [4,2,6] [5,1,6]	[6,0,6]	[7,0,7]	 |
-		   /			   /		       /		   		_
-                  /		          /		      /					_
-  4	      [0,4,4]		      [2,3,5]		   [4,1,5]				 |
-  		 /			 /		      /					 |
-  5	     [0,3,3]		     [2,2,4]		  [4,0,4]				 |  Overflow-sub-trees
-  		/			/							 |
-  6	    [0,2,2]		    [2,1,3]							 |    heap-and-size
-  	       /		       /							 |       indexed
-  7	   [0,1,1]		   [2,0,2]							 |
-  	      /											 |
-  8	  [0,0,0]										 |
-  												_
-
-Note that we use prio_tree_root->index_bits to optimize the height
-of the heap-and-radix indexed tree. Since prio_tree_root->index_bits is
-set according to the maximum end_vm_pgoff mapped, we are sure that all
-bits (in vm_pgoff) above prio_tree_root->index_bits are 0 (zero). Therefore,
-we only use the first prio_tree_root->index_bits as radix_index.
-Whenever index_bits is increased in prio_tree_expand, we shuffle the tree
-to make sure that the first prio_tree_root->index_bits levels of the tree
-is indexed properly using heap and radix indices.
-
-We do not optimize the height of overflow-sub-trees using index_bits.
-The reason is: there can be many such overflow-sub-trees and all of
-them have to be suffled whenever the index_bits increases. This may involve
-walking the whole prio_tree in prio_tree_insert->prio_tree_expand code
-path which is not desirable. Hence, we do not optimize the height of the
-heap-and-size indexed overflow-sub-trees using prio_tree->index_bits.
-Instead the overflow sub-trees are indexed using full BITS_PER_LONG bits
-of size_index. This may lead to skewed sub-trees because most of the
-higher significant bits of the size_index are likely to be 0 (zero). In
-the example above, all 3 overflow-sub-trees are skewed. This may marginally
-affect the performance. However, processes rarely map many vmas with the
-same start_vm_pgoff but different end_vm_pgoffs. Therefore, we normally
-do not require overflow-sub-trees to index all vmas.
-
-From the above discussion it is clear that the maximum height of
-a prio_tree can be prio_tree_root->index_bits + BITS_PER_LONG.
-However, in most of the common cases we do not need overflow-sub-trees,
-so the tree height in the common cases will be prio_tree_root->index_bits.
-
-It is fair to mention here that the prio_tree_root->index_bits
-is increased on demand, however, the index_bits is not decreased when
-vmas are removed from the prio_tree. That's tricky to do. Hence, it's
-left as a home work problem.
-
-
diff --git a/Documentation/pwm.txt b/Documentation/pwm.txt
index 554290e..7d2b4c9 100644
--- a/Documentation/pwm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/pwm.txt
@@ -36,7 +36,8 @@
 after usage with pwm_free().
 
 New users should use the pwm_get() function and pass to it the consumer
-device or a consumer name. pwm_put() is used to free the PWM device.
+device or a consumer name. pwm_put() is used to free the PWM device. Managed
+variants of these functions, devm_pwm_get() and devm_pwm_put(), also exist.
 
 After being requested a PWM has to be configured using:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/ramoops.txt b/Documentation/ramoops.txt
index 197ad59..69b3cac 100644
--- a/Documentation/ramoops.txt
+++ b/Documentation/ramoops.txt
@@ -102,9 +102,7 @@
 file. Here is an example of usage:
 
  # mount -t debugfs debugfs /sys/kernel/debug/
- # cd /sys/kernel/debug/tracing
- # echo function > current_tracer
- # echo 1 > options/func_pstore
+ # echo 1 > /sys/kernel/debug/pstore/record_ftrace
  # reboot -f
  [...]
  # mount -t pstore pstore /mnt/
diff --git a/Documentation/rbtree.txt b/Documentation/rbtree.txt
index 8d32d85..61b6c48 100644
--- a/Documentation/rbtree.txt
+++ b/Documentation/rbtree.txt
@@ -193,24 +193,55 @@
 Support for Augmented rbtrees
 -----------------------------
 
-Augmented rbtree is an rbtree with "some" additional data stored in each node.
-This data can be used to augment some new functionality to rbtree.
-Augmented rbtree is an optional feature built on top of basic rbtree
-infrastructure. An rbtree user who wants this feature will have to call the
-augmentation functions with the user provided augmentation callback
-when inserting and erasing nodes.
+Augmented rbtree is an rbtree with "some" additional data stored in
+each node, where the additional data for node N must be a function of
+the contents of all nodes in the subtree rooted at N. This data can
+be used to augment some new functionality to rbtree. Augmented rbtree
+is an optional feature built on top of basic rbtree infrastructure.
+An rbtree user who wants this feature will have to call the augmentation
+functions with the user provided augmentation callback when inserting
+and erasing nodes.
 
-On insertion, the user must call rb_augment_insert() once the new node is in
-place. This will cause the augmentation function callback to be called for
-each node between the new node and the root which has been affected by the
-insertion.
+C files implementing augmented rbtree manipulation must include
+<linux/rbtree_augmented.h> instead of <linus/rbtree.h>. Note that
+linux/rbtree_augmented.h exposes some rbtree implementations details
+you are not expected to rely on; please stick to the documented APIs
+there and do not include <linux/rbtree_augmented.h> from header files
+either so as to minimize chances of your users accidentally relying on
+such implementation details.
 
-When erasing a node, the user must call rb_augment_erase_begin() first to
-retrieve the deepest node on the rebalance path. Then, after erasing the
-original node, the user must call rb_augment_erase_end() with the deepest
-node found earlier. This will cause the augmentation function to be called
-for each affected node between the deepest node and the root.
+On insertion, the user must update the augmented information on the path
+leading to the inserted node, then call rb_link_node() as usual and
+rb_augment_inserted() instead of the usual rb_insert_color() call.
+If rb_augment_inserted() rebalances the rbtree, it will callback into
+a user provided function to update the augmented information on the
+affected subtrees.
 
+When erasing a node, the user must call rb_erase_augmented() instead of
+rb_erase(). rb_erase_augmented() calls back into user provided functions
+to updated the augmented information on affected subtrees.
+
+In both cases, the callbacks are provided through struct rb_augment_callbacks.
+3 callbacks must be defined:
+
+- A propagation callback, which updates the augmented value for a given
+  node and its ancestors, up to a given stop point (or NULL to update
+  all the way to the root).
+
+- A copy callback, which copies the augmented value for a given subtree
+  to a newly assigned subtree root.
+
+- A tree rotation callback, which copies the augmented value for a given
+  subtree to a newly assigned subtree root AND recomputes the augmented
+  information for the former subtree root.
+
+The compiled code for rb_erase_augmented() may inline the propagation and
+copy callbacks, which results in a large function, so each augmented rbtree
+user should have a single rb_erase_augmented() call site in order to limit
+compiled code size.
+
+
+Sample usage:
 
 Interval tree is an example of augmented rb tree. Reference -
 "Introduction to Algorithms" by Cormen, Leiserson, Rivest and Stein.
@@ -230,26 +261,132 @@
 for lowest match (lowest start address among all possible matches)
 with something like:
 
-find_lowest_match(lo, hi, node)
+struct interval_tree_node *
+interval_tree_first_match(struct rb_root *root,
+			  unsigned long start, unsigned long last)
 {
-	lowest_match = NULL;
-	while (node) {
-		if (max_hi(node->left) > lo) {
-			// Lowest overlap if any must be on left side
-			node = node->left;
-		} else if (overlap(lo, hi, node)) {
-			lowest_match = node;
-			break;
-		} else if (lo > node->lo) {
-			// Lowest overlap if any must be on right side
-			node = node->right;
-		} else {
-			break;
+	struct interval_tree_node *node;
+
+	if (!root->rb_node)
+		return NULL;
+	node = rb_entry(root->rb_node, struct interval_tree_node, rb);
+
+	while (true) {
+		if (node->rb.rb_left) {
+			struct interval_tree_node *left =
+				rb_entry(node->rb.rb_left,
+					 struct interval_tree_node, rb);
+			if (left->__subtree_last >= start) {
+				/*
+				 * Some nodes in left subtree satisfy Cond2.
+				 * Iterate to find the leftmost such node N.
+				 * If it also satisfies Cond1, that's the match
+				 * we are looking for. Otherwise, there is no
+				 * matching interval as nodes to the right of N
+				 * can't satisfy Cond1 either.
+				 */
+				node = left;
+				continue;
+			}
 		}
+		if (node->start <= last) {		/* Cond1 */
+			if (node->last >= start)	/* Cond2 */
+				return node;	/* node is leftmost match */
+			if (node->rb.rb_right) {
+				node = rb_entry(node->rb.rb_right,
+					struct interval_tree_node, rb);
+				if (node->__subtree_last >= start)
+					continue;
+			}
+		}
+		return NULL;	/* No match */
 	}
-	return lowest_match;
 }
 
-Finding exact match will be to first find lowest match and then to follow
-successor nodes looking for exact match, until the start of a node is beyond
-the hi value we are looking for.
+Insertion/removal are defined using the following augmented callbacks:
+
+static inline unsigned long
+compute_subtree_last(struct interval_tree_node *node)
+{
+	unsigned long max = node->last, subtree_last;
+	if (node->rb.rb_left) {
+		subtree_last = rb_entry(node->rb.rb_left,
+			struct interval_tree_node, rb)->__subtree_last;
+		if (max < subtree_last)
+			max = subtree_last;
+	}
+	if (node->rb.rb_right) {
+		subtree_last = rb_entry(node->rb.rb_right,
+			struct interval_tree_node, rb)->__subtree_last;
+		if (max < subtree_last)
+			max = subtree_last;
+	}
+	return max;
+}
+
+static void augment_propagate(struct rb_node *rb, struct rb_node *stop)
+{
+	while (rb != stop) {
+		struct interval_tree_node *node =
+			rb_entry(rb, struct interval_tree_node, rb);
+		unsigned long subtree_last = compute_subtree_last(node);
+		if (node->__subtree_last == subtree_last)
+			break;
+		node->__subtree_last = subtree_last;
+		rb = rb_parent(&node->rb);
+	}
+}
+
+static void augment_copy(struct rb_node *rb_old, struct rb_node *rb_new)
+{
+	struct interval_tree_node *old =
+		rb_entry(rb_old, struct interval_tree_node, rb);
+	struct interval_tree_node *new =
+		rb_entry(rb_new, struct interval_tree_node, rb);
+
+	new->__subtree_last = old->__subtree_last;
+}
+
+static void augment_rotate(struct rb_node *rb_old, struct rb_node *rb_new)
+{
+	struct interval_tree_node *old =
+		rb_entry(rb_old, struct interval_tree_node, rb);
+	struct interval_tree_node *new =
+		rb_entry(rb_new, struct interval_tree_node, rb);
+
+	new->__subtree_last = old->__subtree_last;
+	old->__subtree_last = compute_subtree_last(old);
+}
+
+static const struct rb_augment_callbacks augment_callbacks = {
+	augment_propagate, augment_copy, augment_rotate
+};
+
+void interval_tree_insert(struct interval_tree_node *node,
+			  struct rb_root *root)
+{
+	struct rb_node **link = &root->rb_node, *rb_parent = NULL;
+	unsigned long start = node->start, last = node->last;
+	struct interval_tree_node *parent;
+
+	while (*link) {
+		rb_parent = *link;
+		parent = rb_entry(rb_parent, struct interval_tree_node, rb);
+		if (parent->__subtree_last < last)
+			parent->__subtree_last = last;
+		if (start < parent->start)
+			link = &parent->rb.rb_left;
+		else
+			link = &parent->rb.rb_right;
+	}
+
+	node->__subtree_last = last;
+	rb_link_node(&node->rb, rb_parent, link);
+	rb_insert_augmented(&node->rb, root, &augment_callbacks);
+}
+
+void interval_tree_remove(struct interval_tree_node *node,
+			  struct rb_root *root)
+{
+	rb_erase_augmented(&node->rb, root, &augment_callbacks);
+}
diff --git a/Documentation/rtc.txt b/Documentation/rtc.txt
index 2501604..32aa400 100644
--- a/Documentation/rtc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/rtc.txt
@@ -119,8 +119,9 @@
     *	/sys/class/rtc/rtcN ... sysfs attributes support readonly
 	access to some RTC attributes.
 
-    *	/proc/driver/rtc ... the first RTC (rtc0) may expose itself
-	using a procfs interface.  More information is (currently) shown
+    *	/proc/driver/rtc ... the system clock RTC may expose itself
+	using a procfs interface. If there is no RTC for the system clock,
+	rtc0 is used by default. More information is (currently) shown
 	here than through sysfs.
 
 The RTC Class framework supports a wide variety of RTCs, ranging from those
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas
index 3a30794..da03146 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas
@@ -1,3 +1,16 @@
+Release Date    : Mon. Oct 1, 2012 17:00:00 PST 2012 -
+			(emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com)
+			Adam Radford
+Current Version : 06.504.01.00-rc1
+Old Version     : 00.00.06.18-rc1
+    1. Removed un-needed completion_lock spinlock calls.
+    2. Add module param for configurable MSI-X vector count.
+    3. Load io_request DataLength in bytes.
+    4. Add array boundary check for SystemPD.
+    5. Add SystemPD FastPath support.
+    6. Remove duplicate code.
+    7. Version, Changelog, Copyright update.
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Release Date    : Tue. Jun 17, 2012 17:00:00 PST 2012 -
 			(emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com)
 			Adam Radford/Kashyap Desai
diff --git a/Documentation/security/keys.txt b/Documentation/security/keys.txt
index aa0dbd7..7d9ca92 100644
--- a/Documentation/security/keys.txt
+++ b/Documentation/security/keys.txt
@@ -412,6 +412,10 @@
      to the keyring. In this case, an error will be generated if the process
      does not have permission to write to the keyring.
 
+     If the key type supports it, if the description is NULL or an empty
+     string, the key type will try and generate a description from the content
+     of the payload.
+
      The payload is optional, and the pointer can be NULL if not required by
      the type. The payload is plen in size, and plen can be zero for an empty
      payload.
@@ -1114,12 +1118,53 @@
      it should return 0.
 
 
- (*) int (*instantiate)(struct key *key, const void *data, size_t datalen);
+ (*) int (*preparse)(struct key_preparsed_payload *prep);
+
+     This optional method permits the key type to attempt to parse payload
+     before a key is created (add key) or the key semaphore is taken (update or
+     instantiate key).  The structure pointed to by prep looks like:
+
+	struct key_preparsed_payload {
+		char		*description;
+		void		*type_data[2];
+		void		*payload;
+		const void	*data;
+		size_t		datalen;
+		size_t		quotalen;
+	};
+
+     Before calling the method, the caller will fill in data and datalen with
+     the payload blob parameters; quotalen will be filled in with the default
+     quota size from the key type and the rest will be cleared.
+
+     If a description can be proposed from the payload contents, that should be
+     attached as a string to the description field.  This will be used for the
+     key description if the caller of add_key() passes NULL or "".
+
+     The method can attach anything it likes to type_data[] and payload.  These
+     are merely passed along to the instantiate() or update() operations.
+
+     The method should return 0 if success ful or a negative error code
+     otherwise.
+
+     
+ (*) void (*free_preparse)(struct key_preparsed_payload *prep);
+
+     This method is only required if the preparse() method is provided,
+     otherwise it is unused.  It cleans up anything attached to the
+     description, type_data and payload fields of the key_preparsed_payload
+     struct as filled in by the preparse() method.
+
+
+ (*) int (*instantiate)(struct key *key, struct key_preparsed_payload *prep);
 
      This method is called to attach a payload to a key during construction.
      The payload attached need not bear any relation to the data passed to this
      function.
 
+     The prep->data and prep->datalen fields will define the original payload
+     blob.  If preparse() was supplied then other fields may be filled in also.
+
      If the amount of data attached to the key differs from the size in
      keytype->def_datalen, then key_payload_reserve() should be called.
 
@@ -1135,6 +1180,9 @@
      If this type of key can be updated, then this method should be provided.
      It is called to update a key's payload from the blob of data provided.
 
+     The prep->data and prep->datalen fields will define the original payload
+     blob.  If preparse() was supplied then other fields may be filled in also.
+
      key_payload_reserve() should be called if the data length might change
      before any changes are actually made. Note that if this succeeds, the type
      is committed to changing the key because it's already been altered, so all
diff --git a/Documentation/smsc_ece1099.txt b/Documentation/smsc_ece1099.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b492e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/smsc_ece1099.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+What is smsc-ece1099?
+----------------------
+
+The ECE1099 is a 40-Pin 3.3V Keyboard Scan Expansion
+or GPIO Expansion device. The device supports a keyboard
+scan matrix of 23x8. The device is connected to a Master
+via the SMSC BC-Link interface or via the SMBus.
+Keypad scan Input(KSI) and Keypad Scan Output(KSO) signals
+are multiplexed with GPIOs.
+
+Interrupt generation
+--------------------
+
+Interrupts can be generated by an edge detection on a GPIO
+pin or an edge detection on one of the bus interface pins.
+Interrupts can also be detected on the keyboard scan interface.
+The bus interrupt pin (BC_INT# or SMBUS_INT#) is asserted if
+any bit in one of the Interrupt Status registers is 1 and
+the corresponding Interrupt Mask bit is also 1.
+
+In order for software to determine which device is the source
+of an interrupt, it should first read the Group Interrupt Status Register
+to determine which Status register group is a source for the interrupt.
+Software should read both the Status register and the associated Mask register,
+then AND the two values together. Bits that are 1 in the result of the AND
+are active interrupts. Software clears an interrupt by writing a 1 to the
+corresponding bit in the Status register.
+
+Communication Protocol
+----------------------
+
+- SMbus slave Interface
+	The host processor communicates with the ECE1099 device
+	through a series of read/write registers via the SMBus
+	interface. SMBus is a serial communication protocol between
+	a computer host and its peripheral devices. The SMBus data
+	rate is 10KHz minimum to 400 KHz maximum
+
+- Slave Bus Interface
+	The ECE1099 device SMBus implementation is a subset of the
+	SMBus interface to the host. The device is a slave-only SMBus device.
+	The implementation in the device is a subset of SMBus since it
+	only supports four protocols.
+
+	The Write Byte, Read Byte, Send Byte, and Receive Byte protocols are the
+	only valid SMBus protocols for the device.
+
+- BC-LinkTM Interface
+	The BC-Link is a proprietary bus that allows communication
+	between a Master device and a Companion device. The Master
+	device uses this serial bus to read and write registers
+	located on the Companion device. The bus comprises three signals,
+	BC_CLK, BC_DAT and BC_INT#. The Master device always provides the
+	clock, BC_CLK, and the Companion device is the source for an
+	independent asynchronous interrupt signal, BC_INT#. The ECE1099
+	supports BC-Link speeds up to 24MHz.
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt
index 4e4d0bc..d90d8ec 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt
@@ -860,8 +860,14 @@
 
     [Multiple options for each card instance]
     model	- force the model name
-    position_fix - Fix DMA pointer (0 = auto, 1 = use LPIB, 2 = POSBUF,
-    		   3 = VIACOMBO, 4 = COMBO)
+    position_fix - Fix DMA pointer
+		  -1 = system default: choose appropriate one per controller
+			hardware
+		  0 = auto: falls back to LPIB when POSBUF doesn't work
+		  1 = use LPIB
+		  2 = POSBUF: use position buffer
+		  3 = VIACOMBO: VIA-specific workaround for capture
+		  4 = COMBO: use LPIB for playback, auto for capture stream
     probe_mask  - Bitmask to probe codecs (default = -1, meaning all slots)
     		  When the bit 8 (0x100) is set, the lower 8 bits are used
 		  as the "fixed" codec slots; i.e. the driver probes the
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/Channel-Mapping-API.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/Channel-Mapping-API.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c43d1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/Channel-Mapping-API.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+ALSA PCM channel-mapping API
+============================
+					Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
+
+GENERAL
+-------
+
+The channel mapping API allows user to query the possible channel maps
+and the current channel map, also optionally to modify the channel map
+of the current stream.
+
+A channel map is an array of position for each PCM channel.
+Typically, a stereo PCM stream has a channel map of
+  { front_left, front_right }
+while a 4.0 surround PCM stream has a channel map of
+  { front left, front right, rear left, rear right }.
+
+The problem, so far, was that we had no standard channel map
+explicitly, and applications had no way to know which channel
+corresponds to which (speaker) position.  Thus, applications applied
+wrong channels for 5.1 outputs, and you hear suddenly strange sound
+from rear.  Or, some devices secretly assume that center/LFE is the
+third/fourth channels while others that C/LFE as 5th/6th channels.
+
+Also, some devices such as HDMI are configurable for different speaker
+positions even with the same number of total channels.  However, there
+was no way to specify this because of lack of channel map
+specification.  These are the main motivations for the new channel
+mapping API.
+
+
+DESIGN
+------
+
+Actually, "the channel mapping API" doesn't introduce anything new in
+the kernel/user-space ABI perspective.  It uses only the existing
+control element features.
+
+As a ground design, each PCM substream may contain a control element
+providing the channel mapping information and configuration.  This
+element is specified by:
+	iface = SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_IFACE_PCM
+	name = "Playback Channel Map" or "Capture Channel Map"
+	device = the same device number for the assigned PCM substream
+	index = the same index number for the assigned PCM substream
+
+Note the name is different depending on the PCM substream direction.
+
+Each control element provides at least the TLV read operation and the
+read operation.  Optionally, the write operation can be provided to
+allow user to change the channel map dynamically.
+
+* TLV
+
+The TLV operation gives the list of available channel
+maps.  A list item of a channel map is usually a TLV of
+	type data-bytes ch0 ch1 ch2...
+where type is the TLV type value, the second argument is the total
+bytes (not the numbers) of channel values, and the rest are the
+position value for each channel.
+
+As a TLV type, either SNDRV_CTL_TLVT_CHMAP_FIXED,
+SNDRV_CTL_TLV_CHMAP_VAR or SNDRV_CTL_TLVT_CHMAP_PAIRED can be used.
+The _FIXED type is for a channel map with the fixed channel position
+while the latter two are for flexible channel positions.  _VAR type is
+for a channel map where all channels are freely swappable and _PAIRED
+type is where pair-wise channels are swappable.  For example, when you
+have {FL/FR/RL/RR} channel map, _PAIRED type would allow you to swap
+only {RL/RR/FL/FR} while _VAR type would allow even swapping FL and
+RR.
+
+These new TLV types are defined in sound/tlv.h.
+
+The available channel position values are defined in sound/asound.h,
+here is a cut:
+
+/* channel positions */
+enum {
+	SNDRV_CHMAP_UNKNOWN = 0,
+	SNDRV_CHMAP_NA,		/* N/A, silent */
+	SNDRV_CHMAP_MONO,	/* mono stream */
+	/* this follows the alsa-lib mixer channel value + 3 */
+	SNDRV_CHMAP_FL,		/* front left */
+	SNDRV_CHMAP_FR,		/* front right */
+	SNDRV_CHMAP_RL,		/* rear left */
+	SNDRV_CHMAP_RR,		/* rear right */
+	SNDRV_CHMAP_FC,		/* front center */
+	SNDRV_CHMAP_LFE,	/* LFE */
+	SNDRV_CHMAP_SL,		/* side left */
+	SNDRV_CHMAP_SR,		/* side right */
+	SNDRV_CHMAP_RC,		/* rear center */
+	/* new definitions */
+	SNDRV_CHMAP_FLC,	/* front left center */
+	SNDRV_CHMAP_FRC,	/* front right center */
+	SNDRV_CHMAP_RLC,	/* rear left center */
+	SNDRV_CHMAP_RRC,	/* rear right center */
+	SNDRV_CHMAP_FLW,	/* front left wide */
+	SNDRV_CHMAP_FRW,	/* front right wide */
+	SNDRV_CHMAP_FLH,	/* front left high */
+	SNDRV_CHMAP_FCH,	/* front center high */
+	SNDRV_CHMAP_FRH,	/* front right high */
+	SNDRV_CHMAP_TC,		/* top center */
+	SNDRV_CHMAP_TFL,	/* top front left */
+	SNDRV_CHMAP_TFR,	/* top front right */
+	SNDRV_CHMAP_TFC,	/* top front center */
+	SNDRV_CHMAP_TRL,	/* top rear left */
+	SNDRV_CHMAP_TRR,	/* top rear right */
+	SNDRV_CHMAP_TRC,	/* top rear center */
+	SNDRV_CHMAP_LAST = SNDRV_CHMAP_TRC,
+};
+
+When a PCM stream can provide more than one channel map, you can
+provide multiple channel maps in a TLV container type.  The TLV data
+to be returned will contain such as:
+	SNDRV_CTL_TLVT_CONTAINER 96
+	    SNDRV_CTL_TLVT_CHMAP_FIXED 4 SNDRV_CHMAP_FC
+	    SNDRV_CTL_TLVT_CHMAP_FIXED 8 SNDRV_CHMAP_FL SNDRV_CHMAP_FR
+	    SNDRV_CTL_TLVT_CHMAP_FIXED 16 NDRV_CHMAP_FL SNDRV_CHMAP_FR \
+		SNDRV_CHMAP_RL SNDRV_CHMAP_RR
+
+The channel position is provided in LSB 16bits.  The upper bits are
+used for bit flags.
+
+#define SNDRV_CHMAP_POSITION_MASK	0xffff
+#define SNDRV_CHMAP_PHASE_INVERSE	(0x01 << 16)
+#define SNDRV_CHMAP_DRIVER_SPEC		(0x02 << 16)
+
+SNDRV_CHMAP_PHASE_INVERSE indicates the channel is phase inverted,
+(thus summing left and right channels would result in almost silence).
+Some digital mic devices have this.
+
+When SNDRV_CHMAP_DRIVER_SPEC is set, all the channel position values
+don't follow the standard definition above but driver-specific.
+
+* READ OPERATION
+
+The control read operation is for providing the current channel map of
+the given stream.  The control element returns an integer array
+containing the position of each channel.
+
+When this is performed before the number of the channel is specified
+(i.e. hw_params is set), it should return all channels set to
+UNKNOWN.
+
+* WRITE OPERATION
+
+The control write operation is optional, and only for devices that can
+change the channel configuration on the fly, such as HDMI.  User needs
+to pass an integer value containing the valid channel positions for
+all channels of the assigned PCM substream.
+
+This operation is allowed only at PCM PREPARED state.  When called in
+other states, it shall return an error.
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt
index a92bba8..16dfe57 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt
@@ -74,7 +74,8 @@
 
 AD1882 / AD1882A
 ================
-  3stack	3-stack mode (default)
+  3stack	3-stack mode
+  3stack-automute 3-stack with automute front HP (default)
   6stack	6-stack mode
 
 AD1884A / AD1883 / AD1984A / AD1984B
diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt
index 6d78841..2907ba6 100644
--- a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt
@@ -181,6 +181,8 @@
 	%p	pid
 	%u	uid
 	%g	gid
+	%d	dump mode, matches PR_SET_DUMPABLE and
+		/proc/sys/fs/suid_dumpable
 	%s	signal number
 	%t	UNIX time of dump
 	%h	hostname
diff --git a/Documentation/sysrq.txt b/Documentation/sysrq.txt
index 642f844..2a4cdda 100644
--- a/Documentation/sysrq.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sysrq.txt
@@ -116,6 +116,7 @@
 'w'	- Dumps tasks that are in uninterruptable (blocked) state.
 
 'x'	- Used by xmon interface on ppc/powerpc platforms.
+          Show global PMU Registers on sparc64.
 
 'y'	- Show global CPU Registers [SPARC-64 specific]
 
diff --git a/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py b/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py
index a78879b..3fe0d81 100755
--- a/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py
+++ b/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py
@@ -402,8 +402,6 @@
 	buf += "	.queue_data_in			= " + fabric_mod_name + "_queue_data_in,\n"
 	buf += "	.queue_status			= " + fabric_mod_name + "_queue_status,\n"
 	buf += "	.queue_tm_rsp			= " + fabric_mod_name + "_queue_tm_rsp,\n"
-	buf += "	.get_fabric_sense_len		= " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_fabric_sense_len,\n"
-	buf += "	.set_fabric_sense_len		= " + fabric_mod_name + "_set_fabric_sense_len,\n"
 	buf += "	.is_state_remove		= " + fabric_mod_name + "_is_state_remove,\n"
 	buf += "	/*\n"
 	buf += "	 * Setup function pointers for generic logic in target_core_fabric_configfs.c\n"
@@ -906,20 +904,6 @@
 			buf += "}\n\n"
 			bufi += "int " + fabric_mod_name + "_queue_tm_rsp(struct se_cmd *);\n"
 
-		if re.search('get_fabric_sense_len\)\(', fo):
-			buf += "u16 " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_fabric_sense_len(void)\n"
-			buf += "{\n"
-			buf += "	return 0;\n"
-			buf += "}\n\n"
-			bufi += "u16 " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_fabric_sense_len(void);\n"
-
-		if re.search('set_fabric_sense_len\)\(', fo):
-			buf += "u16 " + fabric_mod_name + "_set_fabric_sense_len(struct se_cmd *se_cmd, u32 sense_length)\n"
-			buf += "{\n"
-			buf += "	return 0;\n"
-			buf += "}\n\n"
-			bufi += "u16 " + fabric_mod_name + "_set_fabric_sense_len(struct se_cmd *, u32);\n"
-
 		if re.search('is_state_remove\)\(', fo):
 			buf += "int " + fabric_mod_name + "_is_state_remove(struct se_cmd *se_cmd)\n"
 			buf += "{\n"
diff --git a/Documentation/thermal/cpu-cooling-api.txt b/Documentation/thermal/cpu-cooling-api.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fca24c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/thermal/cpu-cooling-api.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+CPU cooling APIs How To
+===================================
+
+Written by Amit Daniel Kachhap <amit.kachhap@linaro.org>
+
+Updated: 12 May 2012
+
+Copyright (c)  2012 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd(http://www.samsung.com)
+
+0. Introduction
+
+The generic cpu cooling(freq clipping) provides registration/unregistration APIs
+to the caller. The binding of the cooling devices to the trip point is left for
+the user. The registration APIs returns the cooling device pointer.
+
+1. cpu cooling APIs
+
+1.1 cpufreq registration/unregistration APIs
+1.1.1 struct thermal_cooling_device *cpufreq_cooling_register(
+	struct cpumask *clip_cpus)
+
+    This interface function registers the cpufreq cooling device with the name
+    "thermal-cpufreq-%x". This api can support multiple instances of cpufreq
+    cooling devices.
+
+   clip_cpus: cpumask of cpus where the frequency constraints will happen.
+
+1.1.2 void cpufreq_cooling_unregister(struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev)
+
+    This interface function unregisters the "thermal-cpufreq-%x" cooling device.
+
+    cdev: Cooling device pointer which has to be unregistered.
diff --git a/Documentation/thermal/exynos_thermal b/Documentation/thermal/exynos_thermal
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b46f67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/thermal/exynos_thermal
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+Kernel driver exynos4_tmu
+=================
+
+Supported chips:
+* ARM SAMSUNG EXYNOS4 series of SoC
+  Prefix: 'exynos4-tmu'
+  Datasheet: Not publicly available
+
+Authors: Donggeun Kim <dg77.kim@samsung.com>
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+This driver allows to read temperature inside SAMSUNG EXYNOS4 series of SoC.
+
+The chip only exposes the measured 8-bit temperature code value
+through a register.
+Temperature can be taken from the temperature code.
+There are three equations converting from temperature to temperature code.
+
+The three equations are:
+  1. Two point trimming
+	Tc = (T - 25) * (TI2 - TI1) / (85 - 25) + TI1
+
+  2. One point trimming
+	Tc = T + TI1 - 25
+
+  3. No trimming
+	Tc = T + 50
+
+  Tc: Temperature code, T: Temperature,
+  TI1: Trimming info for 25 degree Celsius (stored at TRIMINFO register)
+       Temperature code measured at 25 degree Celsius which is unchanged
+  TI2: Trimming info for 85 degree Celsius (stored at TRIMINFO register)
+       Temperature code measured at 85 degree Celsius which is unchanged
+
+TMU(Thermal Management Unit) in EXYNOS4 generates interrupt
+when temperature exceeds pre-defined levels.
+The maximum number of configurable threshold is four.
+The threshold levels are defined as follows:
+  Level_0: current temperature > trigger_level_0 + threshold
+  Level_1: current temperature > trigger_level_1 + threshold
+  Level_2: current temperature > trigger_level_2 + threshold
+  Level_3: current temperature > trigger_level_3 + threshold
+
+  The threshold and each trigger_level are set
+  through the corresponding registers.
+
+When an interrupt occurs, this driver notify kernel thermal framework
+with the function exynos4_report_trigger.
+Although an interrupt condition for level_0 can be set,
+it can be used to synchronize the cooling action.
diff --git a/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt b/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt
index c087dbc..ca1a1a3 100644
--- a/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt
+++ b/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt
@@ -84,7 +84,8 @@
 
 1.3 interface for binding a thermal zone device with a thermal cooling device
 1.3.1 int thermal_zone_bind_cooling_device(struct thermal_zone_device *tz,
-		int trip, struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev);
+	int trip, struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev,
+	unsigned long upper, unsigned long lower);
 
     This interface function bind a thermal cooling device to the certain trip
     point of a thermal zone device.
@@ -93,6 +94,12 @@
     cdev: thermal cooling device
     trip: indicates which trip point the cooling devices is associated with
 	  in this thermal zone.
+    upper:the Maximum cooling state for this trip point.
+          THERMAL_NO_LIMIT means no upper limit,
+	  and the cooling device can be in max_state.
+    lower:the Minimum cooling state can be used for this trip point.
+          THERMAL_NO_LIMIT means no lower limit,
+	  and the cooling device can be in cooling state 0.
 
 1.3.2 int thermal_zone_unbind_cooling_device(struct thermal_zone_device *tz,
 		int trip, struct thermal_cooling_device *cdev);
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885 b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885
index 652aecd..1299b5e 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885
@@ -35,3 +35,4 @@
  34 -> TerraTec Cinergy T PCIe Dual                        [153b:117e]
  35 -> TeVii S471                                          [d471:9022]
  36 -> Hauppauge WinTV-HVR1255                             [0070:2259]
+ 37 -> Prof Revolution DVB-S2 8000                         [8000:3034]
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CQcam.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/CQcam.txt
index 6e680fe..0b69e4e 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/CQcam.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CQcam.txt
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
 
 1.0 Introduction
 
-  The file ../../drivers/media/video/c-qcam.c is a device driver for
+  The file ../../drivers/media/parport/c-qcam.c is a device driver for
 the Logitech (nee Connectix) parallel port interface color CCD camera.
 This is a fairly inexpensive device for capturing images.  Logitech
 does not currently provide information for developers, but many people
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/README.davinci-vpbe b/Documentation/video4linux/README.davinci-vpbe
index 7a460b0..dc9a297 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/README.davinci-vpbe
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/README.davinci-vpbe
@@ -5,22 +5,22 @@
  File partitioning
  -----------------
  V4L2 display device driver
-         drivers/media/video/davinci/vpbe_display.c
-         drivers/media/video/davinci/vpbe_display.h
+         drivers/media/platform/davinci/vpbe_display.c
+         drivers/media/platform/davinci/vpbe_display.h
 
  VPBE display controller
-         drivers/media/video/davinci/vpbe.c
-         drivers/media/video/davinci/vpbe.h
+         drivers/media/platform/davinci/vpbe.c
+         drivers/media/platform/davinci/vpbe.h
 
  VPBE venc sub device driver
-         drivers/media/video/davinci/vpbe_venc.c
-         drivers/media/video/davinci/vpbe_venc.h
-         drivers/media/video/davinci/vpbe_venc_regs.h
+         drivers/media/platform/davinci/vpbe_venc.c
+         drivers/media/platform/davinci/vpbe_venc.h
+         drivers/media/platform/davinci/vpbe_venc_regs.h
 
  VPBE osd driver
-         drivers/media/video/davinci/vpbe_osd.c
-         drivers/media/video/davinci/vpbe_osd.h
-         drivers/media/video/davinci/vpbe_osd_regs.h
+         drivers/media/platform/davinci/vpbe_osd.c
+         drivers/media/platform/davinci/vpbe_osd.h
+         drivers/media/platform/davinci/vpbe_osd_regs.h
 
  Functional partitioning
  -----------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/fimc.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/fimc.txt
index eb04970..fd02d9a 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/fimc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/fimc.txt
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 path.  There are multiple FIMC instances in the SoCs (up to 4), having
 slightly different capabilities, like pixel alignment constraints, rotator
 availability, LCD writeback support, etc. The driver is located at
-drivers/media/video/s5p-fimc directory.
+drivers/media/platform/s5p-fimc directory.
 
 1. Supported SoCs
 =================
@@ -36,21 +36,21 @@
 =====================
 
 - media device driver
-  drivers/media/video/s5p-fimc/fimc-mdevice.[ch]
+  drivers/media/platform/s5p-fimc/fimc-mdevice.[ch]
 
  - camera capture video device driver
-  drivers/media/video/s5p-fimc/fimc-capture.c
+  drivers/media/platform/s5p-fimc/fimc-capture.c
 
  - MIPI-CSI2 receiver subdev
-  drivers/media/video/s5p-fimc/mipi-csis.[ch]
+  drivers/media/platform/s5p-fimc/mipi-csis.[ch]
 
  - video post-processor (mem-to-mem)
-  drivers/media/video/s5p-fimc/fimc-core.c
+  drivers/media/platform/s5p-fimc/fimc-core.c
 
  - common files
-  drivers/media/video/s5p-fimc/fimc-core.h
-  drivers/media/video/s5p-fimc/fimc-reg.h
-  drivers/media/video/s5p-fimc/regs-fimc.h
+  drivers/media/platform/s5p-fimc/fimc-core.h
+  drivers/media/platform/s5p-fimc/fimc-reg.h
+  drivers/media/platform/s5p-fimc/regs-fimc.h
 
 4. User space interfaces
 ========================
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/omap3isp.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/omap3isp.txt
index 5dd1439..b9a9f83 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/omap3isp.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/omap3isp.txt
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 ============
 
 This file documents the Texas Instruments OMAP 3 Image Signal Processor (ISP)
-driver located under drivers/media/video/omap3isp. The original driver was
+driver located under drivers/media/platform/omap3isp. The original driver was
 written by Texas Instruments but since that it has been rewritten (twice) at
 Nokia.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt
index 43da22b..cfe52c7 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt
@@ -136,11 +136,25 @@
 			const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops,
 			u32 id, s32 max, s32 def, const s64 *qmenu_int);
 
+Standard menu controls with a driver specific menu are added by calling
+v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu_items:
+
+	struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu_items(
+		struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
+		const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops, u32 id, s32 max,
+		s32 skip_mask, s32 def, const char * const *qmenu);
+
 These functions are typically called right after the v4l2_ctrl_handler_init:
 
 	static const s64 exp_bias_qmenu[] = {
 	       -2, -1, 0, 1, 2
 	};
+	static const char * const test_pattern[] = {
+		"Disabled",
+		"Vertical Bars",
+		"Solid Black",
+		"Solid White",
+	};
 
 	v4l2_ctrl_handler_init(&foo->ctrl_handler, nr_of_controls);
 	v4l2_ctrl_new_std(&foo->ctrl_handler, &foo_ctrl_ops,
@@ -156,6 +170,9 @@
 			ARRAY_SIZE(exp_bias_qmenu) - 1,
 			ARRAY_SIZE(exp_bias_qmenu) / 2 - 1,
 			exp_bias_qmenu);
+	v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu_items(&foo->ctrl_handler, &foo_ctrl_ops,
+			V4L2_CID_TEST_PATTERN, ARRAY_SIZE(test_pattern) - 1, 0,
+			0, test_pattern);
 	...
 	if (foo->ctrl_handler.error) {
 		int err = foo->ctrl_handler.error;
@@ -185,6 +202,13 @@
 as the last argument an array of signed 64-bit integers that form an exact
 menu item list.
 
+The v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu_items function is very similar to
+v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu but takes an extra parameter qmenu, which is the driver
+specific menu for an otherwise standard menu control. A good example for this
+control is the test pattern control for capture/display/sensors devices that
+have the capability to generate test patterns. These test patterns are hardware
+specific, so the contents of the menu will vary from device to device.
+
 Note that if something fails, the function will return NULL or an error and
 set ctrl_handler->error to the error code. If ctrl_handler->error was already
 set, then it will just return and do nothing. This is also true for
@@ -594,7 +618,11 @@
 	v4l2_ctrl_new_std(&radio_ctrl_handler, &radio_ops, V4L2_CID_AUDIO_MUTE, ...);
 	v4l2_ctrl_new_std(&video_ctrl_handler, &video_ops, V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS, ...);
 	v4l2_ctrl_new_std(&video_ctrl_handler, &video_ops, V4L2_CID_CONTRAST, ...);
-	v4l2_ctrl_add_handler(&video_ctrl_handler, &radio_ctrl_handler);
+	v4l2_ctrl_add_handler(&video_ctrl_handler, &radio_ctrl_handler, NULL);
+
+The last argument to v4l2_ctrl_add_handler() is a filter function that allows
+you to filter which controls will be added. Set it to NULL if you want to add
+all controls.
 
 Or you can add specific controls to a handler:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt
index 89318be..32bfe92 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt
@@ -583,11 +583,19 @@
 
 - name: set to something descriptive and unique.
 
+- vfl_dir: set this to VFL_DIR_RX for capture devices (VFL_DIR_RX has value 0,
+  so this is normally already the default), set to VFL_DIR_TX for output
+  devices and VFL_DIR_M2M for mem2mem (codec) devices.
+
 - fops: set to the v4l2_file_operations struct.
 
 - ioctl_ops: if you use the v4l2_ioctl_ops to simplify ioctl maintenance
   (highly recommended to use this and it might become compulsory in the
-  future!), then set this to your v4l2_ioctl_ops struct.
+  future!), then set this to your v4l2_ioctl_ops struct. The vfl_type and
+  vfl_dir fields are used to disable ops that do not match the type/dir
+  combination. E.g. VBI ops are disabled for non-VBI nodes, and output ops
+  are disabled for a capture device. This makes it possible to provide
+  just one v4l2_ioctl_ops struct for both vbi and video nodes.
 
 - lock: leave to NULL if you want to do all the locking in the driver.
   Otherwise you give it a pointer to a struct mutex_lock and before the
@@ -1054,4 +1062,4 @@
 available event type is 'class base + 1'.
 
 An example on how the V4L2 events may be used can be found in the OMAP
-3 ISP driver (drivers/media/video/omap3isp).
+3 ISP driver (drivers/media/platform/omap3isp).
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/videobuf b/Documentation/video4linux/videobuf
index 1d00d7f..3ffe9e9 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/videobuf
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/videobuf
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@
 Developers who are interested in more information can go into the relevant
 header files; there are a few low-level functions declared there which have
 not been talked about here.  Also worthwhile is the vivi driver
-(drivers/media/video/vivi.c), which is maintained as an example of how V4L2
+(drivers/media/platform/vivi.c), which is maintained as an example of how V4L2
 drivers should be written.  Vivi only uses the vmalloc() API, but it's good
 enough to get started with.  Note also that all of these calls are exported
 GPL-only, so they will not be available to non-GPL kernel modules.
diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/virtual/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt
index 77dfecf..a5f8436 100644
--- a/Documentation/virtual/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt
+++ b/Documentation/virtual/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt
@@ -3591,7 +3591,7 @@
 
 
   Looking at the source shows that the fault happened during a call to
-  copy_to_user to copy the data into the kernel:
+  copy_from_user to copy the data into the kernel:
 
 
        107             count -= chars;
diff --git a/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.txt b/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.txt
index fa206cc..a68db769 100644
--- a/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.txt
+++ b/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.txt
@@ -197,12 +197,8 @@
 freeing them.
 
 page_evictable() also checks for mlocked pages by testing an additional page
-flag, PG_mlocked (as wrapped by PageMlocked()).  If the page is NOT mlocked,
-and a non-NULL VMA is supplied, page_evictable() will check whether the VMA is
-VM_LOCKED via is_mlocked_vma().  is_mlocked_vma() will SetPageMlocked() and
-update the appropriate statistics if the vma is VM_LOCKED.  This method allows
-efficient "culling" of pages in the fault path that are being faulted in to
-VM_LOCKED VMAs.
+flag, PG_mlocked (as wrapped by PageMlocked()), which is set when a page is
+faulted into a VM_LOCKED vma, or found in a vma being VM_LOCKED.
 
 
 VMSCAN'S HANDLING OF UNEVICTABLE PAGES
@@ -371,8 +367,8 @@
    mlock_fixup() will call make_pages_present() in the hugetlbfs VMA range to
    allocate the huge pages and populate the ptes.
 
-3) VMAs with VM_DONTEXPAND or VM_RESERVED are generally userspace mappings of
-   kernel pages, such as the VDSO page, relay channel pages, etc.  These pages
+3) VMAs with VM_DONTEXPAND are generally userspace mappings of kernel pages,
+   such as the VDSO page, relay channel pages, etc. These pages
    are inherently unevictable and are not managed on the LRU lists.
    mlock_fixup() treats these VMAs the same as hugetlbfs VMAs.  It calls
    make_pages_present() to populate the ptes.
@@ -651,7 +647,7 @@
 -------------------------------
 
 shrink_active_list() culls any obviously unevictable pages - i.e.
-!page_evictable(page, NULL) - diverting these to the unevictable list.
+!page_evictable(page) - diverting these to the unevictable list.
 However, shrink_active_list() only sees unevictable pages that made it onto the
 active/inactive lru lists.  Note that these pages do not have PageUnevictable
 set - otherwise they would be on the unevictable list and shrink_active_list
diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS
index f883fc1..027ec2b 100644
--- a/MAINTAINERS
+++ b/MAINTAINERS
@@ -184,6 +184,16 @@
 F:	Documentation/filesystems/9p.txt
 F:	fs/9p/
 
+A8293 MEDIA DRIVER
+M:	Antti Palosaari <crope@iki.fi>
+L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+W:	http://linuxtv.org/
+W:	http://palosaari.fi/linux/
+Q:	http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/project/linux-media/list/
+T:	git git://linuxtv.org/anttip/media_tree.git
+S:	Maintained
+F:	drivers/media/dvb-frontends/a8293*
+
 AACRAID SCSI RAID DRIVER
 M:	Adaptec OEM Raid Solutions <aacraid@adaptec.com>
 L:	linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org
@@ -225,6 +235,7 @@
 
 ACPI
 M:	Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org>
+M:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
 L:	linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org
 W:	http://www.lesswatts.org/projects/acpi/
 Q:	http://patchwork.kernel.org/project/linux-acpi/list/
@@ -391,6 +402,26 @@
 S:	Maintained
 F:	sound/oss/aedsp16.c
 
+AF9013 MEDIA DRIVER
+M:	Antti Palosaari <crope@iki.fi>
+L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+W:	http://linuxtv.org/
+W:	http://palosaari.fi/linux/
+Q:	http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/project/linux-media/list/
+T:	git git://linuxtv.org/anttip/media_tree.git
+S:	Maintained
+F:	drivers/media/dvb-frontends/af9013*
+
+AF9033 MEDIA DRIVER
+M:	Antti Palosaari <crope@iki.fi>
+L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+W:	http://linuxtv.org/
+W:	http://palosaari.fi/linux/
+Q:	http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/project/linux-media/list/
+T:	git git://linuxtv.org/anttip/media_tree.git
+S:	Maintained
+F:	drivers/media/dvb-frontends/af9033*
+
 AFFS FILE SYSTEM
 L:	linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org
 S:	Orphan
@@ -572,7 +603,7 @@
 F:	net/appletalk/
 
 ARASAN COMPACT FLASH PATA CONTROLLER
-M:     Viresh Kumar <viresh.linux@gmail.com>
+M:	Viresh Kumar <viresh.linux@gmail.com>
 L:	linux-ide@vger.kernel.org
 S:	Maintained
 F:	include/linux/pata_arasan_cf_data.h
@@ -760,6 +791,7 @@
 T:	git git://git.pengutronix.de/git/imx/linux-2.6.git
 F:	arch/arm/mach-imx/
 F:	arch/arm/plat-mxc/
+F:	arch/arm/configs/imx*_defconfig
 
 ARM/FREESCALE IMX6
 M:	Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
@@ -1062,7 +1094,7 @@
 S:	Maintained
 F:	arch/arm/plat-s5p/dev-fimc*
 F:	arch/arm/plat-samsung/include/plat/*fimc*
-F:	drivers/media/video/s5p-fimc/
+F:	drivers/media/platform/s5p-fimc/
 
 ARM/SAMSUNG S5P SERIES Multi Format Codec (MFC) SUPPORT
 M:	Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
@@ -1072,7 +1104,7 @@
 L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
 S:	Maintained
 F:	arch/arm/plat-s5p/dev-mfc.c
-F:	drivers/media/video/s5p-mfc/
+F:	drivers/media/platform/s5p-mfc/
 
 ARM/SAMSUNG S5P SERIES TV SUBSYSTEM SUPPORT
 M:	Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
@@ -1080,7 +1112,7 @@
 L:	linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org
 L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
 S:	Maintained
-F:	drivers/media/video/s5p-tv/
+F:	drivers/media/platform/s5p-tv/
 
 ARM/SHMOBILE ARM ARCHITECTURE
 M:	Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
@@ -1245,7 +1277,7 @@
 
 ATA OVER ETHERNET (AOE) DRIVER
 M:	"Ed L. Cashin" <ecashin@coraid.com>
-W:	http://www.coraid.com/support/linux
+W:	http://support.coraid.com/support/linux
 S:	Supported
 F:	Documentation/aoe/
 F:	drivers/block/aoe/
@@ -1352,7 +1384,7 @@
 M:	Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
 L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
 S:	Supported
-F:	drivers/media/video/atmel-isi.c
+F:	drivers/media/platform/atmel-isi.c
 F:	include/media/atmel-isi.h
 
 ATMEL LCDFB DRIVER
@@ -1513,7 +1545,7 @@
 F:	drivers/rtc/rtc-bfin.c
 
 BLACKFIN SDH DRIVER
-M:	Cliff Cai <cliff.cai@analog.com>
+M:	Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
 L:	uclinux-dist-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org
 W:	http://blackfin.uclinux.org
 S:	Supported
@@ -1699,7 +1731,7 @@
 T:	git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-media.git
 S:	Maintained
 F:	Documentation/video4linux/bttv/
-F:	drivers/media/video/bt8xx/bttv*
+F:	drivers/media/pci/bt8xx/bttv*
 
 C-MEDIA CMI8788 DRIVER
 M:	Clemens Ladisch <clemens@ladisch.de>
@@ -1729,7 +1761,7 @@
 T:	git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-media.git
 S:	Maintained
 F:	Documentation/video4linux/cafe_ccic
-F:	drivers/media/video/marvell-ccic/
+F:	drivers/media/platform/marvell-ccic/
 
 CAIF NETWORK LAYER
 M:	Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
@@ -1927,10 +1959,10 @@
 F:	drivers/platform/x86/classmate-laptop.c
 
 COCCINELLE/Semantic Patches (SmPL)
-M:	Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
+M:	Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
 M:	Gilles Muller <Gilles.Muller@lip6.fr>
-M:	Nicolas Palix <npalix.work@gmail.com>
-L:	cocci@diku.dk (moderated for non-subscribers)
+M:	Nicolas Palix <nicolas.palix@imag.fr>
+L:	cocci@systeme.lip6.fr (moderated for non-subscribers)
 W:	http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/
 S:	Supported
 F:	scripts/coccinelle/
@@ -2118,7 +2150,17 @@
 W:	http://www.ivtvdriver.org/index.php/Cx18
 S:	Maintained
 F:	Documentation/video4linux/cx18.txt
-F:	drivers/media/video/cx18/
+F:	drivers/media/pci/cx18/
+
+CXD2820R MEDIA DRIVER
+M:	Antti Palosaari <crope@iki.fi>
+L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+W:	http://linuxtv.org/
+W:	http://palosaari.fi/linux/
+Q:	http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/project/linux-media/list/
+T:	git git://linuxtv.org/anttip/media_tree.git
+S:	Maintained
+F:	drivers/media/dvb-frontends/cxd2820r*
 
 CXGB3 ETHERNET DRIVER (CXGB3)
 M:	Divy Le Ray <divy@chelsio.com>
@@ -2382,11 +2424,6 @@
 F:	Documentation/hwmon/dme1737
 F:	drivers/hwmon/dme1737.c
 
-DOCBOOK FOR DOCUMENTATION
-M:	Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
-S:	Maintained
-F:	scripts/kernel-doc
-
 DOCKING STATION DRIVER
 M:	Shaohua Li <shaohua.li@intel.com>
 L:	linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org
@@ -2473,6 +2510,117 @@
 S:	Maintained
 F:	drivers/net/wan/dscc4.c
 
+DVB_USB_AF9015 MEDIA DRIVER
+M:	Antti Palosaari <crope@iki.fi>
+L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+W:	http://linuxtv.org/
+W:	http://palosaari.fi/linux/
+Q:	http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/project/linux-media/list/
+T:	git git://linuxtv.org/anttip/media_tree.git
+S:	Maintained
+F:	drivers/media/usb/dvb-usb-v2/af9015*
+
+DVB_USB_AF9035 MEDIA DRIVER
+M:	Antti Palosaari <crope@iki.fi>
+L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+W:	http://linuxtv.org/
+W:	http://palosaari.fi/linux/
+Q:	http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/project/linux-media/list/
+T:	git git://linuxtv.org/anttip/media_tree.git
+S:	Maintained
+F:	drivers/media/usb/dvb-usb-v2/af9035*
+
+DVB_USB_ANYSEE MEDIA DRIVER
+M:	Antti Palosaari <crope@iki.fi>
+L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+W:	http://linuxtv.org/
+W:	http://palosaari.fi/linux/
+Q:	http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/project/linux-media/list/
+T:	git git://linuxtv.org/anttip/media_tree.git
+S:	Maintained
+F:	drivers/media/usb/dvb-usb-v2/anysee*
+
+DVB_USB_AU6610 MEDIA DRIVER
+M:	Antti Palosaari <crope@iki.fi>
+L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+W:	http://linuxtv.org/
+W:	http://palosaari.fi/linux/
+Q:	http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/project/linux-media/list/
+T:	git git://linuxtv.org/anttip/media_tree.git
+S:	Maintained
+F:	drivers/media/usb/dvb-usb-v2/au6610*
+
+DVB_USB_CE6230 MEDIA DRIVER
+M:	Antti Palosaari <crope@iki.fi>
+L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+W:	http://linuxtv.org/
+W:	http://palosaari.fi/linux/
+Q:	http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/project/linux-media/list/
+T:	git git://linuxtv.org/anttip/media_tree.git
+S:	Maintained
+F:	drivers/media/usb/dvb-usb-v2/ce6230*
+
+DVB_USB_CXUSB MEDIA DRIVER
+M:	Michael Krufky <mkrufky@linuxtv.org>
+L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+W:	http://linuxtv.org/
+W:	http://github.com/mkrufky
+Q:	http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/project/linux-media/list/
+T:	git git://linuxtv.org/media_tree.git
+S:	Maintained
+F:	drivers/media/usb/dvb-usb-v2/cxusb*
+
+DVB_USB_CYPRESS_FIRMWARE MEDIA DRIVER
+M:	Antti Palosaari <crope@iki.fi>
+L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+W:	http://linuxtv.org/
+W:	http://palosaari.fi/linux/
+Q:	http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/project/linux-media/list/
+T:	git git://linuxtv.org/anttip/media_tree.git
+S:	Maintained
+F:	drivers/media/usb/dvb-usb-v2/cypress_firmware*
+
+DVB_USB_EC168 MEDIA DRIVER
+M:	Antti Palosaari <crope@iki.fi>
+L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+W:	http://linuxtv.org/
+W:	http://palosaari.fi/linux/
+Q:	http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/project/linux-media/list/
+T:	git git://linuxtv.org/anttip/media_tree.git
+S:	Maintained
+F:	drivers/media/usb/dvb-usb-v2/ec168*
+
+DVB_USB_MXL111SF MEDIA DRIVER
+M:	Michael Krufky <mkrufky@linuxtv.org>
+L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+W:	http://linuxtv.org/
+W:	http://github.com/mkrufky
+Q:	http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/project/linux-media/list/
+T:	git git://linuxtv.org/mkrufky/mxl111sf.git
+S:	Maintained
+F:	drivers/media/usb/dvb-usb-v2/mxl111sf*
+
+DVB_USB_RTL28XXU MEDIA DRIVER
+M:	Antti Palosaari <crope@iki.fi>
+L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+W:	http://linuxtv.org/
+W:	http://palosaari.fi/linux/
+Q:	http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/project/linux-media/list/
+T:	git git://linuxtv.org/anttip/media_tree.git
+S:	Maintained
+F:	drivers/media/usb/dvb-usb-v2/rtl28xxu*
+
+DVB_USB_V2 MEDIA DRIVER
+M:	Antti Palosaari <crope@iki.fi>
+L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+W:	http://linuxtv.org/
+W:	http://palosaari.fi/linux/
+Q:	http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/project/linux-media/list/
+T:	git git://linuxtv.org/anttip/media_tree.git
+S:	Maintained
+F:	drivers/media/usb/dvb-usb-v2/dvb_usb*
+F:	drivers/media/usb/dvb-usb-v2/usb_urb.c
+
 DYNAMIC DEBUG
 M:	Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
 S:	Maintained
@@ -2484,6 +2632,16 @@
 S:	Maintained
 F:	drivers/tty/serial/dz.*
 
+E4000 MEDIA DRIVER
+M:	Antti Palosaari <crope@iki.fi>
+L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+W:	http://linuxtv.org/
+W:	http://palosaari.fi/linux/
+Q:	http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/project/linux-media/list/
+T:	git git://linuxtv.org/anttip/media_tree.git
+S:	Maintained
+F:	drivers/media/tuners/e4000*
+
 EATA-DMA SCSI DRIVER
 M:	Michael Neuffer <mike@i-Connect.Net>
 L:	linux-eata@i-connect.net
@@ -2512,6 +2670,16 @@
 F:	include/linux/netfilter_bridge/ebt_*.h
 F:	net/bridge/netfilter/ebt*.c
 
+EC100 MEDIA DRIVER
+M:	Antti Palosaari <crope@iki.fi>
+L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+W:	http://linuxtv.org/
+W:	http://palosaari.fi/linux/
+Q:	http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/project/linux-media/list/
+T:	git git://linuxtv.org/anttip/media_tree.git
+S:	Maintained
+F:	drivers/media/dvb-frontends/ec100*
+
 ECRYPT FILE SYSTEM
 M:	Tyler Hicks <tyhicks@canonical.com>
 M:	Dustin Kirkland <dustin.kirkland@gazzang.com>
@@ -2794,8 +2962,18 @@
 M:	Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
 L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
 S:	Maintained
-F:	drivers/media/common/tuners/fc0011.h
-F:	drivers/media/common/tuners/fc0011.c
+F:	drivers/media/tuners/fc0011.h
+F:	drivers/media/tuners/fc0011.c
+
+FC2580 MEDIA DRIVER
+M:	Antti Palosaari <crope@iki.fi>
+L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+W:	http://linuxtv.org/
+W:	http://palosaari.fi/linux/
+Q:	http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/project/linux-media/list/
+T:	git git://linuxtv.org/anttip/media_tree.git
+S:	Maintained
+F:	drivers/media/tuners/fc2580*
 
 FANOTIFY
 M:	Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
@@ -3025,7 +3203,7 @@
 M:	Heungjun Kim <riverful.kim@samsung.com>
 L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
 S:	Maintained
-F:	drivers/media/video/m5mols/
+F:	drivers/media/i2c/m5mols/
 F:	include/media/m5mols.h
 
 FUJITSU TABLET EXTRAS
@@ -3123,6 +3301,7 @@
 F:	Documentation/gpio.txt
 F:	drivers/gpio/
 F:	include/linux/gpio*
+F:	include/asm-generic/gpio.h
 
 GRE DEMULTIPLEXER DRIVER
 M:	Dmitry Kozlov <xeb@mail.ru>
@@ -3142,49 +3321,56 @@
 L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
 T:	git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-media.git
 S:	Maintained
-F:	drivers/media/video/gspca/finepix.c
+F:	drivers/media/usb/gspca/finepix.c
 
 GSPCA GL860 SUBDRIVER
 M:	Olivier Lorin <o.lorin@laposte.net>
 L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
 T:	git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-media.git
 S:	Maintained
-F:	drivers/media/video/gspca/gl860/
+F:	drivers/media/usb/gspca/gl860/
 
 GSPCA M5602 SUBDRIVER
 M:	Erik Andren <erik.andren@gmail.com>
 L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
 T:	git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-media.git
 S:	Maintained
-F:	drivers/media/video/gspca/m5602/
+F:	drivers/media/usb/gspca/m5602/
 
 GSPCA PAC207 SONIXB SUBDRIVER
 M:	Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
 L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
 T:	git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-media.git
 S:	Maintained
-F:	drivers/media/video/gspca/pac207.c
+F:	drivers/media/usb/gspca/pac207.c
 
 GSPCA SN9C20X SUBDRIVER
 M:	Brian Johnson <brijohn@gmail.com>
 L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
 T:	git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-media.git
 S:	Maintained
-F:	drivers/media/video/gspca/sn9c20x.c
+F:	drivers/media/usb/gspca/sn9c20x.c
 
 GSPCA T613 SUBDRIVER
 M:	Leandro Costantino <lcostantino@gmail.com>
 L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
 T:	git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-media.git
 S:	Maintained
-F:	drivers/media/video/gspca/t613.c
+F:	drivers/media/usb/gspca/t613.c
 
 GSPCA USB WEBCAM DRIVER
 M:	Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
 L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
 T:	git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-media.git
 S:	Maintained
-F:	drivers/media/video/gspca/
+F:	drivers/media/usb/gspca/
+
+STK1160 USB VIDEO CAPTURE DRIVER
+M:	Ezequiel Garcia <elezegarcia@gmail.com>
+L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+T:	git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-media.git
+S:	Maintained
+F:	drivers/media/usb/stk1160/
 
 HARD DRIVE ACTIVE PROTECTION SYSTEM (HDAPS) DRIVER
 M:	Frank Seidel <frank@f-seidel.de>
@@ -3238,6 +3424,16 @@
 S:	Maintained
 F:	sound/parisc/harmony.*
 
+HD29L2 MEDIA DRIVER
+M:	Antti Palosaari <crope@iki.fi>
+L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+W:	http://linuxtv.org/
+W:	http://palosaari.fi/linux/
+Q:	http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/project/linux-media/list/
+T:	git git://linuxtv.org/anttip/media_tree.git
+S:	Maintained
+F:	drivers/media/dvb-frontends/hd29l2*
+
 HEWLETT-PACKARD SMART2 RAID DRIVER
 M:	Chirag Kantharia <chirag.kantharia@hp.com>
 L:	iss_storagedev@hp.com
@@ -3904,7 +4100,7 @@
 W:	http://www.ivtvdriver.org
 S:	Maintained
 F:	Documentation/video4linux/*.ivtv
-F:	drivers/media/video/ivtv/
+F:	drivers/media/pci/ivtv/
 F:	include/linux/ivtv*
 
 JC42.4 TEMPERATURE SENSOR DRIVER
@@ -4177,7 +4373,7 @@
 F:	drivers/scsi/53c700*
 
 LED SUBSYSTEM
-M:	Bryan Wu <bryan.wu@canonical.com>
+M:	Bryan Wu <cooloney@gmail.com>
 M:	Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
 L:	linux-leds@vger.kernel.org
 T:	git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/cooloney/linux-leds.git
@@ -4198,6 +4394,26 @@
 S:	Maintained
 F:	drivers/usb/misc/legousbtower.c
 
+LG2160 MEDIA DRIVER
+M:	Michael Krufky <mkrufky@linuxtv.org>
+L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+W:	http://linuxtv.org/
+W:	http://github.com/mkrufky
+Q:	http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/project/linux-media/list/
+T:	git git://linuxtv.org/mkrufky/tuners.git
+S:	Maintained
+F:	drivers/media/dvb-frontends/lg2160.*
+
+LGDT3305 MEDIA DRIVER
+M:	Michael Krufky <mkrufky@linuxtv.org>
+L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+W:	http://linuxtv.org/
+W:	http://github.com/mkrufky
+Q:	http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/project/linux-media/list/
+T:	git git://linuxtv.org/mkrufky/tuners.git
+S:	Maintained
+F:	drivers/media/dvb-frontends/lgdt3305.*
+
 LGUEST
 M:	Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
 L:	lguest@lists.ozlabs.org
@@ -4600,7 +4816,7 @@
 W:	http://popies.net/meye/
 S:	Orphan
 F:	Documentation/video4linux/meye.txt
-F:	drivers/media/video/meye.*
+F:	drivers/media/pci/meye/
 F:	include/linux/meye.h
 
 MOTOROLA IMX MMC/SD HOST CONTROLLER INTERFACE DRIVER
@@ -4664,6 +4880,16 @@
 S:	Maintained
 F:	drivers/usb/musb/
 
+MXL5007T MEDIA DRIVER
+M:	Michael Krufky <mkrufky@linuxtv.org>
+L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+W:	http://linuxtv.org/
+W:	http://github.com/mkrufky
+Q:	http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/project/linux-media/list/
+T:	git git://linuxtv.org/mkrufky/tuners.git
+S:	Maintained
+F:	drivers/media/tuners/mxl5007t.*
+
 MYRICOM MYRI-10G 10GbE DRIVER (MYRI10GE)
 M:	Andrew Gallatin <gallatin@myri.com>
 L:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
@@ -4794,6 +5020,20 @@
 F:	include/net/ip*
 F:	arch/x86/net/*
 
+NETWORKING [IPSEC]
+M:	Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
+M:	Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
+M:	"David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
+L:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+T:	git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net.git
+S:	Maintained
+F:	net/xfrm/
+F:	net/key/
+F:	net/ipv4/xfrm*
+F:	net/ipv6/xfrm*
+F:	include/uapi/linux/xfrm.h
+F:	include/net/xfrm.h
+
 NETWORKING [LABELED] (NetLabel, CIPSO, Labeled IPsec, SECMARK)
 M:	Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
 L:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
@@ -4977,8 +5217,10 @@
 F:	drivers/mmc/host/omap.c
 
 OMAP HS MMC SUPPORT
+M:	Venkatraman S <svenkatr@ti.com>
+L:	linux-mmc@vger.kernel.org
 L:	linux-omap@vger.kernel.org
-S:	Orphan
+S:	Maintained
 F:	drivers/mmc/host/omap_hsmmc.c
 
 OMAP RANDOM NUMBER GENERATOR SUPPORT
@@ -5004,7 +5246,7 @@
 M:	Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
 L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
 S:	Maintained
-F:	drivers/media/video/omap3isp/*
+F:	drivers/media/platform/omap3isp/
 
 OMAP USB SUPPORT
 M:	Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
@@ -5045,7 +5287,7 @@
 L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
 T:	git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-media.git
 S:	Maintained
-F:	drivers/media/video/ov7670.c
+F:	drivers/media/i2c/ov7670.c
 
 ONENAND FLASH DRIVER
 M:	Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
@@ -5265,7 +5507,7 @@
 F:	include/linux/i2c-pca-platform.h
 
 PCDP - PRIMARY CONSOLE AND DEBUG PORT
-M:	Khalid Aziz <khalid.aziz@hp.com>
+M:	Khalid Aziz <khalid@gonehiking.org>
 S:	Maintained
 F:	drivers/firmware/pcdp.*
 
@@ -5548,13 +5790,25 @@
 S:	Maintained
 F:	drivers/block/ps3vram.c
 
+PSTORE FILESYSTEM
+M:	Anton Vorontsov <cbouatmailru@gmail.com>
+M:	Colin Cross <ccross@android.com>
+M:	Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
+M:	Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
+S:	Maintained
+T:	git git://git.infradead.org/users/cbou/linux-pstore.git
+F:	fs/pstore/
+F:	include/linux/pstore*
+F:	drivers/firmware/efivars.c
+F:	drivers/acpi/apei/erst.c
+
 PTP HARDWARE CLOCK SUPPORT
 M:	Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
 S:	Maintained
 W:	http://linuxptp.sourceforge.net/
 F:	Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp
 F:	Documentation/ptp/*
-F:	drivers/net/gianfar_ptp.c
+F:	drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/gianfar_ptp.c
 F:	drivers/net/phy/dp83640*
 F:	drivers/ptp/*
 F:	include/linux/ptp_cl*
@@ -5577,7 +5831,7 @@
 T:	git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-media.git
 S:	Maintained
 F:	Documentation/video4linux/README.pvrusb2
-F:	drivers/media/video/pvrusb2/
+F:	drivers/media/usb/pvrusb2/
 
 PWM SUBSYSTEM
 M:	Thierry Reding <thierry.reding@avionic-design.de>
@@ -5687,6 +5941,16 @@
 F:	include/linux/qnx4_fs.h
 F:	include/linux/qnxtypes.h
 
+QT1010 MEDIA DRIVER
+M:	Antti Palosaari <crope@iki.fi>
+L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+W:	http://linuxtv.org/
+W:	http://palosaari.fi/linux/
+Q:	http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/project/linux-media/list/
+T:	git git://linuxtv.org/anttip/media_tree.git
+S:	Maintained
+F:	drivers/media/tuners/qt1010*
+
 QUALCOMM HEXAGON ARCHITECTURE
 M:	Richard Kuo <rkuo@codeaurora.org>
 L:	linux-hexagon@vger.kernel.org
@@ -5853,6 +6117,16 @@
 F:	include/net/rose.h
 F:	net/rose/
 
+RTL2830 MEDIA DRIVER
+M:	Antti Palosaari <crope@iki.fi>
+L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+W:	http://linuxtv.org/
+W:	http://palosaari.fi/linux/
+Q:	http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/project/linux-media/list/
+T:	git git://linuxtv.org/anttip/media_tree.git
+S:	Maintained
+F:	drivers/media/dvb-frontends/rtl2830*
+
 RTL8180 WIRELESS DRIVER
 M:	"John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
 L:	linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
@@ -5947,9 +6221,9 @@
 T:	git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-media.git
 W:	http://www.mihu.de/linux/saa7146
 S:	Maintained
-F:	drivers/media/common/saa7146*
-F:	drivers/media/video/*7146*
-F:	include/media/*7146*
+F:	drivers/media/common/saa7146/
+F:	drivers/media/pci/saa7146/
+F:	include/media/saa7146*
 
 SAMSUNG LAPTOP DRIVER
 M:	Corentin Chary <corentincj@iksaif.net>
@@ -5986,7 +6260,7 @@
 F:	drivers/tty/serial
 
 SYNOPSYS DESIGNWARE DMAC DRIVER
-M:     Viresh Kumar <viresh.linux@gmail.com>
+M:	Viresh Kumar <viresh.linux@gmail.com>
 S:	Maintained
 F:	include/linux/dw_dmac.h
 F:	drivers/dma/dw_dmac_regs.h
@@ -6010,7 +6284,7 @@
 M:	Kang Yong <kangyong@telegent.com>
 M:	Zhang Xiaobing <xbzhang@telegent.com>
 S:	Supported
-F:	drivers/media/video/tlg2300
+F:	drivers/media/usb/tlg2300
 
 SC1200 WDT DRIVER
 M:	Zwane Mwaikambo <zwane@arm.linux.org.uk>
@@ -6134,7 +6408,7 @@
 F:	drivers/mmc/host/sdhci-s3c.c
 
 SECURE DIGITAL HOST CONTROLLER INTERFACE (SDHCI) ST SPEAR DRIVER
-M:     Viresh Kumar <viresh.linux@gmail.com>
+M:	Viresh Kumar <viresh.linux@gmail.com>
 L:	spear-devel@list.st.com
 L:	linux-mmc@vger.kernel.org
 S:	Maintained
@@ -6398,8 +6672,9 @@
 L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
 T:	git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-media.git
 S:	Maintained
-F:	include/media/v4l2*
-F:	drivers/media/video/v4l2*
+F:	include/media/soc*
+F:	drivers/media/i2c/soc_camera/
+F:	drivers/media/platform/soc_camera/
 
 SOEKRIS NET48XX LED SUPPORT
 M:	Chris Boot <bootc@bootc.net>
@@ -6499,7 +6774,7 @@
 F:	include/linux/compiler.h
 
 SPEAR PLATFORM SUPPORT
-M:     Viresh Kumar <viresh.linux@gmail.com>
+M:	Viresh Kumar <viresh.linux@gmail.com>
 M:	Shiraz Hashim <shiraz.hashim@st.com>
 L:	spear-devel@list.st.com
 L:	linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org (moderated for non-subscribers)
@@ -6508,7 +6783,7 @@
 F:	arch/arm/plat-spear/
 
 SPEAR13XX MACHINE SUPPORT
-M:     Viresh Kumar <viresh.linux@gmail.com>
+M:	Viresh Kumar <viresh.linux@gmail.com>
 M:	Shiraz Hashim <shiraz.hashim@st.com>
 L:	spear-devel@list.st.com
 L:	linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org (moderated for non-subscribers)
@@ -6517,7 +6792,7 @@
 F:	arch/arm/mach-spear13xx/
 
 SPEAR3XX MACHINE SUPPORT
-M:     Viresh Kumar <viresh.linux@gmail.com>
+M:	Viresh Kumar <viresh.linux@gmail.com>
 M:	Shiraz Hashim <shiraz.hashim@st.com>
 L:	spear-devel@list.st.com
 L:	linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org (moderated for non-subscribers)
@@ -6528,7 +6803,7 @@
 SPEAR6XX MACHINE SUPPORT
 M:	Rajeev Kumar <rajeev-dlh.kumar@st.com>
 M:	Shiraz Hashim <shiraz.hashim@st.com>
-M:     Viresh Kumar <viresh.linux@gmail.com>
+M:	Viresh Kumar <viresh.linux@gmail.com>
 L:	spear-devel@list.st.com
 L:	linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org (moderated for non-subscribers)
 W:	http://www.st.com/spear
@@ -6536,7 +6811,7 @@
 F:	arch/arm/mach-spear6xx/
 
 SPEAR CLOCK FRAMEWORK SUPPORT
-M:     Viresh Kumar <viresh.linux@gmail.com>
+M:	Viresh Kumar <viresh.linux@gmail.com>
 L:	spear-devel@list.st.com
 L:	linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org (moderated for non-subscribers)
 W:	http://www.st.com/spear
@@ -6776,6 +7051,14 @@
 F:	Documentation/svga.txt
 F:	arch/x86/boot/video*
 
+SWIOTLB SUBSYSTEM
+M:	Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
+L:	linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
+S:	Supported
+F:	lib/swiotlb.c
+F:	arch/*/kernel/pci-swiotlb.c
+F:	include/linux/swiotlb.h
+
 SYSV FILESYSTEM
 M:	Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
 S:	Maintained
@@ -6817,6 +7100,66 @@
 S:	Maintained
 F:	net/ipv4/tcp_lp.c
 
+TDA10071 MEDIA DRIVER
+M:	Antti Palosaari <crope@iki.fi>
+L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+W:	http://linuxtv.org/
+W:	http://palosaari.fi/linux/
+Q:	http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/project/linux-media/list/
+T:	git git://linuxtv.org/anttip/media_tree.git
+S:	Maintained
+F:	drivers/media/dvb-frontends/tda10071*
+
+TDA18212 MEDIA DRIVER
+M:	Antti Palosaari <crope@iki.fi>
+L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+W:	http://linuxtv.org/
+W:	http://palosaari.fi/linux/
+Q:	http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/project/linux-media/list/
+T:	git git://linuxtv.org/anttip/media_tree.git
+S:	Maintained
+F:	drivers/media/tuners/tda18212*
+
+TDA18218 MEDIA DRIVER
+M:	Antti Palosaari <crope@iki.fi>
+L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+W:	http://linuxtv.org/
+W:	http://palosaari.fi/linux/
+Q:	http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/project/linux-media/list/
+T:	git git://linuxtv.org/anttip/media_tree.git
+S:	Maintained
+F:	drivers/media/tuners/tda18218*
+
+TDA18271 MEDIA DRIVER
+M:	Michael Krufky <mkrufky@linuxtv.org>
+L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+W:	http://linuxtv.org/
+W:	http://github.com/mkrufky
+Q:	http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/project/linux-media/list/
+T:	git git://linuxtv.org/mkrufky/tuners.git
+S:	Maintained
+F:	drivers/media/tuners/tda18271*
+
+TDA827x MEDIA DRIVER
+M:	Michael Krufky <mkrufky@linuxtv.org>
+L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+W:	http://linuxtv.org/
+W:	http://github.com/mkrufky
+Q:	http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/project/linux-media/list/
+T:	git git://linuxtv.org/mkrufky/tuners.git
+S:	Maintained
+F:	drivers/media/tuners/tda8290.*
+
+TDA8290 MEDIA DRIVER
+M:	Michael Krufky <mkrufky@linuxtv.org>
+L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+W:	http://linuxtv.org/
+W:	http://github.com/mkrufky
+Q:	http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/project/linux-media/list/
+T:	git git://linuxtv.org/mkrufky/tuners.git
+S:	Maintained
+F:	drivers/media/tuners/tda8290.*
+
 TEAM DRIVER
 M:	Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
 L:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
@@ -6847,6 +7190,8 @@
 
 TENSILICA XTENSA PORT (xtensa)
 M:	Chris Zankel <chris@zankel.net>
+M:	Max Filippov <jcmvbkbc@gmail.com>
+L:	linux-xtensa@linux-xtensa.org
 S:	Maintained
 F:	arch/xtensa/
 
@@ -7007,6 +7352,16 @@
 F:	include/linux/serial.h
 F:	include/linux/tty.h
 
+TUA9001 MEDIA DRIVER
+M:	Antti Palosaari <crope@iki.fi>
+L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
+W:	http://linuxtv.org/
+W:	http://palosaari.fi/linux/
+Q:	http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/project/linux-media/list/
+T:	git git://linuxtv.org/anttip/media_tree.git
+S:	Maintained
+F:	drivers/media/tuners/tua9001*
+
 TULIP NETWORK DRIVERS
 M:	Grant Grundler <grundler@parisc-linux.org>
 L:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
@@ -7124,6 +7479,12 @@
 F:	include/linux/mtd/ubi.h
 F:	include/mtd/ubi-user.h
 
+UNSORTED BLOCK IMAGES (UBI) Fastmap
+M:	Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
+L:	linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+S:	Maintained
+F:	drivers/mtd/ubi/fastmap.c
+
 USB ACM DRIVER
 M:	Oliver Neukum <oliver@neukum.org>
 L:	linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
@@ -7179,15 +7540,6 @@
 F:	Documentation/usb/ehci.txt
 F:	drivers/usb/host/ehci*
 
-USB ET61X[12]51 DRIVER
-M:	Luca Risolia <luca.risolia@studio.unibo.it>
-L:	linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
-L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
-T:	git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-media.git
-W:	http://www.linux-projects.org
-S:	Maintained
-F:	drivers/media/video/et61x251/
-
 USB GADGET/PERIPHERAL SUBSYSTEM
 M:	Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
 L:	linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
@@ -7357,7 +7709,7 @@
 W:	http://www.linux-projects.org
 S:	Maintained
 F:	Documentation/video4linux/sn9c102.txt
-F:	drivers/media/video/sn9c102/
+F:	drivers/media/usb/sn9c102/
 
 USB SUBSYSTEM
 M:	Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
@@ -7392,17 +7744,14 @@
 T:	git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-media.git
 W:	http://www.ideasonboard.org/uvc/
 S:	Maintained
-F:	drivers/media/video/uvc/
+F:	drivers/media/usb/uvc/
 
-USB W996[87]CF DRIVER
-M:	Luca Risolia <luca.risolia@studio.unibo.it>
+USB WEBCAM GADGET
+M:	Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
 L:	linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
-L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
-T:	git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-media.git
-W:	http://www.linux-projects.org
 S:	Maintained
-F:	Documentation/video4linux/w9968cf.txt
-F:	drivers/media/video/w996*
+F:	drivers/usb/gadget/*uvc*.c
+F:	drivers/usb/gadget/webcam.c
 
 USB WIRELESS RNDIS DRIVER (rndis_wlan)
 M:	Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
@@ -7431,7 +7780,7 @@
 W:	http://royale.zerezo.com/zr364xx/
 S:	Maintained
 F:	Documentation/video4linux/zr364xx.txt
-F:	drivers/media/video/zr364xx.c
+F:	drivers/media/usb/zr364xx/
 
 USER-MODE LINUX (UML)
 M:	Jeff Dike <jdike@addtoit.com>
@@ -7489,7 +7838,7 @@
 M:	Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
 L:	linux-media@vger.kernel.org
 S:	Maintained
-F:	drivers/media/video/videobuf2-*
+F:	drivers/media/v4l2-core/videobuf2-*
 F:	include/media/videobuf2-*
 
 VIRTIO CONSOLE DRIVER
@@ -7801,6 +8150,13 @@
 F:	arch/x86/include/asm/xen/
 F:	include/xen/
 
+XEN HYPERVISOR ARM
+M:	Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
+L:	xen-devel@lists.xensource.com (moderated for non-subscribers)
+S:	Supported
+F:	arch/arm/xen/
+F:	arch/arm/include/asm/xen/
+
 XEN NETWORK BACKEND DRIVER
 M:	Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
 L:	xen-devel@lists.xensource.com (moderated for non-subscribers)
@@ -7891,7 +8247,7 @@
 W:	http://mjpeg.sourceforge.net/driver-zoran/
 T:	Mercurial http://linuxtv.org/hg/v4l-dvb
 S:	Odd Fixes
-F:	drivers/media/video/zoran/
+F:	drivers/media/pci/zoran/
 
 ZS DECSTATION Z85C30 SERIAL DRIVER
 M:	"Maciej W. Rozycki" <macro@linux-mips.org>
diff --git a/Makefile b/Makefile
index 86eb6ac..14c93b3 100644
--- a/Makefile
+++ b/Makefile
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 VERSION = 3
-PATCHLEVEL = 6
+PATCHLEVEL = 7
 SUBLEVEL = 0
-EXTRAVERSION =
+EXTRAVERSION = -rc2
 NAME = Terrified Chipmunk
 
 # *DOCUMENTATION*
@@ -437,7 +437,9 @@
 PHONY += asm-generic
 asm-generic:
 	$(Q)$(MAKE) -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.asm-generic \
-	            obj=arch/$(SRCARCH)/include/generated/asm
+	            src=asm obj=arch/$(SRCARCH)/include/generated/asm
+	$(Q)$(MAKE) -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.asm-generic \
+	            src=uapi/asm obj=arch/$(SRCARCH)/include/generated/uapi/asm
 
 # To make sure we do not include .config for any of the *config targets
 # catch them early, and hand them over to scripts/kconfig/Makefile
@@ -664,22 +666,9 @@
 endif
 
 # Add user supplied CPPFLAGS, AFLAGS and CFLAGS as the last assignments
-# But warn user when we do so
-warn-assign = \
-$(warning "WARNING: Appending $$K$(1) ($(K$(1))) from $(origin K$(1)) to kernel $$$(1)")
-
-ifneq ($(KCPPFLAGS),)
-        $(call warn-assign,CPPFLAGS)
-        KBUILD_CPPFLAGS += $(KCPPFLAGS)
-endif
-ifneq ($(KAFLAGS),)
-        $(call warn-assign,AFLAGS)
-        KBUILD_AFLAGS += $(KAFLAGS)
-endif
-ifneq ($(KCFLAGS),)
-        $(call warn-assign,CFLAGS)
-        KBUILD_CFLAGS += $(KCFLAGS)
-endif
+KBUILD_CPPFLAGS += $(KCPPFLAGS)
+KBUILD_AFLAGS += $(KAFLAGS)
+KBUILD_CFLAGS += $(KCFLAGS)
 
 # Use --build-id when available.
 LDFLAGS_BUILD_ID = $(patsubst -Wl$(comma)%,%,\
@@ -730,6 +719,17 @@
 export mod_strip_cmd
 
 
+ifeq ($(CONFIG_MODULE_SIG),y)
+MODSECKEY = ./signing_key.priv
+MODPUBKEY = ./signing_key.x509
+export MODPUBKEY
+mod_sign_cmd = perl $(srctree)/scripts/sign-file $(MODSECKEY) $(MODPUBKEY)
+else
+mod_sign_cmd = true
+endif
+export mod_sign_cmd
+
+
 ifeq ($(KBUILD_EXTMOD),)
 core-y		+= kernel/ mm/ fs/ ipc/ security/ crypto/ block/
 
@@ -1010,7 +1010,10 @@
 MRPROPER_DIRS  += include/config usr/include include/generated          \
                   arch/*/include/generated
 MRPROPER_FILES += .config .config.old .version .old_version $(version_h) \
-		  Module.symvers tags TAGS cscope* GPATH GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS
+		  Module.symvers tags TAGS cscope* GPATH GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS \
+		  signing_key.priv signing_key.x509 x509.genkey		\
+		  extra_certificates signing_key.x509.keyid		\
+		  signing_key.x509.signer
 
 # clean - Delete most, but leave enough to build external modules
 #
@@ -1254,6 +1257,7 @@
 	$(call cmd,rmfiles)
 	@find $(if $(KBUILD_EXTMOD), $(KBUILD_EXTMOD), .) $(RCS_FIND_IGNORE) \
 		\( -name '*.[oas]' -o -name '*.ko' -o -name '.*.cmd' \
+		-o -name '*.ko.*' \
 		-o -name '.*.d' -o -name '.*.tmp' -o -name '*.mod.c' \
 		-o -name '*.symtypes' -o -name 'modules.order' \
 		-o -name modules.builtin -o -name '.tmp_*.o.*' \
diff --git a/README b/README
index 9beaed0..f32710a 100644
--- a/README
+++ b/README
@@ -206,6 +206,24 @@
      "make randconfig"  Create a ./.config file by setting symbol
                         values to random values.
 
+     "make localmodconfig" Create a config based on current config and
+                           loaded modules (lsmod). Disables any module
+                           option that is not needed for the loaded modules.
+
+                           To create a localmodconfig for another machine,
+                           store the lsmod of that machine into a file
+                           and pass it in as a LSMOD parameter.
+
+                   target$ lsmod > /tmp/mylsmod
+                   target$ scp /tmp/mylsmod host:/tmp
+
+                   host$ make LSMOD=/tmp/mylsmod localmodconfig
+
+                           The above also works when cross compiling.
+
+     "make localyesconfig" Similar to localmodconfig, except it will convert
+                           all module options to built in (=y) options.
+
    You can find more information on using the Linux kernel config tools
    in Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt.
 
diff --git a/arch/Kconfig b/arch/Kconfig
index a62965d..366ec06 100644
--- a/arch/Kconfig
+++ b/arch/Kconfig
@@ -271,6 +271,12 @@
 	select ARCH_WANT_COMPAT_IPC_PARSE_VERSION
 	bool
 
+config GENERIC_KERNEL_THREAD
+	bool
+
+config GENERIC_KERNEL_EXECVE
+	bool
+
 config HAVE_ARCH_SECCOMP_FILTER
 	bool
 	help
@@ -313,4 +319,26 @@
 	  Archs need to ensure they use a high enough resolution clock to
 	  support irq time accounting and then call enable_sched_clock_irqtime().
 
+config HAVE_ARCH_TRANSPARENT_HUGEPAGE
+	bool
+
+config HAVE_MOD_ARCH_SPECIFIC
+	bool
+	help
+	  The arch uses struct mod_arch_specific to store data.  Many arches
+	  just need a simple module loader without arch specific data - those
+	  should not enable this.
+
+config MODULES_USE_ELF_RELA
+	bool
+	help
+	  Modules only use ELF RELA relocations.  Modules with ELF REL
+	  relocations will give an error.
+
+config MODULES_USE_ELF_REL
+	bool
+	help
+	  Modules only use ELF REL relocations.  Modules with ELF RELA
+	  relocations will give an error.
+
 source "kernel/gcov/Kconfig"
diff --git a/arch/alpha/Kconfig b/arch/alpha/Kconfig
index 9944ded..5dd7f5d 100644
--- a/arch/alpha/Kconfig
+++ b/arch/alpha/Kconfig
@@ -20,6 +20,10 @@
 	select GENERIC_CMOS_UPDATE
 	select GENERIC_STRNCPY_FROM_USER
 	select GENERIC_STRNLEN_USER
+	select GENERIC_KERNEL_THREAD
+	select GENERIC_KERNEL_EXECVE
+	select HAVE_MOD_ARCH_SPECIFIC
+	select MODULES_USE_ELF_RELA
 	help
 	  The Alpha is a 64-bit general-purpose processor designed and
 	  marketed by the Digital Equipment Corporation of blessed memory,
diff --git a/arch/alpha/include/asm/Kbuild b/arch/alpha/include/asm/Kbuild
index e423def..64ffc9e 100644
--- a/arch/alpha/include/asm/Kbuild
+++ b/arch/alpha/include/asm/Kbuild
@@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
 include include/asm-generic/Kbuild.asm
 
+generic-y += clkdev.h
+
 header-y += compiler.h
 header-y += console.h
 header-y += fpu.h
@@ -8,3 +10,4 @@
 header-y += reg.h
 header-y += regdef.h
 header-y += sysinfo.h
+generic-y += exec.h
diff --git a/arch/alpha/include/asm/exec.h b/arch/alpha/include/asm/exec.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a5a41f..0000000
--- a/arch/alpha/include/asm/exec.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef __ALPHA_EXEC_H
-#define __ALPHA_EXEC_H
-
-#define arch_align_stack(x) (x)
-
-#endif /* __ALPHA_EXEC_H */
diff --git a/arch/alpha/include/asm/module.h b/arch/alpha/include/asm/module.h
index 7b63743..9cd13b5 100644
--- a/arch/alpha/include/asm/module.h
+++ b/arch/alpha/include/asm/module.h
@@ -1,19 +1,13 @@
 #ifndef _ALPHA_MODULE_H
 #define _ALPHA_MODULE_H
 
+#include <asm-generic/module.h>
+
 struct mod_arch_specific
 {
 	unsigned int gotsecindex;
 };
 
-#define Elf_Sym Elf64_Sym
-#define Elf_Shdr Elf64_Shdr
-#define Elf_Ehdr Elf64_Ehdr
-#define Elf_Phdr Elf64_Phdr
-#define Elf_Dyn Elf64_Dyn
-#define Elf_Rel Elf64_Rel
-#define Elf_Rela Elf64_Rela
-
 #define ARCH_SHF_SMALL SHF_ALPHA_GPREL
 
 #ifdef MODULE
diff --git a/arch/alpha/include/asm/processor.h b/arch/alpha/include/asm/processor.h
index e37b887..6cb7fe8 100644
--- a/arch/alpha/include/asm/processor.h
+++ b/arch/alpha/include/asm/processor.h
@@ -49,9 +49,6 @@
 /* Free all resources held by a thread. */
 extern void release_thread(struct task_struct *);
 
-/* Create a kernel thread without removing it from tasklists.  */
-extern long kernel_thread(int (*fn)(void *), void *arg, unsigned long flags);
-
 unsigned long get_wchan(struct task_struct *p);
 
 #define KSTK_EIP(tsk) (task_pt_regs(tsk)->pc)
diff --git a/arch/alpha/include/asm/thread_info.h b/arch/alpha/include/asm/thread_info.h
index 28335bd..4554ecb 100644
--- a/arch/alpha/include/asm/thread_info.h
+++ b/arch/alpha/include/asm/thread_info.h
@@ -84,7 +84,6 @@
 #define _TIF_SIGPENDING		(1<<TIF_SIGPENDING)
 #define _TIF_NEED_RESCHED	(1<<TIF_NEED_RESCHED)
 #define _TIF_POLLING_NRFLAG	(1<<TIF_POLLING_NRFLAG)
-#define _TIF_RESTORE_SIGMASK	(1<<TIF_RESTORE_SIGMASK)
 #define _TIF_NOTIFY_RESUME	(1<<TIF_NOTIFY_RESUME)
 
 /* Work to do on interrupt/exception return.  */
@@ -117,5 +116,7 @@
 		 (int __user *)(value));				\
 	})
 
+#define tsk_is_polling(t) test_tsk_thread_flag(t, TIF_POLLING_NRFLAG)
+
 #endif /* __KERNEL__ */
 #endif /* _ALPHA_THREAD_INFO_H */
diff --git a/arch/alpha/include/asm/unistd.h b/arch/alpha/include/asm/unistd.h
index a31a78e..7826e22 100644
--- a/arch/alpha/include/asm/unistd.h
+++ b/arch/alpha/include/asm/unistd.h
@@ -481,6 +481,7 @@
 #define __ARCH_WANT_SYS_OLDUMOUNT
 #define __ARCH_WANT_SYS_SIGPENDING
 #define __ARCH_WANT_SYS_RT_SIGSUSPEND
+#define __ARCH_WANT_SYS_EXECVE
 
 /* "Conditional" syscalls.  What we want is
 
diff --git a/arch/alpha/kernel/alpha_ksyms.c b/arch/alpha/kernel/alpha_ksyms.c
index 15fa821..89566b3 100644
--- a/arch/alpha/kernel/alpha_ksyms.c
+++ b/arch/alpha/kernel/alpha_ksyms.c
@@ -50,9 +50,6 @@
 EXPORT_SYMBOL(alpha_write_fp_reg);
 EXPORT_SYMBOL(alpha_write_fp_reg_s);
 
-/* entry.S */
-EXPORT_SYMBOL(kernel_thread);
-
 /* Networking helper routines. */
 EXPORT_SYMBOL(csum_tcpudp_magic);
 EXPORT_SYMBOL(ip_compute_csum);
diff --git a/arch/alpha/kernel/entry.S b/arch/alpha/kernel/entry.S
index ec0da05..a760783 100644
--- a/arch/alpha/kernel/entry.S
+++ b/arch/alpha/kernel/entry.S
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@
 
 	.align	4
 ret_from_sys_call:
-	cmovne	$26, 0, $19		/* $19 = 0 => non-restartable */
+	cmovne	$26, 0, $18		/* $18 = 0 => non-restartable */
 	ldq	$0, SP_OFF($sp)
 	and	$0, 8, $0
 	beq	$0, ret_to_kernel
@@ -320,8 +320,8 @@
 		sampling and the rti.  */
 	lda	$16, 7
 	call_pal PAL_swpipl
-	ldl	$5, TI_FLAGS($8)
-	and	$5, _TIF_WORK_MASK, $2
+	ldl	$17, TI_FLAGS($8)
+	and	$17, _TIF_WORK_MASK, $2
 	bne	$2, work_pending
 restore_all:
 	RESTORE_ALL
@@ -341,10 +341,10 @@
 	 * frame to indicate that a negative return value wasn't an
 	 * error number..
 	 */
-	ldq	$19, 0($sp)	/* old syscall nr (zero if success) */
-	beq	$19, $ret_success
+	ldq	$18, 0($sp)	/* old syscall nr (zero if success) */
+	beq	$18, $ret_success
 
-	ldq	$20, 72($sp)	/* .. and this a3 */
+	ldq	$19, 72($sp)	/* .. and this a3 */
 	subq	$31, $0, $0	/* with error in v0 */
 	addq	$31, 1, $1	/* set a3 for errno return */
 	stq	$0, 0($sp)
@@ -362,51 +362,35 @@
  * Do all cleanup when returning from all interrupts and system calls.
  *
  * Arguments:
- *       $5: TI_FLAGS.
  *       $8: current.
- *      $19: The old syscall number, or zero if this is not a return
+ *      $17: TI_FLAGS.
+ *      $18: The old syscall number, or zero if this is not a return
  *           from a syscall that errored and is possibly restartable.
- *      $20: The old a3 value
+ *      $19: The old a3 value
  */
 
 	.align	4
 	.ent	work_pending
 work_pending:
-	and	$5, _TIF_NEED_RESCHED, $2
-	beq	$2, $work_notifysig
+	and	$17, _TIF_NOTIFY_RESUME | _TIF_SIGPENDING, $2
+	bne	$2, $work_notifysig
 
 $work_resched:
-	subq	$sp, 16, $sp
-	stq	$19, 0($sp)              /* save syscall nr */
-	stq	$20, 8($sp)              /* and error indication (a3) */
+	/*
+	 * We can get here only if we returned from syscall without SIGPENDING
+	 * or got through work_notifysig already.  Either case means no syscall
+	 * restarts for us, so let $18 and $19 burn.
+	 */
 	jsr	$26, schedule
-	ldq	$19, 0($sp)
-	ldq	$20, 8($sp)
-	addq	$sp, 16, $sp
-	/* Make sure need_resched and sigpending don't change between
-		sampling and the rti.  */
-	lda	$16, 7
-	call_pal PAL_swpipl
-	ldl	$5, TI_FLAGS($8)
-	and	$5, _TIF_WORK_MASK, $2
-	beq	$2, restore_all
-	and	$5, _TIF_NEED_RESCHED, $2
-	bne	$2, $work_resched
+	mov	0, $18
+	br	ret_to_user
 
 $work_notifysig:
 	mov	$sp, $16
 	bsr	$1, do_switch_stack
-	mov	$sp, $17
-	mov	$5, $18
-	mov	$19, $9		/* save old syscall number */
-	mov	$20, $10	/* save old a3 */
-	and	$5, _TIF_SIGPENDING, $2
-	cmovne	$2, 0, $9	/* we don't want double syscall restarts */
-	jsr	$26, do_notify_resume
-	mov	$9, $19
-	mov	$10, $20
+	jsr	$26, do_work_pending
 	bsr	$1, undo_switch_stack
-	br	ret_to_user
+	br	restore_all
 .end work_pending
 
 /*
@@ -418,11 +402,10 @@
 strace:
 	/* set up signal stack, call syscall_trace */
 	bsr	$1, do_switch_stack
-	jsr	$26, syscall_trace
+	jsr	$26, syscall_trace_enter /* returns the syscall number */
 	bsr	$1, undo_switch_stack
 
-	/* get the system call number and the arguments back.. */
-	ldq	$0, 0($sp)
+	/* get the arguments back.. */
 	ldq	$16, SP_OFF+24($sp)
 	ldq	$17, SP_OFF+32($sp)
 	ldq	$18, SP_OFF+40($sp)
@@ -449,15 +432,15 @@
 	stq	$0, 0($sp)		/* save return value */
 
 	bsr	$1, do_switch_stack
-	jsr	$26, syscall_trace
+	jsr	$26, syscall_trace_leave
 	bsr	$1, undo_switch_stack
 	br	$31, ret_from_sys_call
 
 	.align	3
 $strace_error:
-	ldq	$19, 0($sp)	/* old syscall nr (zero if success) */
-	beq	$19, $strace_success
-	ldq	$20, 72($sp)	/* .. and this a3 */
+	ldq	$18, 0($sp)	/* old syscall nr (zero if success) */
+	beq	$18, $strace_success
+	ldq	$19, 72($sp)	/* .. and this a3 */
 
 	subq	$31, $0, $0	/* with error in v0 */
 	addq	$31, 1, $1	/* set a3 for errno return */
@@ -465,11 +448,11 @@
 	stq	$1, 72($sp)	/* a3 for return */
 
 	bsr	$1, do_switch_stack
-	mov	$19, $9		/* save old syscall number */
-	mov	$20, $10	/* save old a3 */
-	jsr	$26, syscall_trace
-	mov	$9, $19
-	mov	$10, $20
+	mov	$18, $9		/* save old syscall number */
+	mov	$19, $10	/* save old a3 */
+	jsr	$26, syscall_trace_leave
+	mov	$9, $18
+	mov	$10, $19
 	bsr	$1, undo_switch_stack
 
 	mov	$31, $26	/* tell "ret_from_sys_call" we can restart */
@@ -609,59 +592,20 @@
 .end ret_from_fork
 
 /*
- * kernel_thread(fn, arg, clone_flags)
+ * ... and new kernel threads - here
  */
 	.align 4
-	.globl	kernel_thread
-	.ent	kernel_thread
-kernel_thread:
-	/* We can be called from a module.  */
-	ldgp	$gp, 0($27)
-	.prologue 1
-	subq	$sp, SP_OFF+6*8, $sp
-	br	$1, 2f		/* load start address */
-
-	/* We've now "returned" from a fake system call.  */
-	unop
-	blt	$0, 1f		/* error?  */
-	ldi	$1, 0x3fff
-	beq	$20, 1f		/* parent or child?  */
-
-	bic	$sp, $1, $8	/* in child.  */
-	jsr	$26, ($27)
-	ldgp	$gp, 0($26)
-	mov	$0, $16
-	mov	$31, $26
-	jmp	$31, sys_exit
-
-1:	ret			/* in parent.  */
-
-	.align 4
-2:	/* Fake a system call stack frame, as we can't do system calls
-	   from kernel space.  Note that we store FN and ARG as they
-	   need to be set up in the child for the call.  Also store $8
-	   and $26 for use in the parent.  */
-	stq	$31, SP_OFF($sp)	/* ps */
-	stq	$1, SP_OFF+8($sp)	/* pc */
-	stq	$gp, SP_OFF+16($sp)	/* gp */
-	stq	$16, 136($sp)		/* $27; FN for child */
-	stq	$17, SP_OFF+24($sp)	/* $16; ARG for child */
-	stq	$8, 64($sp)		/* $8 */
-	stq	$26, 128($sp)		/* $26 */
-	/* Avoid the HAE being gratuitously wrong, to avoid restoring it.  */
-	ldq	$2, alpha_mv+HAE_CACHE
-	stq	$2, 152($sp)		/* HAE */
-
-	/* Shuffle FLAGS to the front; add CLONE_VM.  */
-	ldi	$1, CLONE_VM|CLONE_UNTRACED
-	or	$18, $1, $16
-	bsr	$26, sys_clone
-
-	/* We don't actually care for a3 success widgetry in the kernel.
-	   Not for positive errno values.  */
-	stq	$0, 0($sp)		/* $0 */
-	br	ret_to_kernel
-.end kernel_thread
+	.globl	ret_from_kernel_thread
+	.ent	ret_from_kernel_thread
+ret_from_kernel_thread:
+	mov	$17, $16
+	jsr	$26, schedule_tail
+	mov	$9, $27
+	mov	$10, $16
+	jsr	$26, ($9)
+	mov	$31, $19		/* to disable syscall restarts */
+	br	$31, ret_to_user
+.end ret_from_kernel_thread
 
 
 /*
@@ -722,7 +666,7 @@
 	lda	$sp, -SWITCH_STACK_SIZE($sp)
 	jsr	$26, do_sigreturn
 	bne	$9, 1f
-	jsr	$26, syscall_trace
+	jsr	$26, syscall_trace_leave
 1:	br	$1, undo_switch_stack
 	br	ret_from_sys_call
 .end sys_sigreturn
@@ -739,21 +683,12 @@
 	lda	$sp, -SWITCH_STACK_SIZE($sp)
 	jsr	$26, do_rt_sigreturn
 	bne	$9, 1f
-	jsr	$26, syscall_trace
+	jsr	$26, syscall_trace_leave
 1:	br	$1, undo_switch_stack
 	br	ret_from_sys_call
 .end sys_rt_sigreturn
 
 	.align	4
-	.globl	sys_execve
-	.ent	sys_execve
-sys_execve:
-	.prologue 0
-	mov	$sp, $19
-	jmp	$31, do_sys_execve
-.end sys_execve
-
-	.align	4
 	.globl	alpha_ni_syscall
 	.ent	alpha_ni_syscall
 alpha_ni_syscall:
diff --git a/arch/alpha/kernel/osf_sys.c b/arch/alpha/kernel/osf_sys.c
index 63e77e3..9eb0905 100644
--- a/arch/alpha/kernel/osf_sys.c
+++ b/arch/alpha/kernel/osf_sys.c
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@
 {
 	int retval;
 	struct cdfs_args tmp;
-	char *devname;
+	struct filename *devname;
 
 	retval = -EFAULT;
 	if (copy_from_user(&tmp, args, sizeof(tmp)))
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@
 	retval = PTR_ERR(devname);
 	if (IS_ERR(devname))
 		goto out;
-	retval = do_mount(devname, dirname, "ext2", flags, NULL);
+	retval = do_mount(devname->name, dirname, "ext2", flags, NULL);
 	putname(devname);
  out:
 	return retval;
@@ -469,7 +469,7 @@
 {
 	int retval;
 	struct cdfs_args tmp;
-	char *devname;
+	struct filename *devname;
 
 	retval = -EFAULT;
 	if (copy_from_user(&tmp, args, sizeof(tmp)))
@@ -478,7 +478,7 @@
 	retval = PTR_ERR(devname);
 	if (IS_ERR(devname))
 		goto out;
-	retval = do_mount(devname, dirname, "iso9660", flags, NULL);
+	retval = do_mount(devname->name, dirname, "iso9660", flags, NULL);
 	putname(devname);
  out:
 	return retval;
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@
 		int, flag, void __user *, data)
 {
 	int retval;
-	char *name;
+	struct filename *name;
 
 	name = getname(path);
 	retval = PTR_ERR(name);
@@ -507,13 +507,13 @@
 		goto out;
 	switch (typenr) {
 	case 1:
-		retval = osf_ufs_mount(name, data, flag);
+		retval = osf_ufs_mount(name->name, data, flag);
 		break;
 	case 6:
-		retval = osf_cdfs_mount(name, data, flag);
+		retval = osf_cdfs_mount(name->name, data, flag);
 		break;
 	case 9:
-		retval = osf_procfs_mount(name, data, flag);
+		retval = osf_procfs_mount(name->name, data, flag);
 		break;
 	default:
 		retval = -EINVAL;
diff --git a/arch/alpha/kernel/pci-sysfs.c b/arch/alpha/kernel/pci-sysfs.c
index 53649c7..b51f7b4 100644
--- a/arch/alpha/kernel/pci-sysfs.c
+++ b/arch/alpha/kernel/pci-sysfs.c
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 		base = sparse ? hose->sparse_io_base : hose->dense_io_base;
 
 	vma->vm_pgoff += base >> PAGE_SHIFT;
-	vma->vm_flags |= (VM_IO | VM_RESERVED);
+	vma->vm_flags |= VM_IO | VM_DONTEXPAND | VM_DONTDUMP;
 
 	return io_remap_pfn_range(vma, vma->vm_start, vma->vm_pgoff,
 				  vma->vm_end - vma->vm_start,
diff --git a/arch/alpha/kernel/process.c b/arch/alpha/kernel/process.c
index 83638aa..4054e0f 100644
--- a/arch/alpha/kernel/process.c
+++ b/arch/alpha/kernel/process.c
@@ -263,33 +263,35 @@
 
 /*
  * Copy an alpha thread..
- *
- * Note the "stack_offset" stuff: when returning to kernel mode, we need
- * to have some extra stack-space for the kernel stack that still exists
- * after the "ret_from_fork".  When returning to user mode, we only want
- * the space needed by the syscall stack frame (ie "struct pt_regs").
- * Use the passed "regs" pointer to determine how much space we need
- * for a kernel fork().
  */
 
 int
 copy_thread(unsigned long clone_flags, unsigned long usp,
-	    unsigned long unused,
+	    unsigned long arg,
 	    struct task_struct * p, struct pt_regs * regs)
 {
 	extern void ret_from_fork(void);
+	extern void ret_from_kernel_thread(void);
 
 	struct thread_info *childti = task_thread_info(p);
-	struct pt_regs * childregs;
-	struct switch_stack * childstack, *stack;
-	unsigned long stack_offset, settls;
+	struct pt_regs *childregs = task_pt_regs(p);
+	struct switch_stack *childstack, *stack;
+	unsigned long settls;
 
-	stack_offset = PAGE_SIZE - sizeof(struct pt_regs);
-	if (!(regs->ps & 8))
-		stack_offset = (PAGE_SIZE-1) & (unsigned long) regs;
-	childregs = (struct pt_regs *)
-	  (stack_offset + PAGE_SIZE + task_stack_page(p));
-		
+	childstack = ((struct switch_stack *) childregs) - 1;
+	if (unlikely(!regs)) {
+		/* kernel thread */
+		memset(childstack, 0,
+			sizeof(struct switch_stack) + sizeof(struct pt_regs));
+		childstack->r26 = (unsigned long) ret_from_kernel_thread;
+		childstack->r9 = usp;	/* function */
+		childstack->r10 = arg;
+		childregs->hae = alpha_mv.hae_cache,
+		childti->pcb.usp = 0;
+		childti->pcb.ksp = (unsigned long) childstack;
+		childti->pcb.flags = 1;	/* set FEN, clear everything else */
+		return 0;
+	}
 	*childregs = *regs;
 	settls = regs->r20;
 	childregs->r0 = 0;
@@ -297,7 +299,6 @@
 	childregs->r20 = 1;	/* OSF/1 has some strange fork() semantics.  */
 	regs->r20 = 0;
 	stack = ((struct switch_stack *) regs) - 1;
-	childstack = ((struct switch_stack *) childregs) - 1;
 	*childstack = *stack;
 	childstack->r26 = (unsigned long) ret_from_fork;
 	childti->pcb.usp = usp;
@@ -386,27 +387,6 @@
 EXPORT_SYMBOL(dump_elf_task_fp);
 
 /*
- * sys_execve() executes a new program.
- */
-asmlinkage int
-do_sys_execve(const char __user *ufilename,
-	      const char __user *const __user *argv,
-	      const char __user *const __user *envp, struct pt_regs *regs)
-{
-	int error;
-	char *filename;
-
-	filename = getname(ufilename);
-	error = PTR_ERR(filename);
-	if (IS_ERR(filename))
-		goto out;
-	error = do_execve(filename, argv, envp, regs);
-	putname(filename);
-out:
-	return error;
-}
-
-/*
  * Return saved PC of a blocked thread.  This assumes the frame
  * pointer is the 6th saved long on the kernel stack and that the
  * saved return address is the first long in the frame.  This all
@@ -459,22 +439,3 @@
 	}
 	return pc;
 }
-
-int kernel_execve(const char *path, const char *const argv[], const char *const envp[])
-{
-	/* Avoid the HAE being gratuitously wrong, which would cause us
-	   to do the whole turn off interrupts thing and restore it.  */
-	struct pt_regs regs = {.hae = alpha_mv.hae_cache};
-	int err = do_execve(path, argv, envp, &regs);
-	if (!err) {
-		struct pt_regs *p = current_pt_regs();
-		/* copy regs to normal position and off to userland we go... */
-		*p = regs;
-		__asm__ __volatile__ (
-			"mov	%0, $sp;"
-			"br	$31, ret_from_sys_call"
-			: : "r"(p));
-	}
-	return err;
-}
-EXPORT_SYMBOL(kernel_execve);
diff --git a/arch/alpha/kernel/ptrace.c b/arch/alpha/kernel/ptrace.c
index 54616f4..2a4a80f 100644
--- a/arch/alpha/kernel/ptrace.c
+++ b/arch/alpha/kernel/ptrace.c
@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@
 #include <linux/user.h>
 #include <linux/security.h>
 #include <linux/signal.h>
+#include <linux/tracehook.h>
 
 #include <asm/uaccess.h>
 #include <asm/pgtable.h>
@@ -312,25 +313,18 @@
 	return ret;
 }
 
-asmlinkage void
-syscall_trace(void)
+asmlinkage unsigned long syscall_trace_enter(void)
 {
-	if (!test_thread_flag(TIF_SYSCALL_TRACE))
-		return;
-	if (!(current->ptrace & PT_PTRACED))
-		return;
-	/* The 0x80 provides a way for the tracing parent to distinguish
-	   between a syscall stop and SIGTRAP delivery */
-	ptrace_notify(SIGTRAP | ((current->ptrace & PT_TRACESYSGOOD)
-				 ? 0x80 : 0));
+	unsigned long ret = 0;
+	if (test_thread_flag(TIF_SYSCALL_TRACE) &&
+	    tracehook_report_syscall_entry(current_pt_regs()))
+		ret = -1UL;
+	return ret ?: current_pt_regs()->r0;
+}
 
-	/*
-	 * This isn't the same as continuing with a signal, but it will do
-	 * for normal use.  strace only continues with a signal if the
-	 * stopping signal is not SIGTRAP.  -brl
-	 */
-	if (current->exit_code) {
-		send_sig(current->exit_code, current, 1);
-		current->exit_code = 0;
-	}
+asmlinkage void
+syscall_trace_leave(void)
+{
+	if (test_thread_flag(TIF_SYSCALL_TRACE))
+		tracehook_report_syscall_exit(current_pt_regs(), 0);
 }
diff --git a/arch/alpha/kernel/signal.c b/arch/alpha/kernel/signal.c
index a8c97d4..32575f8 100644
--- a/arch/alpha/kernel/signal.c
+++ b/arch/alpha/kernel/signal.c
@@ -298,8 +298,9 @@
 
 static long
 setup_sigcontext(struct sigcontext __user *sc, struct pt_regs *regs, 
-		 struct switch_stack *sw, unsigned long mask, unsigned long sp)
+		 unsigned long mask, unsigned long sp)
 {
+	struct switch_stack *sw = (struct switch_stack *)regs - 1;
 	long i, err = 0;
 
 	err |= __put_user(on_sig_stack((unsigned long)sc), &sc->sc_onstack);
@@ -354,7 +355,7 @@
 
 static int
 setup_frame(int sig, struct k_sigaction *ka, sigset_t *set,
-	    struct pt_regs *regs, struct switch_stack * sw)
+	    struct pt_regs *regs)
 {
 	unsigned long oldsp, r26, err = 0;
 	struct sigframe __user *frame;
@@ -364,7 +365,7 @@
 	if (!access_ok(VERIFY_WRITE, frame, sizeof(*frame)))
 		return -EFAULT;
 
-	err |= setup_sigcontext(&frame->sc, regs, sw, set->sig[0], oldsp);
+	err |= setup_sigcontext(&frame->sc, regs, set->sig[0], oldsp);
 	if (err)
 		return -EFAULT;
 
@@ -401,7 +402,7 @@
 
 static int
 setup_rt_frame(int sig, struct k_sigaction *ka, siginfo_t *info,
-	       sigset_t *set, struct pt_regs *regs, struct switch_stack * sw)
+	       sigset_t *set, struct pt_regs *regs)
 {
 	unsigned long oldsp, r26, err = 0;
 	struct rt_sigframe __user *frame;
@@ -420,7 +421,7 @@
 	err |= __put_user(current->sas_ss_sp, &frame->uc.uc_stack.ss_sp);
 	err |= __put_user(sas_ss_flags(oldsp), &frame->uc.uc_stack.ss_flags);
 	err |= __put_user(current->sas_ss_size, &frame->uc.uc_stack.ss_size);
-	err |= setup_sigcontext(&frame->uc.uc_mcontext, regs, sw,
+	err |= setup_sigcontext(&frame->uc.uc_mcontext, regs, 
 				set->sig[0], oldsp);
 	err |= __copy_to_user(&frame->uc.uc_sigmask, set, sizeof(*set));
 	if (err)
@@ -464,15 +465,15 @@
  */
 static inline void
 handle_signal(int sig, struct k_sigaction *ka, siginfo_t *info,
-	      struct pt_regs * regs, struct switch_stack *sw)
+	      struct pt_regs * regs)
 {
 	sigset_t *oldset = sigmask_to_save();
 	int ret;
 
 	if (ka->sa.sa_flags & SA_SIGINFO)
-		ret = setup_rt_frame(sig, ka, info, oldset, regs, sw);
+		ret = setup_rt_frame(sig, ka, info, oldset, regs);
 	else
-		ret = setup_frame(sig, ka, oldset, regs, sw);
+		ret = setup_frame(sig, ka, oldset, regs);
 
 	if (ret) {
 		force_sigsegv(sig, current);
@@ -519,8 +520,7 @@
  * all (if we get here from anything but a syscall return, it will be 0)
  */
 static void
-do_signal(struct pt_regs * regs, struct switch_stack * sw,
-	  unsigned long r0, unsigned long r19)
+do_signal(struct pt_regs *regs, unsigned long r0, unsigned long r19)
 {
 	siginfo_t info;
 	int signr;
@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@
 		/* Whee!  Actually deliver the signal.  */
 		if (r0)
 			syscall_restart(r0, r19, regs, &ka);
-		handle_signal(signr, &ka, &info, regs, sw);
+		handle_signal(signr, &ka, &info, regs);
 		if (single_stepping) 
 			ptrace_set_bpt(current); /* re-set bpt */
 		return;
@@ -568,15 +568,23 @@
 }
 
 void
-do_notify_resume(struct pt_regs *regs, struct switch_stack *sw,
-		 unsigned long thread_info_flags,
+do_work_pending(struct pt_regs *regs, unsigned long thread_flags,
 		 unsigned long r0, unsigned long r19)
 {
-	if (thread_info_flags & _TIF_SIGPENDING)
-		do_signal(regs, sw, r0, r19);
-
-	if (thread_info_flags & _TIF_NOTIFY_RESUME) {
-		clear_thread_flag(TIF_NOTIFY_RESUME);
-		tracehook_notify_resume(regs);
-	}
+	do {
+		if (thread_flags & _TIF_NEED_RESCHED) {
+			schedule();
+		} else {
+			local_irq_enable();
+			if (thread_flags & _TIF_SIGPENDING) {
+				do_signal(regs, r0, r19);
+				r0 = 0;
+			} else {
+				clear_thread_flag(TIF_NOTIFY_RESUME);
+				tracehook_notify_resume(regs);
+			}
+		}
+		local_irq_disable();
+		thread_flags = current_thread_info()->flags;
+	} while (thread_flags & _TIF_WORK_MASK);
 }
diff --git a/arch/arm/Kconfig b/arch/arm/Kconfig
index 7bab17e..73067ef 100644
--- a/arch/arm/Kconfig
+++ b/arch/arm/Kconfig
@@ -1,54 +1,60 @@
 config ARM
 	bool
 	default y
-	select ARCH_HAVE_CUSTOM_GPIO_H
-	select HAVE_AOUT
-	select HAVE_DMA_API_DEBUG
-	select HAVE_IDE if PCI || ISA || PCMCIA
-	select HAVE_DMA_ATTRS
-	select HAVE_DMA_CONTIGUOUS if MMU
-	select HAVE_MEMBLOCK
-	select RTC_LIB
-	select SYS_SUPPORTS_APM_EMULATION
-	select GENERIC_ATOMIC64 if (CPU_V6 || !CPU_32v6K || !AEABI)
+	select ARCH_BINFMT_ELF_RANDOMIZE_PIE
 	select ARCH_HAS_ATOMIC64_DEC_IF_POSITIVE
-	select HAVE_OPROFILE if (HAVE_PERF_EVENTS)
+	select ARCH_HAVE_CUSTOM_GPIO_H
+	select ARCH_WANT_IPC_PARSE_VERSION
+	select CPU_PM if (SUSPEND || CPU_IDLE)
+	select DCACHE_WORD_ACCESS if (CPU_V6 || CPU_V6K || CPU_V7) && !CPU_BIG_ENDIAN
+	select GENERIC_ATOMIC64 if (CPU_V6 || !CPU_32v6K || !AEABI)
+	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS_BROADCAST if SMP
+	select GENERIC_IRQ_PROBE
+	select GENERIC_IRQ_SHOW
+	select GENERIC_KERNEL_THREAD
+	select GENERIC_KERNEL_EXECVE
+	select GENERIC_PCI_IOMAP
+	select GENERIC_SMP_IDLE_THREAD
+	select GENERIC_STRNCPY_FROM_USER
+	select GENERIC_STRNLEN_USER
+	select HARDIRQS_SW_RESEND
+	select HAVE_AOUT
 	select HAVE_ARCH_JUMP_LABEL if !XIP_KERNEL
 	select HAVE_ARCH_KGDB
 	select HAVE_ARCH_TRACEHOOK
+	select HAVE_BPF_JIT
+	select HAVE_C_RECORDMCOUNT
+	select HAVE_DEBUG_KMEMLEAK
+	select HAVE_DMA_API_DEBUG
+	select HAVE_DMA_ATTRS
+	select HAVE_DMA_CONTIGUOUS if MMU
+	select HAVE_DYNAMIC_FTRACE if (!XIP_KERNEL)
+	select HAVE_FTRACE_MCOUNT_RECORD if (!XIP_KERNEL)
+	select HAVE_FUNCTION_GRAPH_TRACER if (!THUMB2_KERNEL)
+	select HAVE_FUNCTION_TRACER if (!XIP_KERNEL)
+	select HAVE_GENERIC_DMA_COHERENT
+	select HAVE_GENERIC_HARDIRQS
+	select HAVE_HW_BREAKPOINT if (PERF_EVENTS && (CPU_V6 || CPU_V6K || CPU_V7))
+	select HAVE_IDE if PCI || ISA || PCMCIA
+	select HAVE_IRQ_WORK
+	select HAVE_KERNEL_GZIP
+	select HAVE_KERNEL_LZMA
+	select HAVE_KERNEL_LZO
+	select HAVE_KERNEL_XZ
 	select HAVE_KPROBES if !XIP_KERNEL
 	select HAVE_KRETPROBES if (HAVE_KPROBES)
-	select HAVE_FUNCTION_TRACER if (!XIP_KERNEL)
-	select HAVE_FTRACE_MCOUNT_RECORD if (!XIP_KERNEL)
-	select HAVE_DYNAMIC_FTRACE if (!XIP_KERNEL)
-	select HAVE_FUNCTION_GRAPH_TRACER if (!THUMB2_KERNEL)
-	select ARCH_BINFMT_ELF_RANDOMIZE_PIE
-	select HAVE_GENERIC_DMA_COHERENT
-	select HAVE_KERNEL_GZIP
-	select HAVE_KERNEL_LZO
-	select HAVE_KERNEL_LZMA
-	select HAVE_KERNEL_XZ
-	select HAVE_IRQ_WORK
+	select HAVE_MEMBLOCK
+	select HAVE_OPROFILE if (HAVE_PERF_EVENTS)
 	select HAVE_PERF_EVENTS
-	select PERF_USE_VMALLOC
 	select HAVE_REGS_AND_STACK_ACCESS_API
-	select HAVE_HW_BREAKPOINT if (PERF_EVENTS && (CPU_V6 || CPU_V6K || CPU_V7))
-	select HAVE_C_RECORDMCOUNT
-	select HAVE_GENERIC_HARDIRQS
-	select HARDIRQS_SW_RESEND
-	select GENERIC_IRQ_PROBE
-	select GENERIC_IRQ_SHOW
-	select ARCH_WANT_IPC_PARSE_VERSION
-	select HARDIRQS_SW_RESEND
-	select CPU_PM if (SUSPEND || CPU_IDLE)
-	select GENERIC_PCI_IOMAP
-	select HAVE_BPF_JIT
-	select GENERIC_SMP_IDLE_THREAD
+	select HAVE_SYSCALL_TRACEPOINTS
+	select HAVE_UID16
 	select KTIME_SCALAR
-	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS_BROADCAST if SMP
-	select GENERIC_STRNCPY_FROM_USER
-	select GENERIC_STRNLEN_USER
-	select DCACHE_WORD_ACCESS if (CPU_V6 || CPU_V6K || CPU_V7) && !CPU_BIG_ENDIAN
+	select PERF_USE_VMALLOC
+	select RTC_LIB
+	select SYS_SUPPORTS_APM_EMULATION
+	select HAVE_MOD_ARCH_SPECIFIC if ARM_UNWIND
+	select MODULES_USE_ELF_REL
 	help
 	  The ARM series is a line of low-power-consumption RISC chip designs
 	  licensed by ARM Ltd and targeted at embedded applications and
@@ -64,9 +70,9 @@
 	bool
 
 config ARM_DMA_USE_IOMMU
-	select NEED_SG_DMA_LENGTH
-	select ARM_HAS_SG_CHAIN
 	bool
+	select ARM_HAS_SG_CHAIN
+	select NEED_SG_DMA_LENGTH
 
 config HAVE_PWM
 	bool
@@ -258,69 +264,69 @@
 
 config ARCH_MULTIPLATFORM
 	bool "Allow multiple platforms to be selected"
+	depends on MMU
 	select ARM_PATCH_PHYS_VIRT
 	select AUTO_ZRELADDR
 	select COMMON_CLK
 	select MULTI_IRQ_HANDLER
 	select SPARSE_IRQ
 	select USE_OF
-	depends on MMU
 
 config ARCH_INTEGRATOR
 	bool "ARM Ltd. Integrator family"
-	select ARM_AMBA
 	select ARCH_HAS_CPUFREQ
+	select ARM_AMBA
 	select COMMON_CLK
 	select COMMON_CLK_VERSATILE
+	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
 	select HAVE_TCM
 	select ICST
-	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
+	select MULTI_IRQ_HANDLER
+	select NEED_MACH_MEMORY_H
 	select PLAT_VERSATILE
 	select PLAT_VERSATILE_FPGA_IRQ
-	select NEED_MACH_MEMORY_H
 	select SPARSE_IRQ
-	select MULTI_IRQ_HANDLER
 	help
 	  Support for ARM's Integrator platform.
 
 config ARCH_REALVIEW
 	bool "ARM Ltd. RealView family"
+	select ARCH_WANT_OPTIONAL_GPIOLIB
 	select ARM_AMBA
+	select ARM_TIMER_SP804
 	select COMMON_CLK
 	select COMMON_CLK_VERSATILE
-	select ICST
 	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
-	select ARCH_WANT_OPTIONAL_GPIOLIB
+	select GPIO_PL061 if GPIOLIB
+	select ICST
+	select NEED_MACH_MEMORY_H
 	select PLAT_VERSATILE
 	select PLAT_VERSATILE_CLCD
-	select ARM_TIMER_SP804
-	select GPIO_PL061 if GPIOLIB
-	select NEED_MACH_MEMORY_H
 	help
 	  This enables support for ARM Ltd RealView boards.
 
 config ARCH_VERSATILE
 	bool "ARM Ltd. Versatile family"
+	select ARCH_WANT_OPTIONAL_GPIOLIB
 	select ARM_AMBA
+	select ARM_TIMER_SP804
 	select ARM_VIC
 	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
+	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
 	select HAVE_MACH_CLKDEV
 	select ICST
-	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
-	select ARCH_WANT_OPTIONAL_GPIOLIB
 	select PLAT_VERSATILE
-	select PLAT_VERSATILE_CLOCK
 	select PLAT_VERSATILE_CLCD
+	select PLAT_VERSATILE_CLOCK
 	select PLAT_VERSATILE_FPGA_IRQ
-	select ARM_TIMER_SP804
 	help
 	  This enables support for ARM Ltd Versatile board.
 
 config ARCH_AT91
 	bool "Atmel AT91"
 	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
-	select HAVE_CLK
 	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
+	select HAVE_CLK
 	select IRQ_DOMAIN
 	select NEED_MACH_GPIO_H
 	select NEED_MACH_IO_H if PCCARD
@@ -345,43 +351,43 @@
 	  This enables support for the Broadcom BCM2835 SoC. This SoC is
 	  use in the Raspberry Pi, and Roku 2 devices.
 
-config ARCH_CLPS711X
-	bool "Cirrus Logic CLPS711x/EP721x/EP731x-based"
-	select CPU_ARM720T
-	select ARCH_USES_GETTIMEOFFSET
-	select COMMON_CLK
-	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
-	select NEED_MACH_MEMORY_H
-	help
-	  Support for Cirrus Logic 711x/721x/731x based boards.
-
 config ARCH_CNS3XXX
 	bool "Cavium Networks CNS3XXX family"
+	select ARM_GIC
 	select CPU_V6K
 	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
-	select ARM_GIC
 	select MIGHT_HAVE_CACHE_L2X0
 	select MIGHT_HAVE_PCI
 	select PCI_DOMAINS if PCI
 	help
 	  Support for Cavium Networks CNS3XXX platform.
 
+config ARCH_CLPS711X
+	bool "Cirrus Logic CLPS711x/EP721x/EP731x-based"
+	select ARCH_USES_GETTIMEOFFSET
+	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
+	select COMMON_CLK
+	select CPU_ARM720T
+	select NEED_MACH_MEMORY_H
+	help
+	  Support for Cirrus Logic 711x/721x/731x based boards.
+
 config ARCH_GEMINI
 	bool "Cortina Systems Gemini"
-	select CPU_FA526
 	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
 	select ARCH_USES_GETTIMEOFFSET
+	select CPU_FA526
 	help
 	  Support for the Cortina Systems Gemini family SoCs
 
 config ARCH_SIRF
 	bool "CSR SiRF"
-	select NO_IOPORT
 	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
-	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
 	select COMMON_CLK
+	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
 	select GENERIC_IRQ_CHIP
 	select MIGHT_HAVE_CACHE_L2X0
+	select NO_IOPORT
 	select PINCTRL
 	select PINCTRL_SIRF
 	select USE_OF
@@ -390,12 +396,12 @@
 
 config ARCH_EBSA110
 	bool "EBSA-110"
+	select ARCH_USES_GETTIMEOFFSET
 	select CPU_SA110
 	select ISA
-	select NO_IOPORT
-	select ARCH_USES_GETTIMEOFFSET
 	select NEED_MACH_IO_H
 	select NEED_MACH_MEMORY_H
+	select NO_IOPORT
 	help
 	  This is an evaluation board for the StrongARM processor available
 	  from Digital. It has limited hardware on-board, including an
@@ -404,13 +410,13 @@
 
 config ARCH_EP93XX
 	bool "EP93xx-based"
-	select CPU_ARM920T
+	select ARCH_HAS_HOLES_MEMORYMODEL
+	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
+	select ARCH_USES_GETTIMEOFFSET
 	select ARM_AMBA
 	select ARM_VIC
 	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
-	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
-	select ARCH_HAS_HOLES_MEMORYMODEL
-	select ARCH_USES_GETTIMEOFFSET
+	select CPU_ARM920T
 	select NEED_MACH_MEMORY_H
 	help
 	  This enables support for the Cirrus EP93xx series of CPUs.
@@ -429,10 +435,10 @@
 
 config ARCH_MXC
 	bool "Freescale MXC/iMX-based"
-	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
 	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
 	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
 	select CLKSRC_MMIO
+	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
 	select GENERIC_IRQ_CHIP
 	select MULTI_IRQ_HANDLER
 	select SPARSE_IRQ
@@ -442,11 +448,11 @@
 
 config ARCH_MXS
 	bool "Freescale MXS-based"
-	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
 	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
 	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
 	select CLKSRC_MMIO
 	select COMMON_CLK
+	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
 	select HAVE_CLK_PREPARE
 	select MULTI_IRQ_HANDLER
 	select PINCTRL
@@ -457,44 +463,43 @@
 
 config ARCH_NETX
 	bool "Hilscher NetX based"
+	select ARM_VIC
 	select CLKSRC_MMIO
 	select CPU_ARM926T
-	select ARM_VIC
 	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
 	help
 	  This enables support for systems based on the Hilscher NetX Soc
 
 config ARCH_H720X
 	bool "Hynix HMS720x-based"
+	select ARCH_USES_GETTIMEOFFSET
 	select CPU_ARM720T
 	select ISA_DMA_API
-	select ARCH_USES_GETTIMEOFFSET
 	help
 	  This enables support for systems based on the Hynix HMS720x
 
 config ARCH_IOP13XX
 	bool "IOP13xx-based"
 	depends on MMU
-	select CPU_XSC3
-	select PLAT_IOP
-	select PCI
 	select ARCH_SUPPORTS_MSI
-	select VMSPLIT_1G
+	select CPU_XSC3
 	select NEED_MACH_MEMORY_H
 	select NEED_RET_TO_USER
+	select PCI
+	select PLAT_IOP
+	select VMSPLIT_1G
 	help
 	  Support for Intel's IOP13XX (XScale) family of processors.
 
 config ARCH_IOP32X
 	bool "IOP32x-based"
 	depends on MMU
+	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
 	select CPU_XSCALE
 	select NEED_MACH_GPIO_H
-	select NEED_MACH_IO_H
 	select NEED_RET_TO_USER
-	select PLAT_IOP
 	select PCI
-	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
+	select PLAT_IOP
 	help
 	  Support for Intel's 80219 and IOP32X (XScale) family of
 	  processors.
@@ -502,13 +507,12 @@
 config ARCH_IOP33X
 	bool "IOP33x-based"
 	depends on MMU
+	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
 	select CPU_XSCALE
 	select NEED_MACH_GPIO_H
-	select NEED_MACH_IO_H
 	select NEED_RET_TO_USER
-	select PLAT_IOP
 	select PCI
-	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
+	select PLAT_IOP
 	help
 	  Support for Intel's IOP33X (XScale) family of processors.
 
@@ -516,59 +520,45 @@
 	bool "IXP4xx-based"
 	depends on MMU
 	select ARCH_HAS_DMA_SET_COHERENT_MASK
+	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
 	select CLKSRC_MMIO
 	select CPU_XSCALE
-	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
+	select DMABOUNCE if PCI
 	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
 	select MIGHT_HAVE_PCI
 	select NEED_MACH_IO_H
-	select DMABOUNCE if PCI
 	help
 	  Support for Intel's IXP4XX (XScale) family of processors.
 
 config ARCH_DOVE
 	bool "Marvell Dove"
-	select CPU_V7
-	select PCI
 	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
+	select CPU_V7
 	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
-	select PLAT_ORION
+	select MIGHT_HAVE_PCI
+	select PLAT_ORION_LEGACY
+	select USB_ARCH_HAS_EHCI
 	help
 	  Support for the Marvell Dove SoC 88AP510
 
 config ARCH_KIRKWOOD
 	bool "Marvell Kirkwood"
-	select CPU_FEROCEON
-	select PCI
 	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
+	select CPU_FEROCEON
 	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
-	select PLAT_ORION
+	select PCI
+	select PLAT_ORION_LEGACY
 	help
 	  Support for the following Marvell Kirkwood series SoCs:
 	  88F6180, 88F6192 and 88F6281.
 
-config ARCH_LPC32XX
-	bool "NXP LPC32XX"
-	select CLKSRC_MMIO
-	select CPU_ARM926T
-	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
-	select HAVE_IDE
-	select ARM_AMBA
-	select USB_ARCH_HAS_OHCI
-	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
-	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
-	select USE_OF
-	select HAVE_PWM
-	help
-	  Support for the NXP LPC32XX family of processors
-
 config ARCH_MV78XX0
 	bool "Marvell MV78xx0"
-	select CPU_FEROCEON
-	select PCI
 	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
+	select CPU_FEROCEON
 	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
-	select PLAT_ORION
+	select PCI
+	select PLAT_ORION_LEGACY
 	help
 	  Support for the following Marvell MV78xx0 series SoCs:
 	  MV781x0, MV782x0.
@@ -576,11 +566,11 @@
 config ARCH_ORION5X
 	bool "Marvell Orion"
 	depends on MMU
-	select CPU_FEROCEON
-	select PCI
 	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
+	select CPU_FEROCEON
 	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
-	select PLAT_ORION
+	select PCI
+	select PLAT_ORION_LEGACY
 	help
 	  Support for the following Marvell Orion 5x series SoCs:
 	  Orion-1 (5181), Orion-VoIP (5181L), Orion-NAS (5182),
@@ -591,33 +581,33 @@
 	depends on MMU
 	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
 	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
+	select GENERIC_ALLOCATOR
 	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
 	select GPIO_PXA
 	select IRQ_DOMAIN
+	select NEED_MACH_GPIO_H
 	select PLAT_PXA
 	select SPARSE_IRQ
-	select GENERIC_ALLOCATOR
-	select NEED_MACH_GPIO_H
 	help
 	  Support for Marvell's PXA168/PXA910(MMP) and MMP2 processor line.
 
 config ARCH_KS8695
 	bool "Micrel/Kendin KS8695"
-	select CPU_ARM922T
 	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
-	select NEED_MACH_MEMORY_H
 	select CLKSRC_MMIO
+	select CPU_ARM922T
 	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
+	select NEED_MACH_MEMORY_H
 	help
 	  Support for Micrel/Kendin KS8695 "Centaur" (ARM922T) based
 	  System-on-Chip devices.
 
 config ARCH_W90X900
 	bool "Nuvoton W90X900 CPU"
-	select CPU_ARM926T
 	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
 	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
 	select CLKSRC_MMIO
+	select CPU_ARM926T
 	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
 	help
 	  Support for Nuvoton (Winbond logic dept.) ARM9 processor,
@@ -628,18 +618,33 @@
 	  <http://www.nuvoton.com/hq/enu/ProductAndSales/ProductLines/
 		ConsumerElectronicsIC/ARMMicrocontroller/ARMMicrocontroller>
 
-config ARCH_TEGRA
-	bool "NVIDIA Tegra"
+config ARCH_LPC32XX
+	bool "NXP LPC32XX"
+	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
+	select ARM_AMBA
 	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
 	select CLKSRC_MMIO
+	select CPU_ARM926T
+	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
+	select HAVE_IDE
+	select HAVE_PWM
+	select USB_ARCH_HAS_OHCI
+	select USE_OF
+	help
+	  Support for the NXP LPC32XX family of processors
+
+config ARCH_TEGRA
+	bool "NVIDIA Tegra"
+	select ARCH_HAS_CPUFREQ
+	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
+	select CLKSRC_MMIO
+	select COMMON_CLK
 	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
 	select GENERIC_GPIO
 	select HAVE_CLK
 	select HAVE_SMP
 	select MIGHT_HAVE_CACHE_L2X0
-	select ARCH_HAS_CPUFREQ
 	select USE_OF
-	select COMMON_CLK
 	help
 	  This enables support for NVIDIA Tegra based systems (Tegra APX,
 	  Tegra 6xx and Tegra 2 series).
@@ -647,29 +652,29 @@
 config ARCH_PXA
 	bool "PXA2xx/PXA3xx-based"
 	depends on MMU
-	select ARCH_MTD_XIP
 	select ARCH_HAS_CPUFREQ
+	select ARCH_MTD_XIP
+	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
+	select ARM_CPU_SUSPEND if PM
+	select AUTO_ZRELADDR
 	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
 	select CLKSRC_MMIO
-	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
 	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
 	select GPIO_PXA
+	select HAVE_IDE
+	select MULTI_IRQ_HANDLER
+	select NEED_MACH_GPIO_H
 	select PLAT_PXA
 	select SPARSE_IRQ
-	select AUTO_ZRELADDR
-	select MULTI_IRQ_HANDLER
-	select ARM_CPU_SUSPEND if PM
-	select HAVE_IDE
-	select NEED_MACH_GPIO_H
 	help
 	  Support for Intel/Marvell's PXA2xx/PXA3xx processor line.
 
 config ARCH_MSM
 	bool "Qualcomm MSM"
-	select HAVE_CLK
-	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
 	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
 	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
+	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
+	select HAVE_CLK
 	help
 	  Support for Qualcomm MSM/QSD based systems.  This runs on the
 	  apps processor of the MSM/QSD and depends on a shared memory
@@ -679,50 +684,50 @@
 
 config ARCH_SHMOBILE
 	bool "Renesas SH-Mobile / R-Mobile"
-	select HAVE_CLK
 	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
+	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
+	select HAVE_CLK
 	select HAVE_MACH_CLKDEV
 	select HAVE_SMP
-	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
 	select MIGHT_HAVE_CACHE_L2X0
-	select NO_IOPORT
-	select SPARSE_IRQ
 	select MULTI_IRQ_HANDLER
-	select PM_GENERIC_DOMAINS if PM
 	select NEED_MACH_MEMORY_H
+	select NO_IOPORT
+	select PM_GENERIC_DOMAINS if PM
+	select SPARSE_IRQ
 	help
 	  Support for Renesas's SH-Mobile and R-Mobile ARM platforms.
 
 config ARCH_RPC
 	bool "RiscPC"
 	select ARCH_ACORN
-	select FIQ
 	select ARCH_MAY_HAVE_PC_FDC
-	select HAVE_PATA_PLATFORM
-	select ISA_DMA_API
-	select NO_IOPORT
 	select ARCH_SPARSEMEM_ENABLE
 	select ARCH_USES_GETTIMEOFFSET
+	select FIQ
 	select HAVE_IDE
+	select HAVE_PATA_PLATFORM
+	select ISA_DMA_API
 	select NEED_MACH_IO_H
 	select NEED_MACH_MEMORY_H
+	select NO_IOPORT
 	help
 	  On the Acorn Risc-PC, Linux can support the internal IDE disk and
 	  CD-ROM interface, serial and parallel port, and the floppy drive.
 
 config ARCH_SA1100
 	bool "SA1100-based"
-	select CLKSRC_MMIO
-	select CPU_SA1100
-	select ISA
-	select ARCH_SPARSEMEM_ENABLE
-	select ARCH_MTD_XIP
 	select ARCH_HAS_CPUFREQ
-	select CPU_FREQ
-	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
-	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
+	select ARCH_MTD_XIP
 	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
+	select ARCH_SPARSEMEM_ENABLE
+	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
+	select CLKSRC_MMIO
+	select CPU_FREQ
+	select CPU_SA1100
+	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
 	select HAVE_IDE
+	select ISA
 	select NEED_MACH_GPIO_H
 	select NEED_MACH_MEMORY_H
 	select SPARSE_IRQ
@@ -731,14 +736,14 @@
 
 config ARCH_S3C24XX
 	bool "Samsung S3C24XX SoCs"
-	select GENERIC_GPIO
 	select ARCH_HAS_CPUFREQ
-	select HAVE_CLK
-	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
 	select ARCH_USES_GETTIMEOFFSET
+	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
+	select GENERIC_GPIO
+	select HAVE_CLK
 	select HAVE_S3C2410_I2C if I2C
-	select HAVE_S3C_RTC if RTC_CLASS
 	select HAVE_S3C2410_WATCHDOG if WATCHDOG
+	select HAVE_S3C_RTC if RTC_CLASS
 	select NEED_MACH_GPIO_H
 	select NEED_MACH_IO_H
 	help
@@ -749,38 +754,38 @@
 
 config ARCH_S3C64XX
 	bool "Samsung S3C64XX"
-	select PLAT_SAMSUNG
-	select CPU_V6
-	select ARM_VIC
-	select HAVE_CLK
-	select HAVE_TCM
-	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
-	select NO_IOPORT
-	select ARCH_USES_GETTIMEOFFSET
 	select ARCH_HAS_CPUFREQ
 	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
-	select SAMSUNG_CLKSRC
-	select SAMSUNG_IRQ_VIC_TIMER
-	select S3C_GPIO_TRACK
-	select S3C_DEV_NAND
-	select USB_ARCH_HAS_OHCI
-	select SAMSUNG_GPIOLIB_4BIT
+	select ARCH_USES_GETTIMEOFFSET
+	select ARM_VIC
+	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
+	select CPU_V6
+	select HAVE_CLK
 	select HAVE_S3C2410_I2C if I2C
 	select HAVE_S3C2410_WATCHDOG if WATCHDOG
+	select HAVE_TCM
 	select NEED_MACH_GPIO_H
+	select NO_IOPORT
+	select PLAT_SAMSUNG
+	select S3C_DEV_NAND
+	select S3C_GPIO_TRACK
+	select SAMSUNG_CLKSRC
+	select SAMSUNG_GPIOLIB_4BIT
+	select SAMSUNG_IRQ_VIC_TIMER
+	select USB_ARCH_HAS_OHCI
 	help
 	  Samsung S3C64XX series based systems
 
 config ARCH_S5P64X0
 	bool "Samsung S5P6440 S5P6450"
-	select CPU_V6
-	select GENERIC_GPIO
-	select HAVE_CLK
 	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
 	select CLKSRC_MMIO
-	select HAVE_S3C2410_WATCHDOG if WATCHDOG
+	select CPU_V6
 	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
+	select GENERIC_GPIO
+	select HAVE_CLK
 	select HAVE_S3C2410_I2C if I2C
+	select HAVE_S3C2410_WATCHDOG if WATCHDOG
 	select HAVE_S3C_RTC if RTC_CLASS
 	select NEED_MACH_GPIO_H
 	help
@@ -789,50 +794,50 @@
 
 config ARCH_S5PC100
 	bool "Samsung S5PC100"
-	select GENERIC_GPIO
-	select HAVE_CLK
+	select ARCH_USES_GETTIMEOFFSET
 	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
 	select CPU_V7
-	select ARCH_USES_GETTIMEOFFSET
+	select GENERIC_GPIO
+	select HAVE_CLK
 	select HAVE_S3C2410_I2C if I2C
-	select HAVE_S3C_RTC if RTC_CLASS
 	select HAVE_S3C2410_WATCHDOG if WATCHDOG
+	select HAVE_S3C_RTC if RTC_CLASS
 	select NEED_MACH_GPIO_H
 	help
 	  Samsung S5PC100 series based systems
 
 config ARCH_S5PV210
 	bool "Samsung S5PV210/S5PC110"
-	select CPU_V7
-	select ARCH_SPARSEMEM_ENABLE
+	select ARCH_HAS_CPUFREQ
 	select ARCH_HAS_HOLES_MEMORYMODEL
-	select GENERIC_GPIO
-	select HAVE_CLK
+	select ARCH_SPARSEMEM_ENABLE
 	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
 	select CLKSRC_MMIO
-	select ARCH_HAS_CPUFREQ
+	select CPU_V7
 	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
+	select GENERIC_GPIO
+	select HAVE_CLK
 	select HAVE_S3C2410_I2C if I2C
-	select HAVE_S3C_RTC if RTC_CLASS
 	select HAVE_S3C2410_WATCHDOG if WATCHDOG
+	select HAVE_S3C_RTC if RTC_CLASS
 	select NEED_MACH_GPIO_H
 	select NEED_MACH_MEMORY_H
 	help
 	  Samsung S5PV210/S5PC110 series based systems
 
 config ARCH_EXYNOS
-	bool "SAMSUNG EXYNOS"
-	select CPU_V7
-	select ARCH_SPARSEMEM_ENABLE
+	bool "Samsung EXYNOS"
+	select ARCH_HAS_CPUFREQ
 	select ARCH_HAS_HOLES_MEMORYMODEL
+	select ARCH_SPARSEMEM_ENABLE
+	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
+	select CPU_V7
+	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
 	select GENERIC_GPIO
 	select HAVE_CLK
-	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
-	select ARCH_HAS_CPUFREQ
-	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
-	select HAVE_S3C_RTC if RTC_CLASS
 	select HAVE_S3C2410_I2C if I2C
 	select HAVE_S3C2410_WATCHDOG if WATCHDOG
+	select HAVE_S3C_RTC if RTC_CLASS
 	select NEED_MACH_GPIO_H
 	select NEED_MACH_MEMORY_H
 	help
@@ -840,13 +845,13 @@
 
 config ARCH_SHARK
 	bool "Shark"
+	select ARCH_USES_GETTIMEOFFSET
 	select CPU_SA110
 	select ISA
 	select ISA_DMA
-	select ZONE_DMA
-	select PCI
-	select ARCH_USES_GETTIMEOFFSET
 	select NEED_MACH_MEMORY_H
+	select PCI
+	select ZONE_DMA
 	help
 	  Support for the StrongARM based Digital DNARD machine, also known
 	  as "Shark" (<http://www.shark-linux.de/shark.html>).
@@ -854,17 +859,17 @@
 config ARCH_U300
 	bool "ST-Ericsson U300 Series"
 	depends on MMU
-	select CLKSRC_MMIO
-	select CPU_ARM926T
-	select HAVE_TCM
+	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
 	select ARM_AMBA
 	select ARM_PATCH_PHYS_VIRT
 	select ARM_VIC
-	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
 	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
+	select CLKSRC_MMIO
 	select COMMON_CLK
+	select CPU_ARM926T
+	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
 	select GENERIC_GPIO
-	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
+	select HAVE_TCM
 	select SPARSE_IRQ
 	help
 	  Support for ST-Ericsson U300 series mobile platforms.
@@ -872,12 +877,12 @@
 config ARCH_U8500
 	bool "ST-Ericsson U8500 Series"
 	depends on MMU
-	select CPU_V7
-	select ARM_AMBA
-	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
-	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
-	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
 	select ARCH_HAS_CPUFREQ
+	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
+	select ARM_AMBA
+	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
+	select CPU_V7
+	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
 	select HAVE_SMP
 	select MIGHT_HAVE_CACHE_L2X0
 	help
@@ -885,78 +890,78 @@
 
 config ARCH_NOMADIK
 	bool "STMicroelectronics Nomadik"
+	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
 	select ARM_AMBA
 	select ARM_VIC
-	select CPU_ARM926T
 	select COMMON_CLK
+	select CPU_ARM926T
 	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
+	select MIGHT_HAVE_CACHE_L2X0
 	select PINCTRL
 	select PINCTRL_STN8815
-	select MIGHT_HAVE_CACHE_L2X0
-	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
 	help
 	  Support for the Nomadik platform by ST-Ericsson
 
+config PLAT_SPEAR
+	bool "ST SPEAr"
+	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
+	select ARM_AMBA
+	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
+	select CLKSRC_MMIO
+	select COMMON_CLK
+	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
+	select HAVE_CLK
+	help
+	  Support for ST's SPEAr platform (SPEAr3xx, SPEAr6xx and SPEAr13xx).
+
 config ARCH_DAVINCI
 	bool "TI DaVinci"
-	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
+	select ARCH_HAS_HOLES_MEMORYMODEL
 	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
-	select ZONE_DMA
-	select HAVE_IDE
 	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
 	select GENERIC_ALLOCATOR
+	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
 	select GENERIC_IRQ_CHIP
-	select ARCH_HAS_HOLES_MEMORYMODEL
+	select HAVE_IDE
 	select NEED_MACH_GPIO_H
+	select ZONE_DMA
 	help
 	  Support for TI's DaVinci platform.
 
 config ARCH_OMAP
 	bool "TI OMAP"
 	depends on MMU
-	select HAVE_CLK
-	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
 	select ARCH_HAS_CPUFREQ
+	select ARCH_HAS_HOLES_MEMORYMODEL
+	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
 	select CLKSRC_MMIO
 	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
-	select ARCH_HAS_HOLES_MEMORYMODEL
+	select HAVE_CLK
 	select NEED_MACH_GPIO_H
 	help
 	  Support for TI's OMAP platform (OMAP1/2/3/4).
 
-config PLAT_SPEAR
-	bool "ST SPEAr"
-	select ARM_AMBA
-	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
-	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
-	select COMMON_CLK
-	select CLKSRC_MMIO
-	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
-	select HAVE_CLK
-	help
-	  Support for ST's SPEAr platform (SPEAr3xx, SPEAr6xx and SPEAr13xx).
-
 config ARCH_VT8500
 	bool "VIA/WonderMedia 85xx"
-	select CPU_ARM926T
-	select GENERIC_GPIO
 	select ARCH_HAS_CPUFREQ
-	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
 	select ARCH_REQUIRE_GPIOLIB
-	select USE_OF
-	select COMMON_CLK
-	select HAVE_CLK
 	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
+	select COMMON_CLK
+	select CPU_ARM926T
+	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
+	select GENERIC_GPIO
+	select HAVE_CLK
+	select USE_OF
 	help
 	  Support for VIA/WonderMedia VT8500/WM85xx System-on-Chip.
 
 config ARCH_ZYNQ
 	bool "Xilinx Zynq ARM Cortex A9 Platform"
+	select ARM_AMBA
+	select ARM_GIC
+	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
 	select CPU_V7
 	select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
-	select CLKDEV_LOOKUP
-	select ARM_GIC
-	select ARM_AMBA
 	select ICST
 	select MIGHT_HAVE_CACHE_L2X0
 	select USE_OF
@@ -971,33 +976,33 @@
 
 config ARCH_MULTI_V4
 	bool "ARMv4 based platforms (FA526, StrongARM)"
-	select ARCH_MULTI_V4_V5
 	depends on !ARCH_MULTI_V6_V7
+	select ARCH_MULTI_V4_V5
 
 config ARCH_MULTI_V4T
 	bool "ARMv4T based platforms (ARM720T, ARM920T, ...)"
-	select ARCH_MULTI_V4_V5
 	depends on !ARCH_MULTI_V6_V7
+	select ARCH_MULTI_V4_V5
 
 config ARCH_MULTI_V5
 	bool "ARMv5 based platforms (ARM926T, XSCALE, PJ1, ...)"
-	select ARCH_MULTI_V4_V5
 	depends on !ARCH_MULTI_V6_V7
+	select ARCH_MULTI_V4_V5
 
 config ARCH_MULTI_V4_V5
 	bool
 
 config ARCH_MULTI_V6
 	bool "ARMv6 based platforms (ARM11, Scorpion, ...)"
-	select CPU_V6
 	select ARCH_MULTI_V6_V7
+	select CPU_V6
 
 config ARCH_MULTI_V7
 	bool "ARMv7 based platforms (Cortex-A, PJ4, Krait)"
-	select CPU_V7
-	select ARCH_VEXPRESS
 	default y
 	select ARCH_MULTI_V6_V7
+	select ARCH_VEXPRESS
+	select CPU_V7
 
 config ARCH_MULTI_V6_V7
 	bool
@@ -1134,9 +1139,13 @@
 config PLAT_ORION
 	bool
 	select CLKSRC_MMIO
+	select COMMON_CLK
 	select GENERIC_IRQ_CHIP
 	select IRQ_DOMAIN
-	select COMMON_CLK
+
+config PLAT_ORION_LEGACY
+	bool
+	select PLAT_ORION
 
 config PLAT_PXA
 	bool
@@ -1397,6 +1406,16 @@
 	  on systems with an outer cache, the store buffer is drained
 	  explicitly.
 
+config ARM_ERRATA_775420
+       bool "ARM errata: A data cache maintenance operation which aborts, might lead to deadlock"
+       depends on CPU_V7
+       help
+	 This option enables the workaround for the 775420 Cortex-A9 (r2p2,
+	 r2p6,r2p8,r2p10,r3p0) erratum. In case a date cache maintenance
+	 operation aborts with MMU exception, it might cause the processor
+	 to deadlock. This workaround puts DSB before executing ISB if
+	 an abort may occur on cache maintenance.
+
 endmenu
 
 source "arch/arm/common/Kconfig"
@@ -1480,8 +1499,8 @@
 	depends on GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
 	depends on HAVE_SMP
 	depends on MMU
-	select USE_GENERIC_SMP_HELPERS
 	select HAVE_ARM_SCU if !ARCH_MSM_SCORPIONMP
+	select USE_GENERIC_SMP_HELPERS
 	help
 	  This enables support for systems with more than one CPU. If you have
 	  a system with only one CPU, like most personal computers, say N. If
@@ -1753,6 +1772,7 @@
 config FORCE_MAX_ZONEORDER
 	int "Maximum zone order" if ARCH_SHMOBILE
 	range 11 64 if ARCH_SHMOBILE
+	default "12" if SOC_AM33XX
 	default "9" if SA1111
 	default "11"
 	help
@@ -1781,8 +1801,8 @@
 	  configuration it is safe to say N, otherwise say Y.
 
 config UACCESS_WITH_MEMCPY
-	bool "Use kernel mem{cpy,set}() for {copy_to,clear}_user() (EXPERIMENTAL)"
-	depends on MMU && EXPERIMENTAL
+	bool "Use kernel mem{cpy,set}() for {copy_to,clear}_user()"
+	depends on MMU
 	default y if CPU_FEROCEON
 	help
 	  Implement faster copy_to_user and clear_user methods for CPU
@@ -1823,11 +1843,15 @@
 	  neutralized via a kernel panic.
 	  This feature requires gcc version 4.2 or above.
 
-config DEPRECATED_PARAM_STRUCT
-	bool "Provide old way to pass kernel parameters"
+config XEN_DOM0
+	def_bool y
+	depends on XEN
+
+config XEN
+	bool "Xen guest support on ARM (EXPERIMENTAL)"
+	depends on EXPERIMENTAL && ARM && OF
 	help
-	  This was deprecated in 2001 and announced to live on for 5 years.
-	  Some old boot loaders still use this way.
+	  Say Y if you want to run Linux in a Virtual Machine on Xen on ARM.
 
 endmenu
 
@@ -1835,12 +1859,29 @@
 
 config USE_OF
 	bool "Flattened Device Tree support"
+	select IRQ_DOMAIN
 	select OF
 	select OF_EARLY_FLATTREE
-	select IRQ_DOMAIN
 	help
 	  Include support for flattened device tree machine descriptions.
 
+config ATAGS
+	bool "Support for the traditional ATAGS boot data passing" if USE_OF
+	default y
+	help
+	  This is the traditional way of passing data to the kernel at boot
+	  time. If you are solely relying on the flattened device tree (or
+	  the ARM_ATAG_DTB_COMPAT option) then you may unselect this option
+	  to remove ATAGS support from your kernel binary.  If unsure,
+	  leave this to y.
+
+config DEPRECATED_PARAM_STRUCT
+	bool "Provide old way to pass kernel parameters"
+	depends on ATAGS
+	help
+	  This was deprecated in 2001 and announced to live on for 5 years.
+	  Some old boot loaders still use this way.
+
 # Compressed boot loader in ROM.  Yes, we really want to ask about
 # TEXT and BSS so we preserve their values in the config files.
 config ZBOOT_ROM_TEXT
@@ -1967,6 +2008,7 @@
 choice
 	prompt "Kernel command line type" if CMDLINE != ""
 	default CMDLINE_FROM_BOOTLOADER
+	depends on ATAGS
 
 config CMDLINE_FROM_BOOTLOADER
 	bool "Use bootloader kernel arguments if available"
@@ -2036,7 +2078,7 @@
 
 config ATAGS_PROC
 	bool "Export atags in procfs"
-	depends on KEXEC
+	depends on ATAGS && KEXEC
 	default y
 	help
 	  Should the atags used to boot the kernel be exported in an "atags"
@@ -2101,8 +2143,8 @@
 	bool
 	depends on CPU_FREQ && ARCH_PXA && PXA25x
 	default y
-	select CPU_FREQ_TABLE
 	select CPU_FREQ_DEFAULT_GOV_USERSPACE
+	select CPU_FREQ_TABLE
 
 config CPU_FREQ_S3C
 	bool
diff --git a/arch/arm/Makefile b/arch/arm/Makefile
index b86e57e..f023e3a 100644
--- a/arch/arm/Makefile
+++ b/arch/arm/Makefile
@@ -250,6 +250,7 @@
 core-$(CONFIG_FPE_NWFPE)	+= arch/arm/nwfpe/
 core-$(CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE)	+= $(FASTFPE_OBJ)
 core-$(CONFIG_VFP)		+= arch/arm/vfp/
+core-$(CONFIG_XEN)		+= arch/arm/xen/
 
 # If we have a machine-specific directory, then include it in the build.
 core-y				+= arch/arm/kernel/ arch/arm/mm/ arch/arm/common/
@@ -268,7 +269,12 @@
 KBUILD_IMAGE := zImage
 endif
 
-all:	$(KBUILD_IMAGE)
+# Build the DT binary blobs if we have OF configured
+ifeq ($(CONFIG_USE_OF),y)
+KBUILD_DTBS := dtbs
+endif
+
+all:	$(KBUILD_IMAGE) $(KBUILD_DTBS)
 
 boot := arch/arm/boot